Porsche Panamera Electrical

Service Manual: 97 - CABLES -- PANAMERA(970)
WM 970909 LOOSENING AND SECURING MAIN WIRE HARNESS IN ENGINE

COMPARTMENT (EXCEPT PANAMERA S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA EXECUTIVE,
PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > INFORMATION
The main wire harness is manufactured individually depending on equipment.
Fastening elements may be different from the parts described.
The number of plug connections can vary, depending on equipment.

PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > PRELIMINARY WORK
1. Disconnect the battery. → 2X00IN WORK INSTRUCTIONS AFTER DISCONNECTING THE

BATTERY
2. Remove plenum panel cover. → REMOVING PLENUM PANEL COVER
3. Remove cross panel. → REMOVING CROSS PANEL

PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > PRELIMINARY WORK >
PRELIMINARY WORK FOR MAIN WIRE HARNESS IN PLENUM PANEL
1. Drain refrigerant. → 870317 DRAINING AND FILLING IN REFRIGERANT
2. Remove heat exchanger return hose. → REMOVING HEAT EXCHANGER RETURN HOSE
3. Disconnect refrigerant hoses at the expansion valve. → REMOVING EXPANSION VALVE
4. Remove DME control unit. → REMOVING DME CONTROL UNIT
5. Remove directional-control valve. → REMOVING DIRECTIONAL-CONTROL VALVE
6. Remove heat exchanger supply hose. → REMOVING HEAT EXCHANGER SUPPLY HOSE

PRELIMINARY WORK FOR MAIN WIRE HARNESS IN LEFT WHEEL HOUSING
1. Remove main headlight at the left. → REMOVING MAIN HEADLIGHTS
2. Remove front left wheel.→ REMOVING WHEEL
3. Remove left front wheel housing liner → REMOVING FRONT PART OF FRONT WHEEL
HOUSING LINER
PRELIMINARY WORK FOR MAIN WIRE HARNESS IN RIGHT WHEEL HOUSING
1. Remove main headlight at the right. → REMOVING MAIN HEADLIGHTS
2. Remove right front wheel.→ REMOVING WHEEL
3. Remove right front wheel housing liner → REMOVING FRONT PART OF FRONT WHEEL
HOUSING LINER

PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > LOOSENING MAIN WIRE
HARNESS IN ENGINE COMPARTMENT > MAIN WIRE HARNESS IN ENGINE
COMPARTMENT - INSTALLATION POSITION
NOTE: Incorrect handling of main wire harness Risk
of damage to lines
→ The main wire harness contains all airbag lines, antenna lines and optical waveguides.
→ The main wire harness must not be separated and is always replaced as a complete wire harness
when carrying out extensive repairs.
→ If individual lines are damaged, shut off these lines and install new lines. Lay the new lines along the
main wire harness and secure them to the main wire harness.
Fig 1: Identifying Engine Compartment Main Wire Harness Position

HARNESS IN ENGINE COMPARTMENT > DISCONNECTING MAIN WIRE HARNESS IN
PLENUM PANEL
1. Release and unplug electric plug connection -1- for brake fluid reservoir -2- .
Fig 1: Releasing Brake Fluid Reservoir Connector
2. Release and unplug electric plug connection for ignition module for lid at the left and right.
→ REMOVING IGNITION MODULE FOR LID
3. Loosen fastening nuts for ground points -1- at the bulkhead in the plenum panel and remove
supply line.
Fig 2: Loosening Fastening Nuts Ground Point In Plenum Panel
4. Release and unplug electric plug connection for air quality sensor. → REMOVING AIR
QUALITY SENSOR
5. Release and unplug electric plug connection for the bonnet. → REMOVING FRONT LID
6. Release and unplug electric plug connections -49- and -50- for the engine. → 975219
REMOVING AND INSTALLING WIRE HARNESS FOR ENGINE
Fig 3: Identifying Wire Harness Assignment (Turbo Engine)
1. 49 - Vehicle/engine connection point
2. 50 - Vehicle/engine connection point
7. Make sure that all electric plug connections on the engine compartment wire harness in the
center at the plenum panel are released and unplugged.
8. Disconnect wire harness and pull it towards the passenger compartment. → Loosening Main
Wire Harness Under Dashboard

HARNESS IN ENGINE COMPARTMENT > LOOSENING MAIN WIRE HARNESS IN LEFT
WHEEL HOUSING
1. Disconnect wire harness for starter and cooling fan at the B+ connection in the engine
compartment. → Removing Wire Harness From External Power Connection To Starter
2. Release and unplug electric plug connection for oxygen sensor upstream of catalytic converter.
→ REMOVING OXYGEN SENSOR UPSTREAM OF CATALYTIC CONVERTER
3. Release and unplug electric plug connection for oxygen sensor downstream of catalytic
converter. → REMOVING OXYGEN SENSOR DOWNSTREAM OF CATALYTIC CONVERTER
4. Disconnect electric plug connection for front shock absorber (spring damper). → REMOVING
FRONT SPRING STRUT
5. Release and unplug electric plug connection for sensor for body (PASM).
6. Release and unplug electric plug connection for electric fan for radiator.
7. Release and unplug electric plug connection for coolant temperature sensor. → REMOVING
COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
8. Release and unplug electric plug connection for air-conditioning pressure switch. →
REMOVING PRESSURE SWITCH
9. Loosen fastening nut for ground point -1- .

Fig 1: Identifying Main Wire Harness Ground Point (Left)
10. Release and unplug electric plug connection (connection point for front-end wiring) for
front-end wire harness. → Removing Wire Harness For Front-End
11. Release and unplug electric plug connection for airbag sensor on lock support. → REMOVING
AIRBAG SENSOR
12. Release and unplug electric plug connection for level sensor. → 431855 REPLACING FRONT
LEVEL SENSOR
13. Release and unplug electric plug connection for wire harness for front ABS. → Removing Wire
Harness For Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS)
14. Release and unplug electric plug connection for Tyre Pressure Monitoring (TPM) transmitter
(trigger). → WM 443619 REMOVING AND INSTALLING TRANSMITTER (TRIGGER) FOR
TPM (EXCEPT PANAMERA S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA 4 S
EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO S, PANAMERA
TURBO S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS, PANAMERA 4S SPORT EDITION, PANA
15. Release and unplug electric plug connection for auxiliary heating -1- .
Fig 2: Releasing Auxiliary Heating Connector
16. Release and unplug electric plug connection for circulating pump -1- .
Fig 3: Releasing Circulating Pump Connector
17. Release and unplug electric plug connection for clutch master cylinder. → REMOVING
CLUTCH SWITCH INTERLOCK
18. Release and unplug electric plug connection for Servotronic steering gear -1- .
Fig 4: Releasing Steering Gear Connector
19. Disconnect wire harness in engine compartment at the front left.
1. 19.1. Loosen rubber sleeve -1- for wire harness in engine compartment at the left.
2. 19.2. Make sure that all electric plug connections on the wire harness in the engine
compartment on the left are released and unplugged.
3. 19.3. Make sure that all brackets are unclipped and released.
4. 19.4. Pull wire harness in the engine compartment on the left through the bulkhead
from the passenger compartment.
→ Loosening Main Wire Harness Under Dashboard

Fig 5: Disconnecting Wire Harness In Engine Compartment (Left)

HARNESS IN ENGINE COMPARTMENT > LOOSENING MAIN WIRE HARNESS IN
RIGHT WHEEL HOUSING
1. Release and unplug electric plug connection for hydraulic unit. → REMOVING AND
REINSTALLING HYDRAULIC UNIT
2. Release and unplug electric plug connection for oxygen sensor upstream of catalytic converter.
→ REMOVING OXYGEN SENSOR UPSTREAM OF CATALYTIC CONVERTER
3. Release and unplug electric plug connection for oxygen sensor downstream of catalytic
converter.→ REMOVING OXYGEN SENSOR DOWNSTREAM OF CATALYTIC CONVERTER
4. Disconnect electric plug connection for front shock absorber (spring damper). → REMOVING
FRONT SPRING STRUT
5. Release and unplug electric plug connection for sensor for body (PASM).
6. Release and unplug electric plug connection for front-end wire harness. → Removing Wire
Harness For Front-End
7. Release and unplug electric plug connection for airbag sensor on lock support. → REMOVING
AIRBAG SENSOR
8. Release and unplug electric plug connection for level sensor. → 431855 REPLACING FRONT
LEVEL SENSOR
9. Release and unplug electric plug connection for wire harness for front ABS. → Removing Wire
Harness For Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS)
10. Loosen fastening nut for ground point at the wheel housing -1- .
Fig 1: Loosening Ground Point Fastening Nut At Right Wheel Housing
11. Loosen fastening nut for ground point at the frame carrier -1- .
Fig 2: Loosening Ground Point Fastening Nut At Right Frame Carrier
12. Release and unplug electric plug connection for Tyre Pressure Monitoring (TPM) transmitter
(trigger). → REMOVING REAR TPM TRANSMITTER
13. Release and unplug electric plug connection for alarm system. → REMOVING ALARM SIREN
14. Release and unplug electric plug connection for pump for windscreen washer system. →
REMOVING PUMP FOR WINDSCREEN WASHER SYSTEM
15. Release and unplug electric plug connection for sender for washer fluid-level indicator. →
REMOVING SENSOR FOR FLUID LEVEL INDICATOR
16. Remove reservoir for windscreen washer system. → REMOVING RESERVOIR FOR
WINDSCREEN WASHER SYSTEM
17. Release and unplug electric plug connection for pump for headlight cleaning system. →
REMOVING RESERVOIR FOR WINDSCREEN WASHER SYSTEM
18. Release and unplug electric plug connection for TPM antenna. → WM 443819 REMOVING
AND INSTALLING ANTENNA FOR TYRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (EXCEPT
PANAMERA GTS, PANAMERA TURBO S, PANAMERA PLATINUM ED., PANAMERA 4
PLATINUM ED.)
19. Loosen wire harness in engine compartment at the front right.

Fig 3: Identifying Wire Harness In Engine Compartment (Right)
1. 19.1. Loosen rubber sleeve -1- for wire harness in engine compartment on the right.
compartment on the right are released and unplugged.
4. 19.4. Pull wire harness in the engine compartment on the right through the bulkhead
from the passenger compartment.
→ WM 970909 LOOSENING AND SECURING MAIN WIRE HARNESS UNDER

DASHBOARD

PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > SECURING MAIN WIRE
HARNESS IN ENGINE COMPARTMENT > SECURING MAIN WIRE HARNESS IN
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
1. Installation is performed in reverse order.

2. First lay the main wire harness loosely in the wheel housing and engine compartment,
ensuring that it is positioned correctly.
3. Pull wire harnesses in the engine compartment through the relevant cut-outs.
4. Secure main wire harness and wires coming from it.
5. Plug in control units and electric plug connections until they engage securely.
6. Connect ground points.

PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > SUBSEQUENT WORK >
SUBSEQUENT WORK FOR MAIN WIRE HARNESS IN PLENUM PANEL
1. Install heat exchanger supply hose. → INSTALLING HEAT EXCHANGER SUPPLY HOSE
2. Install directional-control valve. → INSTALLING DIRECTIONAL-CONTROL VALVE
3. Install DME control unit. → INSTALLING DME CONTROL UNITINSTALLING DME CONTROL
UNIT
4. Fit refrigerant hoses at the expansion valve. → INSTALLING EXPANSION VALVE
5. Install heat exchanger return hose. → INSTALLING HEAT EXCHANGER RETURN HOSE
6. Fill in refrigerant. → WM 870317 DRAINING AND FILLING REFRIGERANT

SUBSEQUENT WORK FOR MAIN WIRE HARNESS IN LEFT WHEEL HOUSING
1. Install left front wheel housing liners. → INSTALLING FRONT PART OF FRONT WHEEL
HOUSING LINER
2. Fit front left wheel.→ INSTALLING WHEEL
3. Install main headlight at the left. → INSTALLING MAIN HEADLIGHTS

SUBSEQUENT WORK FOR MAIN WIRE HARNESS IN RIGHT WHEEL HOUSING
1. Install right front wheel housing liners. → INSTALLING FRONT PART OF FRONT WHEEL
HOUSING LINER
2. Fit right front wheel. → INSTALLING WHEEL
3. Install main headlight at the right. → INSTALLING MAIN HEADLIGHTS

PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > SUBSEQUENT WORK
1. Install cross panel. → INSTALLING CROSS PANEL
2. Install plenum panel cover. → REMOVING PLENUM PANEL COVER
3. Connect the battery. → 2X00IN WORK INSTRUCTIONS AFTER DISCONNECTING THE

BATTERY
WM 970909 LOOSENING AND SECURING MAIN WIRE HARNESS IN PASSENGER

COMPARTMENT AT THE LEFT (EXCEPT PANAMERA S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA
EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > GENERAL
WARNING NOTES > GROUP 20 - FUEL SUPPLY, ACTUATOR
WARNING: Toxic substances
Danger of poisoning or suffocation
Danger of burns to the eyes and skin
→ Ventilate the work area well.
→ Never ingest or inhale.
→ Read specific information on the Hazard Sheet.
→ Do not smoke, eat or drink in the work area.
WARNING: Highly inflammable or explosive materials
Danger of fire or explosion
→ Avoid contact with hot parts or sources of ignition.
→ Use suction to remove ignitable vapors.
→ Attach warning sign in a clearly visible position.
Information
Absorb any escaping fuel using a suitable binding material or a cloth.
Cloths which have absorbed fuel must be disposed of according to the applicable national laws.
The fuel system must be depressurized before starting work on it.
Only work on the fuel system in well-ventilated rooms.

Any seals which have been removed must always be replaced.
Do not use any sealant containing silicone or silicone spray when the injection system is open.
Traces of silicone drawn in by the engine are not combusted and damage the oxygen sensors.

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > INFORMATION

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > PRELIMINARY
WORK
Information
For details of how to drain the fuel tank , see → 2010EN DRAINING AND FILLING THE FUEL
TANK

BATTERY
2. Drain the fuel tank fully (both sides). → DRAINING FUEL (EMPTYING FUEL TANK)
NOTE: Incorrect handling of fuel tank
1. Danger of cracking or damaging the fuel tank if handling instructions are not
observed.
→ Drain the fuel tank fully before lowering it.
3. Remove restraining straps at the middle, left and right of the fuel tank and lower the fuel tank.
Leave the fuel tank on the vehicle! → REMOVING FUEL TANK
4. Unclip fuel line -1- and fuel vent line -2- on the underbody at the right of the fuel tank.
Fig 1: Unclipping Fuel Line
5. Remove left floor covering.
6. Remove side cushion at the left. → REMOVING SIDE CUSHION
7. Remove C-pillar trim panel with sound absorber on driver's side.
→ REMOVING C-PILLAR TRIM PANEL
8. Remove lower part of B-pillar trim panel on driver's side. → REMOVING LOWER PART OF
B-PILLAR TRIM PANEL
9. Remove A-pillar trim panel on driver's side. → REMOVING A-PILLAR TRIM PANEL
10. Remove transmitter (trigger) for tire pressure monitoring system (TPM) at the left.
→ REMOVE TRANSMITTER FOR TMP AT FRONT
11. Remove air vent under driver's seat.
→ REMOVING AIR VENT
12. Remove control unit for ParkAssist. → REMOVING CONTROL UNIT FOR PARKASSIST
EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > LOOSENING
MAIN WIRE HARNESS IN PASSENGER COMPARTMENT AT THE LEFT
Loosening main wire harness in passenger compartment at the left
NOTE: Incorrect handling of main wire harness
Risk of damage to lines
Fig 1: Identifying Main Wire Harness In Passenger Compartment Installation Position (Left)
1. Release and pull off electric plug connection for seat heating for side cushion at the left.
→ REMOVING SIDE CUSHION REMOVING SIDE CUSHION
2. Remove cable cover at the left wheel housing.

1. 2.1. Unscrew fastening nut -1- .
2. 2.2. Unclip fixing clip -2- .
3. 2.3. Lift up cable cover -4- . -arrow A-
4. 2.4. Pull cable cover -4- out of the locking mechanism -3- (-arrow B- ).
5. 2.5. Loosen main wire harness.

Fig 2: Removing Cable Duct From Wheel Housing
3. Loosen rubber sleeve and release and disconnect electric plug connection for TPM transmitter
(trigger) at the left. → REMOVE TRANSMITTER FOR TMP AT FRONT
4. Unclip and remove supply line to TPM transmitter (trigger).
5. Release and pull off electric plug connection for rear left airbag sensor. → REMOVING
AIRBAG SENSOR
6. Remove cable cover on rear inner sill.
1. 6.1. Unscrew fastening screws -1- on cable cover.
2. 6.2. Remove cable cover

Fig 3: Removing Cable Cover On Rear Inner Sill
7. Unclip main wire harness.
8. Loosen rubber sleeve and release and disconnect electric plug connection for fuel level
sensor. → REMOVING FUEL-LEVEL SENSOR
9. Remove electric plug connection for door electrics.
1. 9.1. Open rear left door of the vehicle and detach rubber protection on wiring
arrangement for door electrics from the B-pillar.
2. 9.2. Release mounting housing -arrow A- and remove it from the B-pillar.
3. 9.3. Release electric plug connection for door electrics -arrow B- and disconnect it
-arrow C- .
4. 9.4. Remove supply line for door electrics from the B-pillar.
Fig 4: Removing Door Electrics Connector
10. Release and disconnect electric plug connection for air vent lighting at the B-pillar on the left.
→ 856019 AIR VENT AT B-PILLAR
11. Release and disconnect electric plug connection for left seat-belt pretensioner. → REMOVING
FRONT THREE-POINT BELT
12. Release and disconnect electric plug connection for PDC control unit. → REMOVING
CONTROL UNIT FOR PARKASSIST
13. Release electric plug connection for left seat connection -1- (-arrow A- ) and remove it from
the bracket -arrow B- .
14. Loosen fastening nut for ground point -2- under the driver's seat and remove supply line
-arrow C- .
Fig 5: Releasing Seat Connection Connector And Ground Point
15. Unclip supply line for air-conditioning system sensor and servo motors for the rear footwell and
release and disconnect electric plug connection → REMOVING AIR VENT
16. Release cable duct on driver's seat.
1. 16.1. Unscrew fastening nut -1- on driver's seat.
2. 16.2. Release cable duct by pulling it -arrow- from the fixing clip.
Fig 6: Releasing Cable Duct
17. Unclip and disconnect main wire harness at the front inner sill.
Fig 7: Unclipping Main Wire Harness At Front Inner Sill
18. Loosen fastening nut -1- for ground point at the A-pillar and remove supply line -arrow- .
Fig 8: Disconnecting Ground Point At A-Pillar
19. Release and disconnect electric plug connection for center airbag sensor. → REMOVING
AIRBAG SENSOR
20. Release cable duct at the A-pillar.
1. 20.1. Unscrew fastening nut -1- for cable duct.
2. 20.2. Release cable duct -2- from the fixing clip by pulling it -arrow- .
Fig 9: Releasing Cable Duct From A-Pillar

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > SECURING MAIN
WIRE HARNESS IN PASSENGER COMPARTMENT AT THE LEFT
2. First lay the main wire harness loosely in the passenger compartment at the left, ensuring that
it is positioned correctly.
3. Secure cable ducts.
4. Secure main wire harness in passenger compartment at the left as well as lines coming from it.
7. Secure sound absorbers and trim panels.

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > SUBSEQUENT
WORK
1. Install control unit for ParkAssist. → INSTALLING CONTROL UNIT FOR PARKASSIST
2. Install left air vent.
→ INSTALLING AIR VENT
3. Install transmitter (trigger) at the left.
→ INSTALLING FRONT TPM TRANSMITTER
4. Install A-pillar trim panel on driver's side. → INSTALLING UPPER PART OF B-PILLAR TRIM
PANEL
5. Install lower part of B-pillar trim panel on driver's side. → INSTALLING LOWER PART OF
B-PILLAR TRIM PANEL
6. Install left C-pillar trim panel.
→ INSTALLING FRONT PART OF C-PILLAR TRIM PANEL
7. Install side cushion at the left. → INSTALLING SIDE CUSHION
8. Install floor covering.
9. Lift up the fuel tank and fit restraining straps at the middle, left and right. → INSTALLING FUEL
TANK
10. Screw in fastening screw -1- for tank filler neck -2- at the body.
Fig 1: Screwing Tank Filler Neck Screw
11. Clip in fuel line -1- and fuel vent line -2- on the underbody at the right of the fuel tank -arrow-
Fig 2: Clipping Fuel Line
12. Fill the fuel tank. → FILLING WITH FUEL (FILLING FUEL TANK)
BATTERY

COMPARTMENT AT THE RIGHT (EXCEPT PANAMERA S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA
EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > GENERAL
WARNING NOTES > GROUP 20 - FUEL SUPPLY, ACTUATOR

Information

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > INFORMATION

WORK
Information
For details of how to drain the fuel tank, see → DRAINING FUEL (EMPTYING FUEL TANK)

BATTERY
observed.
4. Unclip fuel line -1- and fuel vent line -2- on the underbody to the right of the fuel tank.
5. Remove floor covering.
6. Remove side cushion. → REMOVING SIDE CUSHION
7. Remove C-pillar trim panel with sound absorber on passenger's side.
→ REMOVING C-PILLAR TRIM PANEL
8. Remove lower part of B-pillar trim panel on passenger's side. → REMOVING LOWER PART
OF B-PILLAR TRIM PANEL
9. Remove A-pillar trim panel on passenger's side. → REMOVING A-PILLAR TRIM PANEL
10. Remove transmitter (trigger) for tire pressure monitoring system (TPM).
→ REMOVE TRANSMITTER FOR TMP AT FRONT
11. Remove air vent under passenger's seat.
→ REMOVING AIR VENT
12. Remove control unit for fuel pump.
→ REMOVING CONTROL UNIT FOR FUEL PUMP
13. Detach relay carrier 1 under passenger's seat.
→ Detaching Relay Carrier In Engine Compartment
14. Remove headliner.
→ REMOVING ROOF TRIM PANEL

MAIN WIRE HARNESS IN PASSENGER COMPARTMENT AT THE RIGHT
NOTE: Incorrect handling of main wire harness
Risk of damage to lines
Fig 1: Identifying Main Wire Harness In Passenger Compartment Installation Position (Right)
1. Release and pull off electric plug connection for seat heating for side cushion. → REMOVING
SIDE CUSHION
2. Remove cable cover at the wheel housing.
1. 2.1. Unscrew fastening nut -1- .
2. 2.2. Unclip fixing clip -2- .
3. 2.3. Lift up cable cover -4- (-arrow A- ).
4. 2.4. Pull cable cover -4- out of the locking mechanism -3- (-arrow B- ).
5. 2.5. Loosen main wire harness.

Fig 2: Removing Cable Duct From Wheel Housing
3. Loosen rubber sleeve and release and disconnect electric plug connection for TPM transmitter
(trigger). → REMOVE TRANSMITTER FOR TMP AT FRONT
4. Unclip and remove supply line to TPM transmitter (trigger).
5. Release and pull off electric plug connection for rear right airbag sensor. → REMOVING
AIRBAG SENSOR
2. 6.2. Remove cable cover. -arrows A and B-

8. Detach rubber sleeve for fuel level sensor and fuel pump control unit.
9. Release and disconnect electric plug connection for fuel level sensor. → REMOVING
FUEL-LEVEL SENSOR
10. Release and disconnect electric plug connection for fuel pump control unit → REMOVING
CONTROL UNIT FOR FUEL PUMP
11. Unclip and disconnect supply line to fuel level sensor and fuel pump control unit.
12. Release and disconnect electric plug connection for rear backrest.
1. 13.1. Open rear door of the vehicle and detach rubber protection on wiring
arrangement for door electrics from the B-pillar.
2. 13.2. Release mounting housing -1- (-arrow A- ) and remove it from the B-pillar.
-arrow C- .
4. 13.4. Remove supply line for door electrics from the B-pillar.
14. Release and disconnect electric plug connection for air vent lighting at the B-pillar.
15. Release and disconnect electric plug connection for seat-belt pretensioner. → REMOVING
FRONT THREE-POINT BELT
16. Release electric plug connection for seat connection -1- (-arrow A- ) and remove it from the
bracket -arrow B- .
17. Loosen fastening nut for ground point -2- under the passenger's seat and remove supply line
-arrow C- .
Fig 5: Releasing Seat Connection Connector And Ground Point
18. Unclip supply line for air-conditioning system sensor and servo motors for the rear footwell and
release and disconnect electric plug connection → REMOVING AIR VENT
19. Release cable duct on passenger's seat.
1. 19.1. Unscrew fastening nut -1- on passenger's seat.
2. 19.2. Pull cable duct -arrow- up and release it from the retaining clip.
Fig 6: Loosening Cable Duct
20. Unclip and disconnect main wire harness at the front inner sill. -arrow-
21. Loosen fastening nut -1- for ground point at the A-pillar and remove supply line -arrow- .
22. Release and disconnect electric plug connection for center airbag sensor. → REMOVING
AIRBAG SENSOR
2. 23.2. Release cable duct -2- by pulling it -arrow- off the fixing clip.
24. Unclip and disconnect antenna supply line and antenna in the roof area. → WM 912824
INSTALLING ANTENNA LINES (EXCEPT PANAMERA S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA
TURBO S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS)

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > SECURING MAIN
WIRE HARNESS IN PASSENGER COMPARTMENT AT THE RIGHT
2. First lay the main wire harness loosely in the passenger compartment at the right, ensuring
that it is positioned correctly.
4. Secure main wire harness in passenger compartment at the right as well as lines coming from
it.

7. Secure antenna.

WORK
1. Install headliner.→ INSTALLING ROOF TRIM PANEL
2. Secure relay carrier 1 under passenger's seat.→ Securing Relay Carrier In Engine
Compartment
3. Install fuel pump control unit.→ INSTALLING CONTROL UNIT FOR FUEL PUMP
4. Install air vent under passenger's seat.→ INSTALLING AIR VENT
5. Install TPM transmitter (trigger).→ INSTALLING FRONT TPM TRANSMITTER
6. Install A-pillar trim panel on driver's side. → INSTALLING A-PILLAR TRIM PANEL
7. Install lower part of B-pillar trim panel on driver's side. → INSTALLING LOWER PART OF
B-PILLAR TRIM PANEL
8. Install trim panel with sound absorber for C-pillar on passenger's side.→ INSTALLING FRONT
PART OF C-PILLAR TRIM PANEL
9. Install side cushion. → INSTALLING SIDE CUSHION
10. Install floor covering.
11. Clip in fuel line and fuel vent line on the underbody at the right.
12. Lift up fuel tank and install restraining straps at the middle, left and right of the fuel tank.→
INSTALLING FUEL TANK
13. Fill the fuel tank (both sides).→ FILLING WITH FUEL (FILLING FUEL TANK)
BATTERY
WM 970909 LOOSENING AND SECURING MAIN WIRE HARNESS UNDER

DASHBOARD (EXCEPT PANAMERA S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA EXECUTIVE,


BATTERY
2. Remove heating/fresh-air unit.
→ REMOVING HEATING/FRESH AIR UNIT
3. Remove headliner. → REMOVING ROOF TRIM PANEL
4. Remove rear center console.
→ REMOVING REAR CENTRE CONSOLE
5. Remove airbag triggering unit.
→ REMOVING TRIGGERING UNIT FOR AIRBAG

HARNESS UNDER DASHBOARD
of damage to lines
Fig 1: Identifying Main Wire Harness Under Switch Panel Position
1. Loosen wire harness for engine compartment on the right.
1. 1.1. Loosen rubber sleeve -1- for engine compartment wiring harness on the right.
compartment on the right are released and unplugged. → Loosening Main Wire
Harness In Engine Compartment
4. 1.4. Pull wire harness from the engine compartment on the right through the
bulkhead.
Fig 2: Loosening Wire Harness To Engine Compartment On Right
2. Release and unplug electric plug connection for loudspeaker amplifier. → REMOVING
LOUDSPEAKER AMPLIFIER
1. 3.1. Open front door of the vehicle and detach rubber protection on wiring
arrangement for door electrics from the A-pillar.
2. 3.2. Release mounting housing -1- (-arrow A- ) and remove it from the A-pillar.
-arrow C- .
4. 3.4. Remove supply line for door electrics from the A-pillar.
4. Loosen fuse box on passenger's side and remove it from the bracket.→ Loosening Fuse Box
5. Release and disconnect electric plug connection for air vent lighting at the A-pillar.
6. Release and disconnect electric plug connection for the passenger's knee airbag. →
REMOVING KNEE AIRBAG ON PASSENGER'S SIDE
7. Loosen wire harness for engine compartment in the center to the plenum panel.
compartment in the center to the plenum panel are released and unplugged. →
Loosening Main Wire Harness In Engine Compartment
3. 7.3. Pull wiring harness (protected by a rubber boot) -1- from the center of the
engine compartment near the plenum panel through the bulkhead -arrow- .
Fig 4: Loosening Wire Harness To Engine Compartment In Centre
8. Loosen cable duct and main wire harness under the dashboard from the dashboard support.
9. Loosen fastening nut for ground point from the dashboard support and remove supply line. →
REMOVING DASHBOARD SUPPORT
10. Disconnect wire harness from the center console.
1. 10.1. Release and unplug electric plug connection for rear seat backrest on the left
and right -1- .
2. 10.2. Release and unplug electric plug connection for rear seat on the left and right
-2- .
3. 10.3. Release and unplug electric plug connection for the rear air-conditioning
system control -3- .
4. 10.4. Release and unplug electric plug connection for the rear center console wire
harness -4- .
5. 10.5. Release and unplug electric plug connection for the airbag control unit -5- .
6. 10.6. Release and unplug electric plug connection for the switch console in the front
center console -6- .
7. 10.7. Loosen fastening nut for ground point -7- and remove supply line.
8. 10.8. Unclip all electric supply lines.
Fig 5: Identifying Centre Console Wiring Harness
1. 11.1. Open front door of the vehicle and detach rubber protection on wiring
arrangement for door electrics from the A-pillar.
2. 11.2. Release mounting housing -1- (-arrow A- ) and remove it from the A-pillar.
-arrow C- .
4. 11.4. Remove supply line for door electrics from the A-pillar.
12. Loosen fuse box on driver's side and remove it from the bracket.→ Loosening Fuse Box
13. Release and unplug electric plug connection for air vent lighting at the A-pillar.
14. Release and unplug electric plug connection for the driver's knee airbag. → REMOVING
DRIVER'S KNEE AIRBAG UNIT
15. Unclip supply line for antenna at the A-pillar and windscreen frame. → REMOVING MOBILE
COMMUNICATION ANTENNA
16. Loosen wire harness for engine compartment on the left.
1. 16.1. Loosen rubber sleeve -1- for wiring harness in engine compartment on the left.
compartment on the left are released and unplugged. → Loosening Main Wire
Harness In Engine Compartment
4. 16.4. Pull wire harness from the engine compartment on the left through the
bulkhead.
Fig 7: Loosening Wire Harness To Engine Compartment On Left

HARNESS UNDER DASHBOARD
2. First lay the main wire harness loosely under the dashboard and in the center console,
ensuring that it is positioned correctly.
3. Pull wire harnesses for the engine compartment through the relevant cut-outs.
5. Secure main wire harness under the dashboard and in the center console as well as lines
coming from it.
7. Connect ground points on the dashboard support.
9. Secure antenna.
Fig 1: Identifying Ground Points On Dashboard Support

1. Install heating/fresh air unit.
→ INSTALLING HEATING/FRESH AIR UNIT
2. Install airbag triggering unit.
→ INSTALLING TRIGGERING UNIT FOR AIRBAG
3. Install rear center console.
→ INSTALLING REAR CENTRE CONSOLE
4. Install headliner. → INSTALLING ROOF TRIM PANEL

BATTERY
WM 970909 LOOSENING AND SECURING MAIN WIRE HARNESS IN LUGGAGE


1. Remove the battery. → REMOVING BATTERY
2. Remove trim panel with sound absorber for luggage compartment. → REMOVING TRIM
PANEL FOR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT (LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT COVER) AT THE
LOCK SUPPORT
→ REMOVING TRIM PANEL FOR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT (LUGGAGE

COMPARTMENT COVER) AT THE LOCK SUPPORT
→ REMOVING CENTRE TRIM PANEL FOR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT (LUGGAGE

COMPARTMENT COVER)
3. Open power distributor (HSB) and disconnect cable for fuse element and B+ line. → Removing
Wire Harness From Battery To Power Distributor (HSB)
4. Loosen fuse box in luggage compartment. → Loosening Fuse Box
5. Remove the tail light. → REMOVING TAIL LIGHT
6. Remove trailer hitch control unit. → REMOVING TRAILER HITCH CONTROL UNIT
7. Release and disconnect electric plug connection from the control unit for rear-end electronics.
→ REMOVING CONTROL UNIT FOR REAR CONVENIENCE SYSTEMS
8. Remove rear apron. → REMOVING REAR APRON

HARNESS IN LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
of damage to lines
Fig 1: Identifying Main Wire Harness In Luggage Compartment Position
1. Remove supports for luggage compartment cover.
1. 1.1. Unscrew fastening screws -1- for luggage compartment cover support on the
left and right.
2. 1.2. Remove luggage compartment cover support on the left and right -arrow- .
Fig 2: Removing Supports For Luggage Compartment Cover
2. Loosen rubber sleeve -1- and pull out cable for tail light -2- on the left and right -arrow- .
Fig 3: Removing Tail Light Cable
3. Unclip cable for tail light at the left and right.
4. Release cable duct at the left and right.
1. 4.1. Unclip cable duct -1- on the left and right -arrow- .
2. 4.2. Disconnect ground points -2- on the left and right.

Fig 4: Releasing Cable Duct And Ground Points
5. Disconnect cable for trailer hitch.
1. 5.1. Release and pull off electric plug connection for trailer hitch.
2. 5.2. Unclip cable for trailer hitch -1- (-arrow A- ).
3. 5.3. Guide cable for trailer hitch -1- through the rubber sleeve -2- (-arrow B- ).
Fig 5: Disconnecting Trailer Hitch Cable
6. Remove control unit for parking brake. → REMOVING CONTROL UNIT FOR ELECTRIC
PARKING BRAKE
7. Disconnect electric plug connection from control unit for parking brake.
8. Remove TPM control unit and holder. → REMOVING TPM CONTROL UNIT
9. Disconnect electric plug connection from TPM control unit.
10. Disconnect electric plug connection for filler flap opener. → REMOVING SWITCHING
ELEMENT FOR FILLER FLAP
11. Remove side trim panel support.
1. 11.1. Unscrew fastening screws -1- for side trim panel holder.
2. 11.2. Remove side trim panel support.

Fig 6: Removing Side Trim Panel Holder
12. Disconnect electric plug connection for rear shock absorber (spring damper). → REMOVING
VIBRATION DAMPER
13. Remove PASM control unit and holder. → REMOVING PASM CONTROL UNIT
14. Disconnect electric plug connection from PASM control unit.
15. Disconnect electric plug connection for ABS. → Removing Wire Harness For Anti-Lock Brake
System (ABS)
16. Unclip supply lines for ABS wire harnesses at the underbody, which go to the MAIN WIRE
HARNESS IN THE LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT .
17. Make sure that all electric plug connections going to the main wire harness in the luggage
compartment are disconnected.
18. Release rubber sleeve and pull lines up out of the underbody in the luggage compartment
area.
19. Release and disconnect electric plug connection for rear three-point belt at the left and right.
→ REMOVING FRONT THREE-POINT BELT
20. Release and disconnect electric plug connection for head airbag unit at the left and right.
→ REMOVING HEAD AIRBAG

21. Release and disconnect electric plug connection for heating element for rear backrest at the
left and right.
→ REMOVING COVER FOR REAR BACKREST
22. Release and disconnect electric plug connection for wire harness for tailgate at the left and
right.
→ Removing And Installing Wire Harness For Tailgate
23. Remove sound absorber on rear wheel housing at the left and right.
24. Release and disconnect electric plug connection for acceleration sensor on the wheel housing
-arrow- .
Fig 7: Disconnecting Acceleration Sensor Connector
25. Loosen fastening nut for ground point on the left wheel housing in the direction of travel
-arrow- and remove cable.
Fig 8: Loosening Ground Point Fastening Nut On Left Wheel Housing
26. Loosen fastening nut for ground point on the right wheel housing in the direction of travel
-arrow- and remove cable.
Fig 9: Loosening Ground Point Fastening Nut On Right Wheel Housing

HARNESS IN LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
2. First lay the main wire harness loosely in the luggage compartment, ensuring that it is
positioned correctly.
3. Clip in cable ducts.
4. Clip in main wire harness in luggage compartment as well as lines coming from it.

1. Plug in electric plug connection for locking mechanism for backrests at the left and right until it
engages securely.→ REMOVING LOCK FOR REAR-SEAT BACKREST
2. Plug in electric plug connection for head airbag unit at the left and right until it engages
securely.→ INSTALLING HEAD AIRBAG
3. Plug in electric plug connection for rear three-point belt at the left and right until it engages
securely.→ INSTALLING FRONT THREE-POINT BELT
4. Install PASM control unit and holder.→ INSTALLING PASM CONTROL UNIT
5. Plug in electric plug connection for PASM until it engages securely.
6. Install TPM control unit and holder.→ INSTALLING CONTROL UNIT FOR TIRE PRESSURE
MONITORING (TPM)
7. Install control unit for parking brake. → INSTALLING CONTROL UNIT FOR ELECTRIC
PARKING BRAKE
8. Install rear apron. → INSTALLING REAR APRON
9. Plug in electric plug connection for control unit for rear-end electronics until it engages
securely.→ INSTALLING CONTROL UNIT FOR REAR CONVENIENCE SYSTEMS
10. Install control unit for trailer hitch.→ INSTALLING TRAILER HITCH CONTROL UNIT
11. Plug in electric plug connection for trailer hitch until it engages securely.
12. Install tail light.→ INSTALLING TAIL LIGHT
13. Fit fuse box in luggage compartment.→ 978409 LOOSENING AND SECURING FUSE BOX
14. Install power distributor (HSB). → Installing Power Distributor (HSB)
15. Make sure that all electric plug connections are plugged in and locked on the main wire
harness in the luggage compartment.
16. Install trim panel and sound absorber for luggage compartment.
→ INSTALLING TRIM PANEL FOR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT (LUGGAGE

→ INSTALLING CENTRE TRIM PANEL FOR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT (LUGGAGE

COMPARTMENT COVER)
→ INSTALLING CENTRE TRIM PANEL FOR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT (LUGGAGE

COMPARTMENT COVER)
17. Install the battery.
→ INSTALLING BATTERY
18. → 2X00IN WORK INSTRUCTIONS AFTER DISCONNECTING THE BATTERY .

WM 970919 REMOVING AND INSTALLING MAIN WIRE HARNESS (EXCEPT
PANAMERA S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO
EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > INFORMATION > OVERVIEW OF MAIN WIRE
HARNESSES
1. Main wire harness in engine compartment
2. Main wire harness in passenger compartment, left
3. Main wire harness in passenger compartment, right
4. Main wire harness under dashboard
5. Main wire harness in luggage compartment

Fig 1: Overview Of Main Wire Harnesses

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > INFORMATION > LOOSENING AND SECURING
MAIN WIRE HARNESS IN ENGINE COMPARTMENT
1. The procedure for loosening and securing the main wire harness in the engine compartment is
described under:
→ Loosening Main Wire Harness In Engine Compartment

MAIN WIRE HARNESS IN PASSENGER COMPARTMENT AT THE LEFT
1. The procedure for loosening and securing the main wire harness in the passenger
compartment at the left is described under:
→ Loosening Main Wire Harness In Passenger Compartment At The Left

MAIN WIRE HARNESS IN PASSENGER COMPARTMENT AT THE RIGHT
1. The procedure for loosening and securing the main wire harness in the passenger
compartment at the right is described under:
→ Loosening Main Wire Harness In Passenger Compartment At The Right

MAIN WIRE HARNESS UNDER DASHBOARD
1. The procedure for loosening and securing the main wire harness under the dashboard is
described under:
→ Securing Main Wire Harness Under Dashboard

MAIN WIRE HARNESS IN LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
1. The procedure for loosening and securing the main wire harness in the luggage compartment
is described under:
→ Securing Main Wire Harness In Luggage Compartment
WM 970955 REPLACING FRONT LEFT SUB-PART (EXCEPT PANAMERA S

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA
GTS) > INFORMATION

GTS) > PRELIMINARY WORK
BATTERY

GTS) > PRELIMINARY WORK > PRELIMINARY WORK FOR SUB-PART OF FRONT LEFT
WIRE HARNESS
3. Remove front wheel housing liner at the left → REMOVING FRONT PART OF FRONT
WHEEL HOUSING LINER

GTS) > PRELIMINARY WORK > REPLACING SUB-PART OF FRONT LEFT WIRE
HARNESS
Fig 1: Overview Of Sub-Part Of Front Left Wire Harness

Fig 2: Identifying Sub-Part Fastening Points Of Front Left Wire Harness In Wheel Housing
Fig 3: Positioning Rubber Sleeve In Front Left Wheel Housing
Fig 4: Identifying Front Left Wire Harness Fastening Points At Bottom
Fig 5: Routing Front Left Wire Harness
Fig 6: Identifying Front Left Wire Harness Fastening Points In Engine Compartment
Fig 7: Identifying Front Left Wire Harness Connection Part
WM 970955 REPLACING FRONT RIGHT SUB-PART (EXCEPT PANAMERA S

GTS) > REPLACING FRONT RIGHT SUB-PART
Replace front right sub-part in the same way as the front left sub-part → 970955 REPLACING FRONT
LEFT SUB-PART
WM 970955 REPLACING SUB-PART FOR FRONT PLENUM PANEL (EXCEPT

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > TOOLS
Designation Type Number Description

repair kit for Commercially Nr.155-1
wire available tool
harnesses
Repair kit for Commercially NR.155-2

Cayenne wire available tool
harnesses

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > TECHNICAL VALUES
Location Description Type Basic value Tolerance 1 Tolerance 2
Fastening nut Tightening 9 Nm (6.5 ftlb.)

for ground torque
straps, M6

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > INFORMATION

Fig 1: Identifying Front Plenum Panel Sub-Part Installation Position

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > PRELIMINARY WORK

BATTERY
4. Drain refrigerant. → WM 870317 DRAINING AND FILLING REFRIGERANT
5. Remove heat exchanger return hose. → REMOVING HEAT EXCHANGER RETURN HOSE
6. Disconnect refrigerant hoses at the expansion valve. → REMOVING EXPANSION VALVE
7. Remove directional-control valve. → REMOVING DIRECTIONAL-CONTROL VALVE
8. Remove heat exchanger supply hose. → REMOVING HEAT EXCHANGER SUPPLY HOSE
9. Remove dashboard. → REMOVING DASHBOARD

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > REPLACING SUB-PART FOR FRONT PLENUM
PANEL
Information
When cutting the front wire harness, make sure there is enough length of cable left to join to the new
lines.
1. Cut wire harness in the interior in area -x- .

Fig 1: Identifying Front Plenum Panel Connection Part Of Sub-Part
2. Loosen all 14 screws -A- on the sleeve in the interior of the vehicle.
Fig 2: Identifying Front Plenum Panel Sub-Part Sleeve Mounting Point
3. Loosen all 13 fixing clips -A- in the front left area of the sub-part and release and pull off all
plug connections.
Fig 3: Identifying Front Right Plenum Panel Sub-Part Mounting Point
4. Detach relay carrier in engine compartment.
1. 4.1. Release retaining clips on the relay carrier -4- in the engine compartment.
2. 4.2. Lift relay carrier in engine compartment up and out -arrow- .

Fig 4: Removing Relay Box
5. Release all eight fixing clips -A- and release and unplug all plug connections.
6. Loosen fastening nuts -B- at the two ground points on the firewall and remove ground straps.
Fig 5: Identifying Front Left Plenum Panel Sub-Part Mounting Point
Fig 6: Identifying Ground Points On Firewall
7. Make sure that all fastenings on the sub-part are released.
8. Remove the sleeve from the firewall and carefully remove the sub-part of the main wire
harness for the plenum panel.
Fig 7: Removing Front Plenum Panel Sub-Part Sleeve

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > REPLACING SUB-PART FOR FRONT PLENUM
PANEL > INSTALLING SUB-PART FOR FRONT PLENUM PANEL
2. Connect and lock all plug connections.
3. Secure sub-part at all fastening points.
4. Fit the ground straps at the two ground points on the firewall and tighten the fastening nuts.
→ Tightening torque: 9 Nm (6.5 ftlb.)
Information
Select a place for the joint where there is enough space to join all the lines present.
Do not cut the lines too short in case they have to be laid in a different position if there is
insufficient space in the area of the joint.
Information
The greatest care must be used in the individual work steps for stripping insulation from,
crimping, and shrinking/insulating the electric lines.
The procedure for stripping insulation from, crimping, and shrinking/insulating the electric lines
must be complied with and observed. The procedures are described in detail in the Repair kit for
Cayenne wire harnesses NR.155-2 .
Crimping samples are to be prepared before beginning work.
Information
Allocation of lines - See appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS
5. Crimp the lines in area -x- .

Fig 1: Identifying Front Plenum Panel Connection Part Of Sub-Part
1. 5.1. Cut off lines in different lengths (due to the shrink-fit connections).
2. 5.2. Slide shrink-fit hoses onto the lines.
3. 5.3. Strip 10 mm of insulation off the wires.
4. 5.4. Crimp lines using crimping sleeves and the hand crimping pliers from the
repair kit for wire harnesses Nr.155-1 .
5. 5.5. Slide the shrink-fit hoses over the crimp connections and carefully shrink them
using the hot-air blower with special nozzle (recommended accessories for the repair
kit for wire harnesses) so that they are watertight.
6. 5.6. Wrap commercially available PVC tape all around the area of the connection
points.
7. 5.7. Secure the repaired area -x- to the main wire harness with tie-wraps.

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > SUBSEQUENT WORK
1. Install the dashboard. → INSTALLING DASHBOARD
2. Install heat exchanger supply hose. → INSTALLING HEAT EXCHANGER SUPPLY HOSE
3. Install directional-control valve. → INSTALLING DIRECTIONAL-CONTROL VALVE
4. Secure the refrigerant hoses at the expansion valve. → INSTALLING EXPANSION VALVE
5. Install heat exchanger return hose. → INSTALLING HEAT EXCHANGER RETURN HOSE
6. Fill in refrigerant. → WM 870317 DRAINING AND FILLING REFRIGERANT
7. Install cross panel. → INSTALLING CROSS PANEL
8. Install plenum panel cover. → INSTALLING PLENUM PANEL COVER

BATTERY
WM 970955 REPLACING SUB-PART OF FRONT LEFT WIRE HARNESS (EXCEPT

repair kit for wire Commercially

Nr.155-1
harnesses available tool
Repair kit for
Commercially
Cayenne wire NR.155-2
available tool
harnesses


for ground torque
straps, M6


Fig 1: Identifying Front Left Wire Harness Sub-Part Installation Position


BATTERY
4. Remove front wheel housing liner at the left → REMOVING FRONT PART OF FRONT
WHEEL HOUSING LINER
5. Remove Y-shaped pipe ahead of throttle valve. → REMOVING AIR BOX FOR THROTTLE
HOUSING (Y-SHAPED PIPE AHEAD OF THROTTLE VALVE)

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > PRELIMINARY WORK > REMOVING SUB-PART OF
FRONT LEFT WIRE HARNESS
1. Remove carpet at the front left. →

2. 2.2. Release cable duct -2- from the fixing clip by pulling it -arrow- .
3. Release cable duct on driver's seat.
1. 3.1. Unscrew fastening nut -1- on driver's seat.
2. 3.2. Release cable duct by pulling it -arrow- off the fixing clip.
4. Unclip and disconnect main wire harness at the front inner sill.
Information
When cutting the front wire harness, make sure there is enough length of cable left to join to
the new lines.
5. Cut front left wire harness in area -x- .

6. Make sure that all fastenings on the front left wire harness in the interior are released.
7. Loosen rubber sleeve in the left wheel housing, remove it by pushing it towards the wheel
housing and carefully remove the wire harness from the interior by pushing it towards the
wheel housing.
Fig 5: Loosening Rubber Sleeve In Front Left Wheel Housing
8. Loosen sub-part of wire harness in the front left wheel housing at all 13 fastening points -A-
and release and pull off all plug connections.
9. Unscrew fastening nut -B- on ground point for left longitudinal member and pull lines off the
threaded bolt.
Fig 7: Identifying Left Longitudinal Member Fastening Point On Ground Point
10. Loosen sub-part of wire harness in the front left wheel housing at the bottom at all six fastening
points -A- and release and pull off all plug connections.
Fig 8: Identifying Sub-Part Fastening Points Of Front Left Wire Harness In Wheel Housing At
Bottom
11. Loosen sub-part of wire harness in the front left wheel housing at all 10 fastening points -A-
Fig 9: Identifying Sub-Part Fastening Points Of Wire Harness In Front Left Wheel Housing
12. Loosen sub-part of wire harness in the engine compartment at the left at all 10 fastening points
-A- and release and pull off all plug connections.
Fig 10: Identifying Front Left Wire Harness In Engine Compartment Fastening Points
13. Disconnect connection at the B+ connection point in the engine compartment.
1. 13.1. Unscrew left nut -1- and remove it -arrow A- .
2. 13.2. Remove connection for fan blower -3- .

Fig 11: Disconnecting B+ Line Connection In Engine Compartment
14. Make sure that all fastenings on the wire harness in the engine compartment at the left are
released.
15. Carefully remove sub-part of front left wire harness from the engine compartment through the
openings by pulling it towards the wheel housing.
16. Make sure that all fastenings on the wire harness in the front left wheel housing are released.
17. Remove entire sub-part of front left wire harness.

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > PRELIMINARY WORK > INSTALLING SUB-PART OF
FRONT LEFT WIRE HARNESS
1. Push front left wire harness from the wheel housing towards the interior with the help of
another mechanic and fit rubber sleeve at the correct position. The arrow -2- must be pointing
to the marking on the rubber sleeve -1- .
Fig 1: Positioning Rubber Sleeve In Front Left Wheel Housing
2. Route the wire harness through the openings -A- and -B- towards the engine compartment.
Fig 2: Routing Front Left Wire Harness
3. Secure sub-part of wire harness in the front left wheel housing at all 13 fastening points -A-
and plug in and lock all plug connections.
4. Attach lines to the threaded bolt and screw on fastening nut -B- on ground point for left
longitudinal member.
Fig 4: Identifying Left Longitudinal Member Fastening Point
5. Secure sub-part of wire harness in the front left wheel housing at the bottom at all 6 fastening
points -A- and plug in and lock all plug connections.
Fig 5: Identifying Sub-Part Fastening Points Of Front Left Wire Harness In Wheel Housing At
Bottom
6. Secure sub-part of wire harness in the front left wheel housing at all 10 fastening points -A-
Fig 6: Identifying Sub-Part Fastening Points Of Wire Harness In Front Left Wheel Housing
7. Secure sub-part of wire harness in the engine compartment at the left at all 10 fastening points
-A- and plug in and lock all plug connections.
Fig 7: Identifying Front Left Wire Harness Fastening Points In Engine Compartment
8. Screw in connection at the B+ connection point in the engine compartment.
1. 8.1. Fit connection for fan blower -3- .
2. 8.2. Screw on nut -arrow B- .

Fig 8: Screwing On B+ Line Connection In Engine Compartment
Information
Information
Crimping samples must be prepared before beginning work.
Information
Allocation of lines - See appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS.

using the hot-air blower with special nozzle (recommended accessories for repair kit for
wire harnesses) so that they are watertight.
points.
10. Secure cable duct on driver's seat.
11. Secure cable duct at the A-pillar.
12. Fit carpet at the front left.

1. Install Y-shaped pipe ahead of throttle valve. → INSTALLING AIR BOX FOR THROTTLE
2. Install front wheel housing liner at the left. → INSTALLING FRONT PART OF FRONT WHEEL
HOUSING LINER
3. Install front left wheel. → REMOVING WHEEL
4. Install main headlight at the left. → INSTALLING MAIN HEADLIGHTS

BATTERY
WM 970955 REPLACING SUB-PART OF FRONT RIGHT WIRE HARNESS (EXCEPT


wire available tool
harnesses

harnesses


for ground torque
straps, M6
for ground torque
straps, M6

Fig 1: Overview Of Front Right Wire Harness Sub-Part

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > PRELIMINARY WORK > REMOVING SUB-PART OF
FRONT RIGHT WIRE HARNESS
1. Remove carpet at the front right.

2. Release cable duct on passenger's seat.
1. 2.1. Unscrew fastening nut -1- on passenger's seat.
2. 2.2. Pull cable duct -arrow A- up and release it from the retaining clip.
3. Unclip and disconnect main wire harness at the front inner sill. -arrow A- Replacing
4. Loosen fastening nut -1- for ground point at the A-pillar and remove line.
2. 5.2. Release cable duct -2- by pulling it -arrow- from the fixing clip.
Information
the new lines.
6. Cut front right wire harness in area -x- .

Fig 5: Identifying Front Right Wire Harness Connection Part
7. Make sure that all fastenings on the front right wire harness in the interior are released.
8. Loosen rubber sleeve -A- in the right wheel housing, remove it by pushing it towards the
wheel housing and carefully remove the wire harness from the interior by pushing it towards
the wheel housing.
Fig 6: Removing Front Right Wheel Housing Sub-Part Sleeve
9. Loosen sub-part of wire harness in the front right wheel housing at all 12 fastening points -A-
Fig 7: Identifying Sub-Part Fastening Points Of Front Right Wire Harness In Wheel Housing
10. Loosen fastening nut for ground point at the wheel housing -B- .
11. Loosen fastening nut for ground point on the longitudinal member -B- .
Fig 8: Identifying Right Longitudinal Member Ground Point
Fig 9: Identifying Right Wheel Housing Ground Point
12. Loosen sub-part of wire harness in the front right wheel housing at the bottom at all five
fastening points -A- and release and pull off all plug connections.
Fig 10: Identifying Front Right Wire Harness Fastening Points At Bottom
13. Loosen sub-part of wire harness in the front right wheel housing at all 13 fastening points -A-
Fig 11: Identifying Front Right Wire Harness Fastening Points
14. Make sure that all fastenings on the wire harness in the engine compartment at the right are
released.
15. Carefully remove sub-part of front right wire harness from the engine compartment through the
openings by pulling it towards the wheel housing.
16. Make sure that all fastenings on the wire harness in the front right wheel housing are released.
17. Remove entire sub-part of front right wire harness.

FRONT RIGHT WIRE HARNESS
1. Push front right wire harness from the wheel housing towards the interior with the help of
another mechanic and fit rubber sleeve at the correct position. The arrow -2- must be pointing
to the marking -1- on the rubber sleeve.
Fig 1: Positioning Rubber Sleeve In Front Right Wheel Housing
2. Route the wire harness through the openings -A- and -B- towards the engine compartment.
Fig 2: Routing Front Right Wire Harness
3. Secure sub-part of wire harness in the front right wheel housing at all 12 fastening points -A-
Fig 3: Identifying Sub-Part Fastening Points Of Front Right Wire Harness In Wheel Housing
4. Fit ground strap at the ground point for the right wheel housing and tighten the fastening nut
-B- .

Fig 4: Identifying Right Wheel Housing Ground Point
5. Fit ground strap at the ground point for the right longitudinal member and tighten the fastening
nut -B- .

Fig 5: Identifying Right Longitudinal Member Ground Point
6. Secure sub-part of wire harness in the front right wheel housing at the bottom at all five
fastening points -A- and plug in and lock all plug connections.
Fig 6: Identifying Front Right Wire Harness Fastening Points At Bottom
7. Secure sub-part of wire harness in the front right wheel housing at all 13 fastening points -A-
Fig 7: Identifying Front Right Wire Harness Fastening Points
8. Plug in and lock all connectors.
Information
Information
Information
Allocation of lines - see appropriate wiring diagram.

Fig 8: Identifying Front Right Wire Harness Connection Part
points.
11. Fit carpet at the front right.

WM 970955 REPLACING SUB-PART FOR REAR LIGHT (EXCEPT PANAMERA S
GTS) > TOOLS

wire available tool
harnesses

harnesses


BATTERY
2. Remove trim panel with sound absorber for luggage compartment at the sides. → REMOVING
TRIM PANEL FOR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT (LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT COVER) AT
THE SIDES
3. Remove the tail light. → REMOVING TAIL LIGHT

GTS) > REMOVING SUB-PART FOR REAR LIGHT
Information
Some of the repair illustrations show only one side of the vehicle.
Naturally, some steps also have to be performed on the opposite side of the vehicle as well.
These must be carried out as a mirror image of the steps shown for the front and rear.
Fig 1: Identifying Rear Light Sub-Part Installation Position
1. Cut off wire harness in area -x- .

Fig 2: Identifying Rear Light Sub-Part And Connection Part
2. Remove grommet -A- and then remove sub-part.

Fig 3: Removing Rear Light Sub-Part

GTS) > INSTALLING SUB-PART FOR REAR LIGHT
1. Push wire harness through towards the interior and fit rubber sleeve -A- .
Fig 1: Fitting Rear Light Sub-Part
Information
Information
The electric lines are located in the plenum panel and are thus exposed to the highest
demands.
Information
Allocation of lines - see appropriate wiring diagram.
2. Crimp the line in area -x- .

Fig 2: Identifying Rear Light Sub-Part And Connection Part
points.

GTS) > SUBSEQUENT WORK
1. Install the tail light. → INSTALLING TAIL LIGHT
2. Install trim panel with sound absorber for luggage compartment at the sides. → INSTALLING
CENTRE TRIM

BATTERY
WM 970955 REPLACING SUB-PART FOR REAR LEFT WHEEL HOUSING (TPM)

(EXCEPT PANAMERA S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO

wire available tool
harnesses

harnesses


Fig 1: Identifying Rear Left Wheel Housing (TPM) Sub-Part Installation Position


BATTERY
2. Remove carpet at the left.
3. Remove side cushion at the left. → REMOVING SIDE CUSHION
4. Remove C-pillar trim panel with sound absorber on driver's side. → REMOVING C-PILLAR
TRIM PANEL
5. Remove left rear wheel. → REMOVING WHEEL
6. Remove left rear wheel housing liner. → REMOVING REAR WHEEL HOUSING LINER

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > PRELIMINARY WORK > REMOVING SUB-PART FOR
REAR LEFT WHEEL HOUSING (TPM)
2. 1.2. Remove cable cover

Information
the new lines.
3. Disconnect part of the wire harness for the rear left wheel housing from the main wire harness
and cut it off in area -x- .
Fig 2: Identifying Rear Left Wheel Housing (TPM) Connection Part Of Sub-Part
4. Make sure that all fastenings on the rear left wire harness in the interior are disconnected.
5. Loosen rubber sleeve in the rear left wheel housing, remove it by pushing it towards the wheel
housing and carefully remove the wire harness from the interior by pushing it towards the
wheel housing.
6. Loosen sub-part of wire harness in the rear left wheel housing at all five fastening points -A-
Fig 3: Identifying Rear Left Wheel Housing (TPM) Sub-Part Fastening Points
7. Make sure that all fastenings on the wire harness for the rear left wheel housing are
disconnected.
8. Remove entire sub-part of wire harness for rear left wheel housing.

WIRE HARNESS FOR REAR LEFT WHEEL HOUSING (TPM)
1. Push wire harness for rear left wheel housing (TPM) through towards the interior and fit rubber
sleeve.
2. Fit sub-part of wire harness in the rear left wheel housing at all five fastening points -A- and
plug in and lock all plug connections.
Fig 1: Identifying Rear Left Wheel Housing (TPM) Sub-Part Fastening Points
Information
Information
Information
Allocation of lines. See appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS

Fig 2: Identifying Rear Left Wheel Housing (TPM) Connection Part Of Sub-Part
points.
5. Secure the cable duct to the rear left inner sill.

1. Install rear left wheel housing liner. → INSTALLING REAR WHEEL HOUSING LINER
2. Install rear left wheel. → INSTALLING WHEEL
3. Install C-pillar trim panel with sound absorber on driver's side. → INSTALLING FRONT PART
OF C-PILLAR TRIM PANEL
4. Install side cushion at the left. → INSTALLING SIDE CUSHION
5. Fit carpet at the left.

BATTERY
WM 970955 REPLACING SUB-PART FOR REAR RIGHT WHEEL HOUSING (TPM)


wire available tool
harnesses

harnesses


Fig 1: Identifying Rear Right Wheel Housing (TPM) Sub-Part Installation Position


BATTERY
2. Remove carpet at the rear right.
3. Remove side cushion at the right. → REMOVING SIDE CUSHION
4. Remove C-pillar trim panel with sound absorber on passenger's side. → REMOVING
C-PILLAR TRIM PANEL
5. Remove rear right wheel. → REMOVING WHEEL

6. Remove rear right wheel housing liner. → REMOVING REAR WHEEL HOUSING LINER

REAR RIGHT WHEEL HOUSING (TPM)
1. 1.1. Unscrew fastening screws -1- on cable cover. → Removing cable cover on rear
inner sill
2. 1.2. Remove cable cover. -arrow A and arrow B-

Information
the new lines.
3. Disconnect part of the wire harness for the rear right wheel housing from the main wire
harness and cut it off in area -x- .
Fig 2: Identifying Rear Right Wheel Housing (TPM) Connection Part Of Sub-Part
4. Make sure that all fastenings on the rear right wire harness in the interior are disconnected.
5. Loosen rubber sleeve in the rear right wheel housing, remove it by pushing it towards the
wheel housing and carefully remove the wire harness from the interior by pushing it towards
the wheel housing.
6. Loosen sub-part of wire harness in the rear right wheel housing at all five fastening points -A-
Fig 3: Identifying Rear Right Wheel Housing (TPM) Sub-Part Fastening Points
7. Make sure that all fastenings on the wire harness for the rear right wheel housing are
disconnected.
8. Remove entire sub-part of wire harness for rear right wheel housing.

WIRE HARNESS FOR REAR RIGHT WHEEL HOUSING (TPM)
1. Push wire harness for rear right wheel housing (TPM) through towards the interior and fit
rubber sleeve.
2. Fit sub-part of wire harness in the rear right wheel housing at all five fastening points -A- and
plug in and lock all plug connections.
Fig 1: Identifying Rear Right Wheel Housing (TPM) Sub-Part Fastening Points
Information
Information
Information

Fig 2: Identifying Rear Right Wheel Housing (TPM) Connection Part Of Sub-Part
points.
5. Secure the cable duct to the rear right inner sill.

1. Install rear right wheel housing liner. → INSTALLING REAR WHEEL HOUSING LINER
2. Install rear right wheel. → INSTALLING WHEEL
3. Install C-pillar trim panel with sound absorber on passenger's side. → INSTALLING FRONT
PART OF C-PILLAR TRIM PANEL
4. Install side cushion at the right. → INSTALLING SIDE CUSHION
5. Fit carpet at the rear right.

BATTERY
WM 970955 REPLACING SUB-PART OF FUEL LEVEL SENSOR AT THE REAR LEFT


wire available tool
harnesses

Cayenne available tool
harnesses

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > GENERAL WARNING NOTES > GROUP 20 - FUEL
SUPPLY, CONTROL
Information


Fig 1: Identifying Fuel Level Sensor Sub-Part Installation Position (Rear Left)

Information
For details of how to drain the fuel tank, see → 2010EN DRAINING AND FILLING THE FUEL
TANK

BATTERY
observed.
5. Remove rear seat at the left. → REMOVING REAR SEAT
6. Remove carpet at the left.

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > REPLACING SUB-PART OF FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
AT THE REAR LEFT > REMOVING SUB-PART OF FUEL LEVEL SENSOR AT THE
REAR LEFT
Information
lines.
1. Cut rear left wire harness in area -x- .
Fig 1: Identifying Rear Left Fuel Level Sensor Connection Part Of Sub-Part
2. Loosen the sub-part at the clip -B- , release and unplug the plug connections and remove the
rubber sleeve -A- in the vehicle floor.
Fig 2: Identifying Fuel Level Sensor Sub-Part Fastening Point (Rear Left)
3. Make sure that all fastenings on the wire harness are released and carefully remove the wire
harness by pulling it towards the underbody.

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > REPLACING SUB-PART OF FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
AT THE REAR LEFT > INSTALLING SUB-PART OF FUEL LEVEL SENSOR AT THE
REAR LEFT
Information
Information
Cayenne harnesses NR.155-2 .
Information
Allocation of lines. See appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

Fig 1: Identifying Rear Left Fuel Level Sensor Connection Part Of Sub-Part
kit for harnesses) so that they are watertight.
points.

1. Fit carpet.
2. Install rear seat at the left. → INSTALLING REAR SEAT
TANK

BATTERY
WM 970955 REPLACING SUB-PART OF FUEL LEVEL SENSOR AT THE REAR RIGHT (ALL
MODELS) > TOOLS

wire available tool
harnesses

harnesses
MODELS) > GENERAL WARNING NOTES > FUEL SUPPLY

Information
MODELS) > INFORMATION

Fig 1: Identifying Fuel Level Sensor Sub-Part Installation Position (Rear Right)
MODELS) > PRELIMINARY WORK
Information
TANK

BATTERY
3. Remove control unit for fuel pump → REMOVING CONTROL UNIT FOR FUEL PUMP
observed.
4. Remove restraining straps at the left and right of the fuel tank and lower the fuel tank. On
vehicles without the equipment variant auxiliary heater, only the restraining strap on the right
fuel tank must be removed. Leave the fuel tank on the vehicle! → REMOVING FUEL TANK
6. Remove rear seat at the right. → REMOVING REAR SEAT
7. Remove right front seat. → REMOVING FRONT SEAT
8. Remove carpet at the right.
WM 970955 REPLACING SUB-PART OF FUEL LEVEL SENSOR AT THE REAR RIGHT

(ALL MODELS) > REPLACING SUB-PART OF FUEL LEVEL SENSOR AT THE REAR
RIGHT > REMOVING SUB-PART OF FUEL LEVEL SENSOR AT THE REAR RIGHT
1. Unclip rear right wire harness in the lower area of the passenger compartment and remove
PVC tape in area -x- .
Information
the new lines.
2. Cut rear right wire harness in area -x- .

Fig 1: Identifying Rear Right Fuel Level Sensor Connection Part Of Sub-Part
3. Loosen the sub-part at all the clips -B- , release and unplug the plug connections and remove
the rubber sleeve -A- in the vehicle floor.
Fig 2: Identifying Rear Right Fuel Level Sensor Sub-Part Fastening Point (Vehicle Without
Auxiliary Heater)
4. Make sure that all fastenings on the wire harness are released and carefully remove the wire
harness by pulling it towards the underbody.
WM 970955 REPLACING SUB-PART OF FUEL LEVEL SENSOR AT THE REAR RIGHT

(ALL MODELS) > REPLACING SUB-PART OF FUEL LEVEL SENSOR AT THE REAR
RIGHT > INSTALLING SUB-PART OF FUEL LEVEL SENSOR AT THE REAR RIGHT
Information
Information
Information

Fig 1: Identifying Rear Right Fuel Level Sensor Connection Part Of Sub-Part
points.
MODELS) > SUBSEQUENT WORK
1. Fit carpet.
2. Install right front seat. → INSTALLING FRONT SEAT
3. Install rear seat at the right. → INSTALLING REAR SEAT
4. Lift up the fuel tank and fit restraining straps at the left and right. → INSTALLING FUEL TANK
6. Install control unit for fuel pump. → INSTALLING CONTROL UNIT FOR FUEL PUMP

BATTERY
WM 970955 REPLACING SUB-PART FOR FRONT FAN (EXCEPT PANAMERA S
GTS) > TOOLS

wire available tool
harnesses

harnesses

GTS) > TECHNICAL VALUES

for ground torque
straps, M6
for ground torque
straps, M6

GTS) > INFORMATION

Fig 1: Identifying Front Fan Sub-Part Installation Position


BATTERY
2. Remove front left wheel. → REMOVING WHEEL
3. Remove front wheel housing liner at the left. → REMOVING FRONT PART OF FRONT
WHEEL HOUSING LINER
4. Remove Y-shaped pipe ahead of throttle valve. → REMOVING AIR BOX FOR THROTTLE

GTS) > PRELIMINARY WORK > REMOVING SUB-PART FOR FRONT FAN
1. Loosen sub-part for fan at all four fastening points -A- and release and pull off the plug
connection.
Fig 1: Identifying Front Fan Sub-Part Fastening Points
2. Unscrew fastening nut -B- on ground point for front left longitudinal member and pull line off
the threaded bolt.
Fig 2: Identifying Left Longitudinal Member Fastening Point On Ground Point
Information
the new lines.
3. Cut the control line for the fan in area -x- (near the Medifuse box).
Fig 3: Identifying Front Fan Connection Part Of Sub-Part
4. Remove tie-wrap at the Medifuse box in the front left wheel housing.
5. Release Medifuse box -A- from the bracket.

Fig 4: Releasing Medifuse Box
6. Open the cover of the Medifuse box at the six clips -A- .
Fig 5: Opening Medifuse Box
7. Loosen fastening nut -B- on the B+ line and remove line from the Medifuse box.
Fig 6: Loosening Medifuse Box Fastening Nut
8. Remove entire sub-part for fan

GTS) > INSTALLING SUB-PART FOR FRONT FAN
1. Secure sub-part for fan at all four fastening points.
2. Fit ground strap at ground point for front left longitudinal member and tighten the fastening nut.
Information
Information
Information
3. Crimp the control lines in area -x- .

Fig 1: Identifying Front Fan Connection Part Of Sub-Part
points.
4. Insert B+ line into the Medifuse box and tighten the fastening nut. → Tightening torque: 9 Nm
(6.5 ftlb.)
5. Close the Medifuse box and secure it at the holder in the left wheel housing.

1. Install Y-shaped pipe ahead of throttle valve. → INSTALLING AIR BOX FOR THROTTLE
2. Install front wheel housing liner at the left. → INSTALLING FRONT PART OF FRONT WHEEL
HOUSING LINER
3. Install front left wheel. → INSTALLING WHEEL

BATTERY
WM 970955 REPLACING SUB-PART FOR REAR LEFT UNDERBODY (PASM) (EXCEPT


wire available tool
harnesses
harnesses


Fig 1: Identifying Rear Left Underbody Sub-Part Installation Position


BATTERY

REAR LEFT UNDERBODY (PASM)
Information
lines.
1. Cut rear left wire harness in area -x- .

Fig 1: Identifying Rear Left Underbody Connection Part Of Sub-Part
2. Make sure that all fastenings on the rear left wire harness in the luggage compartment are
released.
3. Loosen screws on the transverse strut at the exhaust system at the rear and remove
transverse strut.
Fig 2: Removing Transverse Strut At Exhaust System
4. Loosen all nine fastening points for the sub-part at the underbody.
Fig 3: Identifying Rear Left Underbody Sub-Part Fastening Points
5. Loosen rubber sleeve in the left battery box, remove it by pushing it towards the underbody
and carefully remove the entire wire harness.

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > PRELIMINARY WORK > INSTALLING SUB-PART FOR
REAR LEFT UNDERBODY (PASM)
Information
Information
Information
2. Once you have installed the sub-part, crimp the line in area -x- .
Fig 1: Identifying Rear Left Underbody Connection Part Of Sub-Part
6.
2.6. Wrap commercially available PVC tape all around the area of the connection
points.


BATTERY
WM 970955 REPLACING SUB-PART FOR REAR RIGHT UNDERBODY (EXCEPT


wire available tool
harnesses

Cayenne available tool
harnesses


Fig 1: Identifying Rear Right Underbody Wire Harness Sub-Part Installation Position


BATTERY

REAR RIGHT UNDERBODY
Information
lines.
1. Cut rear right wire harness in area -x- .

Fig 1: Identifying Rear Right Underbody Connection Part Of Sub-Part
2. Make sure that all fastenings on the rear right wire harness in the battery box are
disconnected.
3. Loosen screws -A- on the transverse strut at the exhaust system at the rear and remove
transverse strut.
Fig 2: Removing Transverse Strut At Exhaust System
4. Loosen all five fastening points -A- for the sub-part for the right underbody.
Fig 3: Identifying Rear Right Underbody (PASM) Sub-Part Fastening Points
5. Loosen rubber sleeve in the right battery box, remove it by pushing it towards the underbody
and carefully remove the entire wire harness.

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > PRELIMINARY WORK > INSTALLING SUB-PART
FOR UNDERBODY AT THE RIGHT
Information
Information
Cayenne harnesses NR.155-2 .
Information
2. Once you have installed the sub-part, crimp the line in area -x- .
Fig 1: Identifying Rear Right Underbody Connection Part Of Sub-Part
points.


BATTERY
WM 971519 REMOVING AND INSTALLING FRONT WIRE HARNESS (EXCEPT

1. Remove the front apron. → REMOVING FRONT APRON

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > REMOVING FRONT WIRE HARNESS
1. Release and unplug connector on sensors for ParkAssist (if connected) -b- .
Fig 1: Disconnecting Park Assist Sensors
2. Release and unplug connector on auxiliary headlight -a- .

Fig 2: Disconnecting Connector
3. Carefully open the clips using a screwdriver.

Fig 3: Unclipping Front Wire Harness
Fig 4: Unclipping Front Wire Harness
4. Remove wire harness.

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > INSTALLING FRONT WIRE HARNESS
1. Position wire harness and clip it in.

Fig 1: Clipping Front Wire Harness
Fig 2: Clipping Front Wire Harness
2. Plug in connector on auxiliary headlight until the connector engages securely.

Fig 3: Plugging Connector
3. Plug in connectors on sensors for ParkAssist (if fitted) until the connectors engage securely.
Fig 4: Connecting Park Assist Sensors

1. Install the front apron. → INSTALLING FRONT APRON
WM 971619 REMOVING AND INSTALLING WIRE HARNESS FOR FRONT-END

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > PRELIMINARY WORK FOR REMOVING AND
INSTALLING WIRE HARNESS FOR FRONT-END
1. Remove the front apron. → REMOVING FRONT APRON
Information
On vehicles with sensors for pedestrian protection, the ground strap for the battery must be
disconnected before removing the plug connections.
2. Disconnect the ground strap at the battery if necessary. → 2X00IN WORK INSTRUCTIONS
AFTER DISCONNECTING THE BATTERY
EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > REMOVING WIRE HARNESS FOR FRONT-END
Information
1. Connection point for wire harness for front-end
2. Connector for pedestrian protection sensor
3. Connector for microswitch for front lid lock
4. Connector for control unit for garage door opener
5. Connector for ACC
6. Connector for outside temperature sensor

Fig 1: Identifying Front-End Wire Harness Installation Position
1. Switch off ignition and remove ignition key.
2. Release electric plug connection at the connection point -1- (-a- ) and disconnect it.
Fig 2: Disconnecting Wire Harness Connection Point
3. Release and disconnect electric plug connections at the pedestrian protection sensors -2- and
-7- .REMOVING PEDESTRIAN PROTECTION
4. Release and disconnect electric plug connection at the outside temperature sensor -6- . →
REMOVING OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE SENSOR
5. Release and disconnect electric plug connection at the microswitch for the front lid lock -3- .
→ REMOVING MICROSWITCH FOR FRONT LID LOCK
6. Release and disconnect electric plug connection at the control unit for the garage door opener
-4- .→ REMOVING CONTROL UNIT FOR GARAGE DOOR OPENER
7. Release and disconnect electric plug connection at the ACC system -5- . → REMOVING
CONTROL UNIT FOR DISTANCE MEASURING SENSOR
8. Remove the clips and the clip at the wire harness junction.
Fig 3: Removing Clips
Fig 4: Removing Wire Harness Junction Clips

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > INSTALLING WIRE HARNESS FOR FRONT-END
Information
1. Connection point for wire harness for front-end
3. Connector for microswitch for front lid lock
4. Connector for control unit for garage door opener
5. Connector for ACC
6. Connector for outside temperature sensor

Fig 1: Identifying Front-End Wire Harness Installation Position
1. Position the wire harness and fit the nine clips as well as the clip at the wire harness junction.
Fig 2: Fitting Clips
Fig 3: Fitting Wire Harness Junction Clip
2. Plug in electric plug connection at the pedestrian protection sensors -2- and -7- until the
connector clicks into place. → INSTALLING PEDESTRIAN PROTECTION
3. Plug in electric plug connection at the outside temperature sensor -6- until it clicks into place.
→ INSTALLING OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE SENSOR
4. Plug in electric plug connection at the ACC system -5- until the connector clicks into place.→
INSTALLING CONTROL UNIT FOR DISTANCE MEASURING SENSOR
5. Plug in electric plug connection at the microswitch for the front lid lock -3- until the connector
clicks into place. → INSTALLING MICROSWITCH FOR FRONT LID LOCK
6. Plug in electric plug connection at the control unit for the garage door opener -4- until the
connector clicks into place.→ INSTALLING CONTROL UNIT FOR GARAGE DOOR OPENER
7. Plug in electric plug connection at the connection point for the front-end wire harness -1- until
the connector clicks into place.
Fig 4: Locating Plugging Connector Connection Point
EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > SUBSEQUENT WORK FOR REMOVING AND
INSTALLING WIRE HARNESS FOR FRONT-END
1. Fasten the ground strap to the battery if necessary. → 2X00IN WORK INSTRUCTIONS
AFTER DISCONNECTING THE BATTERY
2. Install the front apron. → INSTALLING FRONT APRON
WM 972019 REMOVING AND INSTALLING WIRING HARNESS FOR REAR CENTRE

CONSOLE (EXCEPT PANAMERA S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA EXECUTIVE,
PANAMERA 4 S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO S,
PANAMERA TURBO S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA 4 S SPORT, PANAMERA 4
EXECUTIVE) > PRELIMINARY WORK
1. Remove rear center console. → REMOVING REAR CENTRE CONSOLE

PANAMERA 4 S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO
S, PANAMERA TURBO S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA 4 S SPORT, PANAMERA 4
EXECUTIVE) > REMOVING WIRING HARNESS FOR REAR CENTRE CONSOLE
Fig 1: Locating Centre Console Installation Position

1. Unclip wiring harness -arrows- .
Fig 2: Unclipping Wiring Harness
Information
IMPORTANT: Danger of mix-ups! Label the two electric plug connections for
cigarette lighter and plug socket before removing them.
2. Unplug electric plug connection from plug socket.
Fig 3: Disconnecting Plug Socket Connector
3. Unplug electric plug connection for cigarette lighter.

Fig 4: Identifying Cigarette Lighter Connector
4. Unclip the lighting for the oddments tray.

PANAMERA 4 S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO
S, PANAMERA TURBO S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA 4 S SPORT, PANAMERA 4
EXECUTIVE) > INSTALLING WIRING HARNESS FOR REAR CENTRE CONSOLE
1. Clip in the lighting for the oddments tray.
2. Plug in electric plug connection of cigarette lighter. Check that it is seated securely.
Fig 1: Identifying Cigarette Lighter Plug Connection
3. Plug in electric plug connection of plug socket. Check that it is seated securely.
Fig 2: Plugging Plug Socket Connector
4. Clip in wiring harness -arrows- .

Fig 3: Clipping Wiring Harness

PANAMERA 4 S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO S,
PANAMERA TURBO S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA 4 S SPORT, PANAMERA 4
EXECUTIVE) > SUBSEQUENT WORK
1. Install rear center console. → INSTALLING REAR CENTRE CONSOLE
WM 972419 REMOVING AND INSTALLING WIRE HARNESS FOR REMOVABLE

TRAILER HITCH (EXCEPT PANAMERA S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO
Plug socket Tightening 3.5 Nm (2.6

fastening torque ftlb)
screw
Ground cable Tightening 9.7 Nm (7.2
fastening nut torque ftlb)

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > PRELIMINARY WORK FOR REMOVING AND
INSTALLING WIRE HARNESS FOR REMOVABLE TRAILER HITCH
2. Remove right luggage compartment cover.→ REMOVING TRIM PANEL FOR LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT (LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT COVER) AT THE LOCK SUPPORT

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > REMOVING WIRE HARNESS FOR REMOVABLE
TRAILER HITCH
1. Switch off ignition and remove remote control.
2. Remove guard
Fig 1: Removing Guard
3. Detach upper part of cover -1- from the trailer hitch motor by turning it -A- and then remove it
-B- .
Fig 2: Detaching Cover From Trailer Hitch Motor
4. Release electric plug connection -1- using a screwdriver -a- and disconnect it.
5. Disconnect electric plug connection -2- .

Fig 3: Disconnecting Connector From Trailer Hitch Motor
6. Loosen the tie-wraps at the trailer hitch.

Fig 4: Loosening Tie-Wraps At Trailer Hitch
Information
Always replace the fastening screws and nuts after customer service and reworking. The
micro-self-locking screws must not be treated, greased or loosened and then screwed on
again.
7. Loosen the two fastening screws -1- on the plug socket -2- and pull out the plug socket.
Fig 5: Removing Plug Socket
8. Release three catches on socket housing using a screwdriver.
9. Remove lower part of socket housing -1- and push back rubber seal -2- .
10. Release the catches on the connector using a screwdriver and pull off socket housing -3- .
Fig 6: Disassembling Plug Socket
11. Guide plug socket through recess in trailer hitch.
12. Loosen fastening nut -1- and pull off ground cable -2- .
13. Release electric plug connection -3- at the trailer hitch control unit -a- and pull it off.
14. Remove grommet -1- from the body and guide wire harness out of the body.
15. Loosen the tie-wraps -2- for the fixing clips.
Fig 7: Removing Ground Cable And Connector
Fig 8: Removing Grommet And Tie-Wraps

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > INSTALLING WIRE HARNESS FOR REMOVABLE
TRAILER HITCH
1. Position wire harness.
2. Guide the wire harness through the opening in the body and insert the grommet -1- into the
opening.
3. Secure the wiring harness at the fixing clips -2- with tie-wraps.
4. Guide plug socket through recess in trailer hitch.
5. Insert plug socket -1- in the socket housing until the plug socket engages securely.
Fig 1: Fitting Grommet And Tie-Wraps
6. Fit rubber seal -2- and fit lower part of socket housing -3- . Make sure that the seal makes
good contact and that the lower part of the housing engages securely.
Information
Fig 2: Assembling Plug Socket
Always replace the fastening screws and nuts after customer service and reworking. The
micro-self-locking screws must not be treated, greased or loosened and then screwed on
again.
7. Secure the plug socket -2- to the trailer hitch with two fastening screws -1- . → Tightening
torque: 3.5 Nm (2.6 ftlb)
Fig 3: Installing Plug Socket
8. Secure the wire harness to the fixing clips with tie-wraps. Make sure that the wire harness
follows the contours of the trailer hitch.
Fig 4: Securing Tie-Wraps To Trailer Hitch
9. Plug in electric plug connections -1- and -2- on the trailer hitch motor until the connectors
engage securely.
Fig 5: Installing Motor Connectors
10. Fit upper part of motor cover -1- onto the trailer hitch motor -A- and turn to lock it -B- until the
upper part engages securely.
Fig 6: Securing Top Half Of Motor Cover
11. Secure the ground cable -2- with the fastening nut -1- . → Tightening torque: 9.7 Nm (7.2
ftlb)
12. Plug in electric plug connection -3- on the trailer hitch control unit until the connector engages
securely.
Fig 7: Securing Connector And Ground Cable
13. Attach guard

Fig 8: Fitting Guard

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > SUBSEQUENT WORK FOR REMOVING AND
INSTALLING WIRE HARNESS FOR REMOVABLE TRAILER HITCH
1. Attach right side trim panel for luggage compartment. → INSTALLING SIDE TRIM PANEL
FOR REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
2. Install right luggage compartment cover.→ INSTALLING TRIM PANEL FOR LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT (LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT COVER) AT THE LOCK SUPPORT
WM 972719 REMOVING AND INSTALLING WIRING HARNESS FOR REAR PANEL

FLAP (EXCEPT PANAMERA S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE,
PANAMERA GTS) > PRELIMINARY WORK
1. Remove complete C-pillar trim panel on left and right. → REMOVING C-PILLAR TRIM PANEL
2. Remove upper part of B-pillar trim panel on left and right. The seat belt remains on the seat. →
REMOVING UPPER PART OF B-PILLAR TRIM PANEL
3. Remove rear grab handles at the left and right. → REMOVING REAR GRAB HANDLE
4. Remove rear lid release. → REMOVING RELEASE FOR REAR LID
5. Remove number plate light at the left and right. → REMOVING NUMBER PLATE LIGHT
Information
Make sure that the roof cover does not buckle.
6. Lower the headliner.

PANAMERA GTS) > REMOVING AND INSTALLING WIRE HARNESS FOR TAILGATE
1. Wire harness for tailgate, left
2. Wire harness for tailgate, center
3. Wire harness for tailgate, right

Fig 1: Identifying Tailgate Wire Harness Installation Position
Information
1. Loosen wire harness at the connection point in the roof at the left and right.
1. 1.1. Disconnect plug connection at the connection point.
2. 1.2. Unscrew ground connection from roof.

3. 1.3. Release housing for connection point -A- and remove it from the opening in the
body -B- .
Fig 2: Identifying Roof Ground Connection
4. 1.4. Release plug connection -A- and press the plug connection out of the housing
-B- .
5. 1.5. Release housing side panel for wire harness connection point -C- and swivel it
out -D- .
6. 1.6. Pull electric lines out of the housing -E- .
7. 1.7. Unclip wiring harness for antenna lines -A- .

Fig 3: Loosening Socket And Ground Strap
8. 1.8. Loosen antenna lines from the bracket -B- , release them -a- and pull them off.
Fig 4: Identifying Rear Roof Antenna Lines Connection Points
9. 1.9. Detach rubber sleeve at the left and right and pull wire harness towards the
tailgate.
Fig 5: Detaching Rubber Sleeve
2. Disconnect plug connections for wire harness at the left in the tailgate (depending on
equipment).
1. 2.1. Release plug connection -1- for additional brake light -a- and pull it off -b- .
Fig 6: Identifying Additional Brake Light
2. 2.2. Release and pull off plug connections -3, 4, 5, 6- on the antenna amplifier (left).
1. Power supply for rear window heating
2. Ground connection
3. TV antenna line (brown)
4. TV antenna line (green)
5. Radio antenna line (white)

Fig 7: Identifying Left Antenna Amplifier
3. 2.3. Pull off plug connections -1- for rear window heating at the left.
4. 2.4. Unscrew screw on ground strap -2- .
5. 2.5. Release and pull off plug connections -1, 3, 4- on the antenna amplifier (center)
-2- .
1. 3 - TV antenna line (brown)
2. 4 - TV antenna line (green)

Fig 8: Identifying Centre Antenna Amplifier
6. 2.6. Release and pull off plug connection -2- on the antenna amplifier (right) -1- .
7. 2.7. Disconnect plug connection -3- at the connection point to the center wire
harness.
Fig 9: Identifying Rear Lid Wire Harness Connection Point
8. 2.8. Release and pull off plug connection -2- for spoiler drive -3- .
9. 2.9. Release plug connection -4- for upper part of lid lock -a- and pull it off -A- .
Fig 10: Disconnecting Control System Plug Connection
3. Disconnect plug connections for wire harness at the right in the tailgate (depending on
equipment).
1. 3.1. Unscrew screw -1- on ground strap.
1. 1 - Ground connection
2. 3 - Central locking system antenna line (grey)
3. 4 - Radio antenna line (white)
4. 5 - Radio antenna line (black)

5. 8 - Ground connection for rear window heating
Fig 11: Identifying Right Antenna Amplifier
2. 3.2. Pull off plug connections -8- for rear window heating at the left.
3. 3.3. Release and pull off plug connections -2, 3, 4, 5, 6- on the antenna amplifier
(right) -7- .
4. 3.4. Release and pull off plug connection for tailgate button -1- .
Fig 12: Identifying Tailgate Button
5. 3.5. Release plug connections for auxiliary heating control unit -A- and pull them off
-B- .
Fig 13: Identifying Plug Connection On Auxiliary Heating Control Unit
6. 3.6. Release plug connection -1- on wiper motor for rear lid -a- and pull it off.
Fig 14: Disconnecting Electric Plug Connection
4. Disconnect plug connections for wire harness at the center in the tailgate (depending on
equipment).
1. 4.1. Disconnect plug connection at the left and right for actuating cylinder for lid.
2. 4.2. Release and pull off plug connections -1, 2, 3 - on the rear lid control unit -4- .
Fig 16: Identifying Rear Lid Control Unit
5. Remove upper insulation on the left and right.

Fig 17: Removing Insulation
6. Detach mounting for wire harness for tailgate.
1. Mounting for wire harness for tailgate, left
2. Mounting for wire harness for tailgate, right
3. Mounting for wire harness for tailgate, center
1. 6.1. Cut tie-wraps -4- .
2. 6.2. Unclip fixing clips.

Fig 18: Identifying Wire Harness Fastening Points

PANAMERA GTS) > SUBSEQUENT WORK
1. Install upper part of B-pillar trim panel on left and right. → INSTALLING UPPER PART OF
B-PILLAR TRIM PANEL
2. Install complete C-pillar trim panel on left and right. → INSTALLING FRONT PART OF
C-PILLAR TRIM PANEL
3. Install left and right rear grab handles. → INSTALLING REAR GRAB HANDLE
4. Install release for rear lid. → INSTALLING REAR LID RELEASE
5. Install left and right number plate light. → INSTALLING NUMBER PLATE LIGHT
WM 973219 REMOVING AND INSTALLING WIRE HARNESS FOR DOOR (EXCEPT

PANAMERA S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) >
INFORMATION > COMPONENT INFORMATION - FRONT DOOR
1. Wire harness in door panel

2. Wire harness on door sub-frame
Fig 1: Identifying Front Door Wire Harness Installation Position

INFORMATION > COMPONENT INFORMATION - REAR DOOR

Fig 1: Identifying Rear Door Wire Harness Installation Position

PRELIMINARY WORK > PRELIMINARY WORK FOR FRONT DOOR PANEL
1. Remove front door panel. → REMOVING FRONT DOOR PANEL

PRELIMINARY WORK > PRELIMINARY WORK FOR REAR DOOR PANEL
1. Remove rear door panel. → REMOVING REAR DOOR PANEL

PRELIMINARY WORK > PRELIMINARY WORK FOR FRONT DOOR SUB-FRAME
1. Remove front door sub-frame. → REMOVING DOOR SUB-FRAME

PRELIMINARY WORK > PRELIMINARY WORK FOR REAR DOOR SUB-FRAME
1. Remove rear door sub-frame. → REMOVING REAR DOOR SUB-FRAME

REMOVING WIRE HARNESS FOR DOOR > REMOVING WIRE HARNESS FOR DOOR IN
FRONT DOOR PANEL
Information
1. Carefully detach insulating mat at the bonding points and remove it.
Fig 1: Detaching Insulating Mat
2. Disconnect electric plug connections.
1. 2.1. Pull off electric plug connection for alarm system LED -1- .
Fig 2: Pulling Off Connector On Alarm System LED
2. 2.2. Release light for door opener -A- and pull it off -B- .
Fig 3: Pulling Door Opener Light
3. 2.3. Release electric plug connection for mid-range loudspeaker -a- and pull it off
-B- .
Fig 4: Pulling Mid-Range Loudspeaker Connector
4. 2.4. Release electric plug connection for power windows switch -a- and pull it off -B-
Fig 5: Pulling Power Windows Connector
5. 2.5. Release light for storage box -a- and pull it off -B- .
Fig 6: Pulling Storage Box Light
3. Unclip fixing clips for wire harness.

Fig 7: Unclipping Fixing Clips

REAR DOOR PANEL
Information
2. 2.2. Pull off light for ashtray -1- .

Fig 3: Pulling Connector On Ashtray
3. 2.3. Pull off electric plug connection for power windows switch.
4. 2.4. Pull off electric plug connection for door warning light.
Fig 5: Pulling Door Warning Light Connector


FRONT DOOR SUB-FRAME
Information
1. 1.1. Release electric plug connection at the bracket -1- (-A- ) and pull it off -B- .
2. 1.2. Release electric plug connections -2- , -3- for door wire harness at the door
control unit -a- and pull them off -C-, -D- .
Fig 1: Disconnecting Connector On Door Control Unit
3. 1.3. Release electric plug connection for power windows motor -a- and pull it off -B-
Fig 2: Pulling Power Windows Motor Connector
4. 1.4. Release electric plug connection for pressure sensor -a- and pull it off -B- .
Fig 3: Pulling Pressure Sensor Connector
5. 1.5. Release electric plug connection for woofer -a- and pull it off -B- .
Fig 4: Pulling Woofer Connector
6. 1.6. Loosen and remove closing aid cover -1- .
7. 1.7. Release electric plug connection for closing aid -a- and pull it off -B- .
Fig 5: Pulling Connector On Closing Aid
2. Unclip fixing clips for wire harness at the inside.

Fig 6: Removing Inner Fixing Clips
3. Unclip fixing clip at the outside -A- .
4. Press rubber sleeves out of the opening in the door sub-frame -B- .
Fig 7: Removing Outer Fixing Clip
5. Guide wire harness out of the door sub-frame.

REAR DOOR SUB-FRAME
Information
1. 1.1. Release electric plug connection for door wire harness at the door control unit
-a- and pull it off -B- .
2. 1.2. Release electric plug connection -4- for door wire harness at the door control
unit -a- and pull it off -B- .
Fig 2: Disconnecting Plug Connection
Fig 5: Pulling Connector On Closing Aid

3. Press rubber sleeves out of the opening in the door sub-frame.

Fig 7: Removing Rubber Sleeves

INSTALLING WIRE HARNESS FOR DOOR > INSTALLING WIRE HARNESS FOR DOOR IN
Information
1. Guide wire harness into the door sub-frame.
2. Clip in fixing clip for wire harness for door sub-frame at the outside.
Fig 1: Securing Outside Wire Harness
3. Press rubber sleeves into the opening in the door sub-frame. Check that they are seated
securely.
4. Clip in fixing clips for wire harness for door sub-frame at the inside.
Fig 2: Securing Inside Wire Harness
5. Plug in electric plug connections.
1. 5.1. Plug in electric plug connection for pressure sensor until it engages securely.
Fig 3: Locating Plugging Connector On Pressure Sensor
2. 5.2. Plug in electric plug connection for power windows motor until it engages
securely.
Fig 4: Locating Plugging Connector For Power Windows Motor
3. 5.3. Plug in electric plug connection for woofer until it engages securely.
Fig 5: Plugging Woofer Connector
4. 5.4. Plug in electric plug connection for closing aid.
5. 5.5. Position seal -2- .
6. 5.6. Clip in cover -1- and check that the seal is seated correctly.
Fig 6: Locating Closing Aid Connector
6. Plug in electric plug connections on the door control unit.
1. 6.1. Clip electric plug connection into the bracket -A- .
2. 6.2. Plug in electric plug connection on the door control unit -B- and -C- until it
engages securely.
3. 6.3. Plug in and lock electric plug connection on the door control unit -D- .
Fig 7: Plugging Connector On Door Control Unit

REAR DOOR SUB-FRAME
Information
2. Clip in wire harness at the door sub-frame.

Fig 1: Clipping Wire Harness
securely.
Fig 2: Securing Rubber Sleeves
4. Connect electric plug connections.
4. 4.4. Clip in cover -1- and check that the seal -2- is seated correctly.
Fig 4: Locating Closing Aid Connector
securely.
Fig 5: Plugging Connector On Power Windows Motor
engages securely.
Fig 6: Plugging Connectors On Door Control Unit

FRONT DOOR PANEL
Information
1. Secure fixing clips.

Fig 1: Securing Fixing Clips
1. 2.1. Plug in light for storage box until it engages securely.

Fig 2: Plugging Storage Box Light
2. 2.2. Plug in electric plug connection for power windows switch until it engages
securely.
Fig 3: Plugging Connector On Power Windows Switch
3. 2.3. Plug in electric plug connection for mid-range loudspeaker until it engages
securely.
Fig 4: Plugging Connector On Mid-Range Loudspeaker
4. 2.4. Plug in light for door opener until it engages securely.

Fig 5: Plugging Door Opener Light
5. 2.5. Plug in plug connection for alarm system LED -1- .

Fig 6: Plugging Connector On Alarm System LED
3. Fit insulating mat and affix it securely to the bonding points with hot-melt adhesive.

REAR DOOR PANEL
Information

1. 2.1. Plug in electric plug connection for door warning light until it engages securely.
Fig 2: Plugging Connector On Door Warning Light
2. 2.2. Plug in electric plug connection for power windows switch. Check that it is
seated securely.
3. 2.3. Plug in light for ashtray -1- until it engages securely.

Fig 4: Plugging Ashtray Light


SUBSEQUENT WORK > SUBSEQUENT WORK FOR FRONT DOOR SUB-FRAME
1. Install front door sub-frame. → INSTALLING DOOR SUB-FRAME

SUBSEQUENT WORK > SUBSEQUENT WORK FOR REAR DOOR SUB-FRAME
1. Install rear door sub-frame. → INSTALLING REAR DOOR SUB-FRAME

SUBSEQUENT WORK > SUBSEQUENT WORK FOR FRONT DOOR PANEL
1. Install front door panel. → INSTALLING DOOR PANEL

SUBSEQUENT WORK > SUBSEQUENT WORK FOR REAR DOOR PANEL
1. Install rear door panel. → INSTALLING REAR DOOR PANEL
WM 973219 REMOVING AND INSTALLING WIRE HARNESS FOR DOOR IN FRONT

DOOR SUB-FRAME (EXCEPT PANAMERA S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO
EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > INFORMATION > COMPONENT INFORMATION -
FRONT DOOR


EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > PRELIMINARY WORK > PRELIMINARY WORK FOR
1. Remove front door sub-frame. → REMOVING DOOR SUB-FRAME

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > REMOVING WIRE HARNESS FOR DOOR IN FRONT
DOOR SUB-FRAME

1. 1.1. Release electric plug connection at the bracket -1- (-A- ) and pull it off -B- .
2. 1.2. Release electric plug connections -2- , -3- for door wire harness at the door
control unit -a- and pull them off -C- , -D- .
Fig 1: Disconnecting Connector On Door Control Unit
4. 1.4. Release electric plug connection for pressure sensor -a- and pull it off -B- .
Fig 3: Pulling Pressure Sensor Connector
Fig 5: Pulling Closing Aid Connector

3. Unclip fixing clip at the outside -A- .
4. Press rubber sleeves out of the opening in the door sub-frame -B- .
Fig 7: Removing Outer Fixing Clip

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > INSTALLING WIRE HARNESS FOR DOOR IN FRONT
DOOR SUB-FRAME
Information
2. Clip in fixing clip for wire harness for door sub-frame at the outside.
Fig 1: Securing Outside Wire Harness
securely.
4. Clip in fixing clips for wire harness for door sub-frame at the inside.
Fig 2: Securing Inside Wire Harness
1. 5.1. Plug in electric plug connection for pressure sensor until it engages securely.
Fig 3: Plugging Pressure Sensor Connector
securely.
Fig 4: Plugging Power Windows Motor Connector
6. 5.6. Clip in cover -1- and check that the seal is seated correctly.
Fig 6: Plugging Closing Aid Connector
engages securely.
Fig 7: Plugging Connector On Door Control Unit

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > SUBSEQUENT WORK > SUBSEQUENT WORK FOR
1. Install front door sub-frame. → INSTALLING DOOR SUB-FRAME

DOOR PANEL (EXCEPT PANAMERA S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE,
PANAMERA GTS) > INFORMATION > COMPONENT INFORMATION - FRONT DOOR


PANAMERA GTS) > PRELIMINARY WORK > PRELIMINARY WORK FOR FRONT
DOOR PANEL
1. Remove front door panel. → REMOVING FRONT DOOR PANEL

PANAMERA GTS) > REMOVING WIRE HARNESS FOR DOOR IN FRONT DOOR
PANEL
Information
1. 2.1. Pull off electric plug connection for alarm system LED -1- .
Fig 2: Pulling Alarm System LED Connector
3. 2.3. Release electric plug connection for mid-range loudspeaker -a- and pull it off
-B- .
Fig 4: Pulling Connector On Mid-Range Loudspeaker
4. 2.4. Release electric plug connection for power windows switch -a- and pull it off -B-
5. 2.5. Release light for storage box -a- and pull it off -B- .
Fig 6: Pulling Storage Box Light


PANAMERA GTS) > INSTALLING WIRE HARNESS FOR DOOR IN FRONT DOOR
PANEL
Information

1. 2.1. Plug in light for storage box until it engages securely.

Fig 2: Plugging Storage Box Light
2. 2.2. Plug in electric plug connection for power windows switch until it engages
securely.
3. 2.3. Plug in electric plug connection for mid-range loudspeaker until it engages
securely.
Fig 4: Plugging Connector On Mid-Range Loudspeaker

5. 2.5. Plug in plug connection for alarm system LED -1- .

Fig 6: Plugging Connector On Alarm System LED

PANAMERA GTS) > SUBSEQUENT WORK > SUBSEQUENT WORK FOR FRONT
DOOR PANEL
1. Install front door panel. → INSTALLING DOOR PANEL
WM 973219 REMOVING AND INSTALLING WIRE HARNESS FOR DOOR IN REAR

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > INFORMATION > COMPONENT INFORMATION -
REAR DOOR


REAR DOOR SUB-FRAME
1. Remove rear door sub-frame. → REMOVING REAR DOOR SUB-FRAME

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > REMOVING WIRE HARNESS FOR DOOR IN REAR
DOOR SUB-FRAME
Information
1. 1.1. Release electric plug connection for door wire harness at the door control unit
-a- and pull it off -B- .
2. 1.2. Release electric plug connection -4- for door wire harness at the door control
unit -a- and pull it off -B- .
Fig 3: Pulling Connector On Power Windows Motor
Fig 5: Pulling Closing Aid Connector

3. Press rubber sleeves out of the opening in the door sub-frame.

Fig 7: Removing Rubber Sleeves

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > INSTALLING WIRE HARNESS FOR DOOR IN REAR
DOOR SUB-FRAME
Information
2. Clip in wire harness at the door sub-frame.

Fig 1: Clipping Wire Harness
securely.
Fig 2: Securing Rubber Sleeves
securely.
Fig 4: Plugging Connector On Power Window Motor

Fig 5: Plugging Electric Plug Connections On Door Control Unit

REAR DOOR SUB-FRAME
1. Install rear door sub-frame. → INSTALLING REAR DOOR SUB-FRAME

PANAMERA GTS) > INFORMATION > COMPONENT INFORMATION - REAR DOOR


PANAMERA GTS) > PRELIMINARY WORK > PRELIMINARY WORK FOR REAR DOOR
PANEL
1. Remove rear door panel. → REMOVING REAR DOOR PANEL

PANAMERA GTS) > REMOVING WIRE HARNESS FOR DOOR IN REAR DOOR PANEL
Information
2. 2.2. Pull off light for ashtray -1- .

Fig 3: Pulling Ashtray Connector
3. 2.3. Pull off electric plug connection for power windows switch.
4. 2.4. Pull off electric plug connection for door warning light.
Fig 5: Pulling Door Warning Light Connector


PANAMERA GTS) > INSTALLING WIRE HARNESS FOR DOOR IN REAR DOOR PANEL
Information

1. 2.1. Plug in electric plug connection for door warning light until it engages securely.
Fig 2: Plugging Connector On Door Warning Light
2. 2.2. Plug in electric plug connection for power windows switch. Check that it is
seated securely.
3. 2.3. Plug in light for ashtray -1- until it engages securely.

Fig 4: Plugging Ashtray Light


PANAMERA GTS) > SUBSEQUENT WORK > SUBSEQUENT WORK FOR REAR DOOR
PANEL
1. Install rear door panel. → INSTALLING REAR DOOR PANEL
WM 974319 REMOVING AND INSTALLING WIRE HARNESS FOR REAR-VIEW

MIRROR (EXCEPT PANAMERA S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE,
1. Remove rear-view mirror. → REMOVING REAR-VIEW MIRROR
2. Remove housing for rear-view mirror and housing for rear-view mirror base. → REMOVING
HOUSING FOR REAR-VIEW MIRROR
3. Remove trim for front door panel. → REMOVING TRIM FOR FRONT DOOR PANEL

PANAMERA GTS) > REMOVING WIRE HARNESS FOR REAR-VIEW MIRROR
Information
All work steps are described for the mirror on the left side of the vehicle and must be performed on
the right side as a mirror image of the left side.
1. Remove electric plug connection for the fold-in motor -1- from its installation position and
disconnect it -A- .
2. Guide the two connectors -1 and 2- through the opening in the holder -B- .
Fig 1: Pulling Connectors And Guiding Through Opening
3. Loosen both clips -1- using a screwdriver.

Fig 2: Loosening Clips
4. Feed the wire harness out of the strain relief element and remove it.
Fig 3: Feeding Wire Harness Out Of Strain Relief Element
5. Release electric plug connections at the door control unit -a- and pull them off -B- .
Fig 4: Pulling Door Control Unit Connectors
6. Press grommet -1- through by pressing it inwards -A- .

Fig 5: Pressing Grommet Through
7. Secure cord or wire -1- on the wire harness connector and pull wire harness through by
pulling it outwards -A- . Cord or wire will be needed for feeding in the wire harness during
re-installation.
Fig 6: Removing Wire Harness

PANAMERA GTS) > INSTALLING WIRE HARNESS FOR REAR-VIEW MIRROR
Information
All work steps are described for the mirror on the left side of the vehicle and must be performed on
the right side as a mirror image of the left side.
1. Guide the two connectors -1 and 2- through the opening in the holder -A- .
Fig 1: Guiding Connectors Through Opening And Plugging
2. Connect plug connection for fold-in motor -1- (-B- ) and insert it into the holder.
3. Fasten the two clips. Make sure that the wire harness forms a sufficiently large loop.
Fig 2: Inserting Clips
4. Position the wire harness in the openings in the holder and engage it in the strain relief
element.
Fig 3: Inserting Wire Harness
5. Use previously attached cord or wire -1- to pull the wire harness back into the interior of the
vehicle -A- .
Fig 4: Guiding Wire Harness
6. Fit rubber sleeve. Make sure that the rubber sleeve is seated and sealed correctly.
7. Plug in electric plug connections on the door control unit -A- .

Fig 5: Connecting Electric Plug Connection

1. Install housing for rear-view mirror base and housing for rear-view mirror. → INSTALLING
HOUSING FOR REAR-VIEW MIRROR
2. Install rear-view mirror. → INSTALLING INTERIOR REAR-VIEW MIRROR
3. Install trim for front door panel. → INSTALLING TRIM FOR FRONT DOOR PANEL
WM 974519 REMOVING AND INSTALLING WIRE HARNESS FOR BATTERY WIRING

(EXCEPT PANAMERA S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA
GTS) > INFORMATION > COMPONENT INFORMATION
1. Wire harness from battery to power distributor (HSB)
2. Wire harness from power distributor (HSB) to B+ connection point in engine compartment
Fig 1: Identifying Battery Wiring Wire Harness Installation Position

GTS) > GENERAL WARNING NOTES > GROUP 20 - FUEL SUPPLY, ACTUATOR

Information

GTS) > PRELIMINARY WORK > PRELIMINARY WORK FOR WIRE HARNESS FROM
BATTERY TO POWER DISTRIBUTOR (HSB)
1. Disconnect the battery. → REMOVING BATTERY

GTS) > PRELIMINARY WORK > PRELIMINARY WORK FOR WIRE HARNESS FROM
POWER DISTRIBUTOR (HSB) TO B+ CONNECTION POINT IN ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
Information
TANK

BATTERY
2. Remove rear cardan shaft. → REMOVING REAR CARDAN SHAFT
3. Remove rear section of left front wheel-housing trim panel. → REMOVING FRONT PART OF
FRONT WHEEL HOUSING LINER
4. Remove center section of luggage compartment trim panel. → REMOVING CENTRE TRIM
PANEL FOR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT (LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT COVER)
5. Remove rear right wheel-housing trim panel. → REMOVING REAR WHEEL HOUSING LINER
6. Unscrew fastening screw -1- for tank filler neck -2- at the body.
Fig 1: Loosening Tank Filler Neck Screw
observed.

GTS) > REMOVING WIRE HARNESS FROM BATTERY TO POWER DISTRIBUTOR
(HSB)
1. Disconnect B+ line at the cutoff relay. → Removing Cutoff Relay

Fig 1: Disconnecting B+ Line At Power Distributor (HSB)

GTS) > REMOVING WIRE HARNESS FROM POWER DISTRIBUTOR (HSB) TO B+
CONNECTION POINT IN ENGINE COMPARTMENT
Information
Due to the large number of fixing clips, fixing clips will only be shown and mentioned symbolically.
The new B+ line to be installed comes fitted with cable clips.
1. Disconnect the B+ line in the power distributor (HSB). → Removing Power Distributor
(HSB) 978919
2. Unclip B+ line in the luggage compartment area.
3. Pull B+ line through under the transverse cover.
Unclip transverse cover -2- and lift it up -arrow A- .
Pull B+ line -1- through under the transverse cover.

Fig 1: Pulling B+ Line Out Of Transverse Cover
4. Press in rubber sleeve -1- (-arrow- ) and pull B+ line out of the luggage compartment from
under the vehicle.
Fig 2: Pulling B+ Line Out Of Luggage Compartment
5. Unclip B+ line close to the fuel tank.

Fig 3: Unclipping B+ Line Near Fuel Tank
6. Unclip B+ line in the underbody area.

Fig 4: Unclipping B+ Line On Underbody
7. Unclip B+ line close to the front left wheel housing.

Fig 5: Unclipping B+ Line At Wheel Housing
8. Disconnect connections at the B+ connection point in the engine compartment.
1. 8.1. Unscrew nuts -1- and remove them -arrow A- .
2. 8.2. Remove connection for generator/starter -2- .
3. 8.3. Remove connection for fan blower -3- .
4. 8.4. Unclip printed circuit board (PCB) -4- and remove it -arrow B- .
Fig 6: Disconnecting B+ Line Connection In Engine Compartment
9. Unscrew fastening screw for B+ connection point in the engine compartment -1- .
Fig 7: Disconnecting B+ Connection Point In Engine Compartment
10. Unclip B+ line -arrow A- and remove it -arrow B- .

Fig 8: Unclipping B+ Line From B+ Connection Point In Engine Compartment
11. Pull B+ line out of the engine compartment into the wheel housing and set it down.
Fig 9: Pulling B+ Line Into Wheel Housing

GTS) > INSTALLING WIRE HARNESS FROM BATTERY TO POWER DISTRIBUTOR
(HSB)
1. Screw in B+ line on the cutoff relay. → Removing Cutoff Relay

Fig 1: Identifying B+ Line On Power Distributor (HSB)

GTS) > INSTALLING WIRE HARNESS FROM POWER DISTRIBUTOR (HSB) TO B+
CONNECTION POINT IN ENGINE COMPARTMENT
1. Bring B+ line from the wheel housing into the engine compartment, position it and clip it on.
Fig 1: Installing Wire Harness From Power Distributor (HSB) To B+ Connection Point In Engine
Compartment
2. Press B+ line into the bracket for the B+ connection point in the engine compartment -arrow
B- until the catch -arrow A- locks with an audible click.
Fig 2: Engaging B+ Line In B+ Bracket
Screw in fastening screw for B+ connection point in the engine compartment -1- .
Fig 3: Screwing B+ Connection Point In Engine Compartment
3. Screw in connections at the B+ connection point in the engine compartment.
1. 3.1. Clip in printed circuit board (PCB) -4- until it engages securely -arrow B- .
2. 3.2. Fit connection for fan blower -3- .
3. 3.3. Fit connection for generator/starter -2- .
4. 3.4. Screw on nuts -arrow A- .

Fig 4: Screwing B+ Line Connection In Engine Compartment
4. Clip in B+ line close to the left wheel housing.

Fig 5: Clipping B+ Line At Wheel Housing
5. Clip in B+ line in the underbody area.

Fig 6: Clipping B+ Line On Underbody
6. Clip in B+ line close to the fuel tank.

Fig 7: Clipping B+ Line Near Fuel Tank
7. Pull B+ line from under the vehicle into the luggage compartment -arrow- and position rubber
sleeve -1- .
Fig 8: Pulling B+ Line Into Luggage Compartment
8. Pull B+ line through under the transverse cover.
Unclip transverse cover -2- and lift it up -arrow A- .
Pull B+ line -1- through under the transverse cover -arrow B- .

Fig 9: Pulling B+ Line Under Transverse Strut
9. Clip in B+ line in the luggage compartment area.
10. Screw B+ line into the power distributor (HSB). → Installing Power Distributor (HSB)

GTS) > SUBSEQUENT WORK > SUBSEQUENT WORK FOR WIRE HARNESS FROM
POWER DISTRIBUTOR (HSB) TO B+ CONNECTION POINT IN ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
TANK
3. Screw in fastening screw -1- for tank filler neck -2- at the body.
Fig 2: Screwing Tank Filler Neck Screw
4. Install rear right wheel-housing trim panel. → INSTALLING REAR WHEEL HOUSING LINER
5. Install center section of luggage compartment trim panel. → INSTALLING CENTRE TRIM
PANEL FOR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT (LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT COVER)
6. Install rear section of left front wheel-housing trim panel. → INSTALLING FRONT PART OF
FRONT WHEEL HOUSING LINER
7. Install rear cardan shaft. → INSTALLING REAR CARDAN SHAFT
8. Fill the fuel tank. → 2010EN DRAINING AND FILLING THE FUEL TANK (DRAINING AND
FILLING IN FUEL)
9. Connect the battery. → INSTALLING BATTERY

GTS) > SUBSEQUENT WORK > SUBSEQUENT WORK FOR WIRE HARNESS FROM
BATTERY TO POWER DISTRIBUTOR (HSB)
1. Connect the battery. → INSTALLING BATTERY

WM 974519 REMOVING AND INSTALLING BATTERY-STARTER WIRE HARNESS
(FROM EXTERNAL POWER CONNECTION TO STARTER) (EXCEPT PANAMERA S
EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > INFORMATION >
INSTALLATION POSITION OF WIRE HARNESS FROM EXTERNAL POWER
CONNECTION TO STARTER
Fig 1: Identifying External Power Connection To Starter Wire Harness Installation Position

WORK
WARNING: Working on the vehicle electrical system Risk
of burns
Risk of short circuit or fire.
→ Disconnect the battery.
→ Prevent battery from reconnecting.
→ Cover the battery.
→ Remove ground terminal and cover the terminals.

→ Route electric lines without tensile strength.
→ Secure electric lines to existing lines/components.
1. The battery ground lead must be disconnected before starting disassembly work. → 2X00IN
WORK INSTRUCTIONS AFTER DISCONNECTING THE BATTERY
2. Remove wiper arms. → REMOVING WIPER ARM
3. Remove cowl panel cover in the plenum panel area. → REMOVING COWL PANEL COVER
6. Remove engine cover (design cover). → REMOVING ENGINE COVER (DESIGN COVER)
7. Remove oil mist separator. → REMOVING OIL MIST SEPARATOR
8. Loosen intake manifold on throttle housing. → REMOVING AIR BOX FOR THROTTLE
9. Remove intake-air distributor. → REMOVING INTAKE-AIR DISTRIBUTOR
10. Remove fuel distributor pipe. → REMOVING FUEL DISTRIBUTOR PIPE

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > REMOVING WIRE
HARNESS FROM EXTERNAL POWER CONNECTION TO STARTER
1. Remove protection cap -3- from over the electric connections for the starter.
2. Screw off fastening nuts -1 and 2- on the electric connections at the starter.
Fig 1: Identifying Starter Wiring Harness
3. Remove electric connections -3 and 4- (-arrow- ).

Fig 2: Loosening Fastening Nuts On Starter
4. Remove screws on the wire harness on the cylinder heads and at the water guide and loosen
the wire harness.
Fig 3: Identifying Engine Wire Harness
5. Carefully open the wire harness housing at the clips and remove wiring from external power
connection to starter.
6. Open protective cover on the positive terminal for jump-lead starting -+- (-arrow- ).
Fig 4: Opening Protective Cover On Positive Terminal For Jump-Lead Starting
7. Screw off fastening nut -2- for B+ line.

Fig 5: Screwing B+ Line Fastening Nut
8. Remove B+ lines.
1. 8.1. Open cap -1- .
2. 8.2. Remove B+ line -5- .

Fig 6: Removing B+ Lines
9. Remove wiring from external power connection to starter.

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > INSTALLING
WIRE HARNESS FROM EXTERNAL POWER CONNECTION TO STARTER
Information
The tightening specifications for the basic engine are stored centrally (→ WM 1001IN TIGHTENING
TORQUES, TIGHTENING SEQUENCES AND ASSEMBLY OVERVIEWS .
Tightening torques and assembly instructions for other assemblies (e.g. chassis, electrics, transmission
or body) or for peripheral engine equipment can be found in the corresponding documents.
1. Installation is essentially performed in reverse order.

WORK
1. Install fuel distributor pipe. → INSTALLING FUEL DISTRIBUTOR PIPE

2. Install intake-air distributor. → INSTALLING INTAKE-AIR DISTRIBUTOR
3. Secure intake port on throttle housing. → INSTALLING AIR BOX FOR THROTTLE HOUSING
(Y-SHAPED PIPE AHEAD OF THROTTLE VALVE)
4. Fit oil mist separator. → INSTALLING OIL MIST SEPARATOR
5. Fit engine cover (design cover). → INSTALLING OIL MIST SEPARATOR
6. Fit the cross panel. → INSTALLING CROSS PANEL
7. Fit plenum panel cover. → INSTALLING PLENUM PANEL COVER
8. Fit cowl panel cover in the plenum panel area. → INSTALLING COWL PANEL COVER
9. Fit wiper arms. → INSTALLING WIPER ARM
10. Connect battery ground lead. → 2X00IN WORK INSTRUCTIONS AFTER DISCONNECTING
THE BATTERY
WM 974619 REMOVING AND INSTALLING CUTOFF RELAY (FROM EXTERNAL

POWER CONNECTION TO STARTER) (EXCEPT PANAMERA S EXECUTIVE,
PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > TECHNICAL VALUES
Fastening nut -3- Tightening 8 Nm (6 ftlb.)

on cutoff relay, torque
M8

1. Disconnect battery ground strap. → 2X00IN WORK INSTRUCTIONS AFTER

DISCONNECTING THE BATTERY
2. Loosen the rear fuse box. → Loosening Fuse Box 978409 LOOSENING AND SECURING
FUSE BOX

PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > REMOVING CUTOFF RELAY
NOTE: Voltage peaks
Risk of damage to loads or to the control unit
→ Disconnect the battery before removing the component or control unit.

WARNING: Incorrect handling of safety bolts
Danger of injury
Loss of torque
→ Always use new fastening screws and nuts following removal.
→ Observe specified tightening torques.
→ Carry out a visual inspection of all re-used parts.
Fig 1: Identifying Power Distributor Cutoff Relay Installation Position
2. Unscrew and remove the fastening screw on the power distributor (HSB) -arrow A- .
3. Pull the power distributor (HSB) up out of the guide -arrow B- and carefully set it aside.
Fig 2: Unscrewing Fastening Screw
4. Release the cover on the power distributor (HSB) and open it.
Fig 3: Opening Cover
5. Release electric plug connections for the cutoff relays and disconnect them.
Fig 4: Disconnecting Electric Plug Connections
6. Unclip the (HSB) control unit at the clips -1- and set it aside together with the connections.
Fig 5: Unclipping (HSB) Control Unit
7. Unscrew fastening nuts on the cutoff relays.

Fig 6: Unscrewing Fastening Nuts
8. Pull the eyelets -2- of the electric lines up and out.

Fig 7: Removing Eyelets
9. First remove cutoff relay -3- , then cutoff relay -4- .

Fig 8: Removing Cutoff Relay

PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > INSTALLING CUTOFF RELAY
Information
Use new nuts!
1. First position cutoff relay -4- , then cutoff relay -3- .

Fig 1: Positioning Cutoff Relays
2. Push the eyelets -2- of the electric lines onto the studs.
Fig 2: Pushing Eyelets
3. Tighten the fastening nuts -3- on the cutoff relays. → Tightening torque: 8 Nm (6 ftlb.)
Fig 3: Tightening Fastening Nuts
4. Clip the (HSB) control unit in at the clips -1- .

Fig 4: Clipping (HSB) Control Unit
5. Plug in electric plug connections for the cutoff relays until the connectors engage securely.
Fig 5: Connecting Electric Plug Connections
6. Close the cover on the power distributor (HSB) until the locking lugs engage securely.
Fig 6: Closing Cover
7. Slide the power distributor (HSB) into the guide -arrow C- and tighten the fastening screw
-arrow D- .
Fig 7: Tightening Fastening Screw

1. Secure the rear fuse box. → Securing Fuse Box 978409 LOOSENING AND SECURING FUSE
BOX
2.
Connect battery ground strap. → 2X00IN WORK INSTRUCTIONS AFTER DISCONNECTING
THE BATTERY
WM 975219 REMOVING AND INSTALLING WIRE HARNESS FOR ENGINE (EXCEPT

PANAMERA S E-HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) > PRELIMINARY WORK
1. Disconnect the battery (vehicle electrical system). → 2X00IN WORK INSTRUCTIONS AFTER
3. Remove front underbody panel. → REMOVING COVER FOR FRONT UNDERBODY
4. Remove bulkhead. → 508119 REMOVING AND INSTALLING CROSS PANEL

(DISASSEMBLING PLENUM PANEL) .

PANAMERA S E-HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) > REMOVING WIRE HARNESS FOR
ENGINE > REMOVING ENGINE WIRE HARNESS FOR V6 TURBO ENGINE
NOTE: Dirt on injection system components
Material damage
Rough-running engine
Bad exhaust emissions
→ Thoroughly clean connection points and adjacent areas before loosening them. If the engine is very
dirty, wash it before starting disassembly work.
→ Lay removed parts on a clean surface and cover them. Do not use fibre-shedding cloths.
→ Carefully cover components or seal them if repair work will not be carried out immediately. Place
rubber caps on connections. Seal intake openings with film or adhesive tape.
→ Only install clean parts. Do not take spare parts out of the packaging until just before installation.
→ Never use compressed air when the system is open. Do not move the vehicle.
Information
Mark installation position of vacuum hoses for re-installation.

Fig 1: Identifying Engine Wire Harness Installation Position (V6 Turbo Engine)
1. Engine control module
2. Vehicle/engine connection point
3. Vehicle/engine connection point
4. Hall sender for outlet camshaft, right

5. Hydraulic valve for variable valve lift switchover, right
6. Hydraulic valve for variable valve lift switchover, left
7. Hall sender for outlet camshaft, left
8. Temperature sensor
9. Ignition module, cylinder 1
12. Crankshaft pulse sender
13. Oil-level sender
14. Air-conditioning compressor
15. B+ wire at jump-lead starting point
19. Temperature sensor in engine compartment
20. Camshaft controller for outlet camshaft (cyl. 4 to 6)
21. Camshaft controller for intake camshaft (cyl. 4 to 6)
22. Camshaft controller for intake camshaft (cyl. 1 to 3)
23. Camshaft controller for outlet camshaft (cyl. 1 to 3)
24. Oil pressure control valve
25. Oil pressure sender with temperature sensor
26. B+ line at the generator
27. Plug connection at generator
28. Boost pressure sensor
29. Fuel pressure sensor (low-pressure)
30. Change-over valve for sound symposer
31. Pressure and temperature sensor
32. Throttle housing
33. Heat socket (right)
34. Heat socket (left)

35. Vacuum sensor for diagnosis
36. High-pressure pump, cylinder bank 1 (right)
37. High-pressure pump, cylinder bank 2 (left)
38. Hall sender for intake camshaft (cyl. 1 to 3)
39. Hall sender for intake camshaft (cyl. 4 to 6)
40. Change-over valve
41. Tank vent valve
42. Pressure converter
43. High-pressure sensor (rail pressure sensor)
44. Secondary-air pump
45. Injector, cylinder 1
51. B+ wire on starter
52. Control line on starter
53. Knock sensor for cylinder bank 2
54. Knock sensor for cylinder bank 1

Fig 2: Routing Wire Harness (V6 Turbo Engine)
1. Drain coolant. → DRAINING COOLANT
2. Release plug connection (1) from engine control unit -1- and disconnect it -2- .
Fig 3: Identifying DME Control Unit Connector
3. Release and disconnect connectors (2 and 3) at the vehicle/engine connection point in the
plenum panel.
4. Disconnect cable attachment for oxygen sensor wire harness.
5. Release connectors on hall sender -4- (4 and 7) for outlet camshafts at the left and right and
disconnect them.
Fig 4: Identifying Hydraulic Valve For Camshaft Control, Cylinder Bank 1 (Right)
1. 5.1. Remove catalytic converters.
→ REMOVING PRIMARY CATALYTIC CONVERTER
2. 5.2. Release connectors on hall senders -4- for the outlet camshafts -e- and
disconnect them -f- .
→ REMOVING HALL SENDER
6. Release connectors -3- (6 and 7) on hydraulic valves for variable valve lift switchover (-c- )
and disconnect them -e- .
→ REMOVING HYDRAULIC VALVE FOR VALVE LIFT SWITCHOVER
1. 6.1. Release and pull off fixing clip above the hydraulic valve.
7. Release connector from temperature sensor (8) -b- and disconnect it -a- .
1. 7.1. Loosen fixing clip.
8. Remove connector strip (9 to 11) for ignition modules on cylinders 1 to 3.
→ REMOVING IGNITION COILS

1. 8.1. Loosen connector strip mounting.
2. 8.2. Release connector strip -a- and pull it off -b- .

Fig 5: Identifying Ignition Modules, Cylinder 1 To 3
9. Release and disconnect connector (12) on the crankshaft pulse sender -1- .
→ REMOVING CRANKSHAFT PULSE SENDER

Fig 6: Removing Crankshaft Pulse Sender
1. 9.1. Loosen fixing clips -1- with wire harness.

Fig 7: Identifying Wire Harness Mounting
10. Release connector (13) from the oil-level sender -1- at the oil pan -a- and disconnect it -b- .
Fig 8: Releasing Oil-Level Sender Connector
11. Release and pull off connector -1- (14) on air-conditioning compressor.
→ REMOVING AIR-CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR

Fig 9: Pulling Air-Conditioning Compressor Connector
12. Disconnect B+ line (15) at the jump-lead starting point.

Fig 10: Disconnecting B+ Line And Jump-Lead Starting Point
13. Remove connector strip (16 to 17) for ignition modules on cylinders 3 to 6.
1. 13.1. Loosen connector strip mounting -2- .
2. 13.2. Disconnect wire harness with fixing clip -1- .
3. 13.3. Release connector strip -a- and pull it off -b- .

Fig 11: Removing Connector Strip (Ignition Modules 4 To 6)
14. Release connector (19) from temperature sensor in engine compartment and pull it off.
Fig 12: Releasing Temperature Sensor Connector
Information
Do not confuse the plug connection at the actuators for camshaft control. Given the similar
design of the plug connections on the intake and outlet camshafts, these must be marked for
re-installation during removal.
15. Release and pull off connectors (20 to 23) for camshaft control on cylinder bank 1 and 2.
1. 15.1. Pull off wire harness with fixing clip -3- .

Fig 13: Pulling Camshaft Control Actuator Connectors
16. Release and disconnect connector (24) on the oil pressure control valve.
Fig 14: Disconnecting Oil Pressure Regulating Valve Connector
17. Release connector (25) from oil pressure sender with temperature sensor -1- and pull it off.
Fig 15: Releasing Oil Pressure Sender With Temperature Sensor Connector
1. 17.1. Loosen wire harness with fixing clips.
18. Remove electric connections (26 and 27) at the generator.
1. 18.1. Remove generator. → REMOVING GENERATOR
2. 18.2. Disconnect B+ line -1- at the generator.
3. 18.3. Release plug connection -2- at the generator and pull it off.
Fig 16: Identifying Generator Fastening Screws
Fig 17: Disconnecting Generator Electric Connections
19. Remove cable duct -3- at front of engine.
1. 19.1. Unclip vacuum line -1- .
2. 19.2. Unscrew fastening screw -2- .

Fig 18: Removing Front Engine Cable Duct
20. Remove intake bridge.
1. 20.1. Remove Y-shaped pipe ahead of throttle valve.
1. 20.1.1. Pull off connector (28) on boost pressure sensor -1- .

Fig 19: Pulling Boost Pressure Sensor
2. 20.2. Release and pull off connector (29) on fuel pressure sensor (low-pressure).
Fig 20: Pulling Fuel Pressure Sensor (Low-Pressure)
3. 20.3. Release connector (30) on change-over valve for sound symposer -1- and
disconnect it.
Fig 21: Releasing Connector On Change-Over Valve For Sound Symposer
4. 20.4. Release connector (31) on pressure and temperature sensor -1- and
disconnect it.
Fig 22: Releasing Connector On Pressure And Temperature Sensor
5. 20.5. Release and pull off connector (32) on throttle housing.

Fig 23: Pulling Connector On Throttle Housing
6. 20.6. Release connectors (33 and 34) from the heat socket and pull them off.
Fig 24: Releasing Connectors From Heat Socket
7. 20.7. Release connector (35) for vacuum sensor for diagnosis and pull it off.
Fig 25: Releasing Diagnosis Vacuum Sensor Connector
8. 20.8. Screw off vacuum sensor for diagnosis.
9. 20.9. Unclip fuel line (low-pressure) at the fuel high-pressure pump.
10. 20.10. Loosen check valve for engine ventilation.
11. 20.11. Loosen fastening screws.
21. Release connectors for high-pressure pumps and pull them off.
Fig 26: Releasing High-Pressure Pump Connectors
1. 21.1. Release connector (36) on the high-pressure pump for cylinder bank 1 and pull
it off.
2. 21.2. Release connector (37) on the high-pressure pump for cylinder bank 2 and pull
it off.
3. 21.3. Loosen fixing clips with wire harness from the fuel line.
22. Release connectors (38 and 39) on the hall sender for the outlet camshafts and disconnect
them. → REMOVING HALL SENDER
Fig 27: Removing Camshaft Hall Sender Connectors
23. Release connector (40) on change-over valve -1- and pull it off.
1. 23.1. Pull change-over valve off the holder.
2. 23.2. Set change-over valve and lines aside.

Fig 28: Pulling Change-Over Valve Connector
24. Release connector (41) on the tank vent valve (-a- ) and disconnect it -b- .
1. 24.1. Pull tank vent valve off the holder -2- .
2. 24.2. Set tank vent valve with vacuum lines aside.

Fig 29: Releasing Tank Vent Valve Connector
25. Release connector (42) on pressure converter -1- and pull it off.
1. 25.1. Pull off vacuum hose -3- .

Fig 30: Pulling Pressure Converter Connector
26. Release connector (43) on high-pressure sensor (rail pressure sensor) -1- and pull it off.
Fig 31: Releasing Connector On High-Pressure Sensor (Rail Pressure Sensor)
27. Release connector (44) on the secondary-air pump -a- and disconnect it -b- .
Fig 32: Releasing Connector On Secondary-Air Pump
28. Remove vacuum unit -2- .
1. 28.1. Loosen fastening screws -1- for vacuum unit.
2. 28.2. Disconnect fuel line -3- .

Fig 33: Identifying Vacuum Unit
29. Disconnect vent line -1- for cooling water.

Fig 34: Identifying Cooling Water Vent Line
30. Remove cable duct at rear of engine.
1. 30.1. Loosen fastening screw -3- at the cylinder head.
2. 30.2. Loosen fastening screws -1 and 2- at the rear of the engine.

Fig 35: Identifying Cable Duct Attachment (Rear)
31. Release connectors (45 to 50) on the fuel injectors -a- and disconnect them -b- .
Fig 36: Releasing Connectors On Fuel Injectors Cylinders
32. Remove electric connections (51 and 52) at the starter -3- .
1. 32.1. Screw off B+ line -1- at the starter.
2. 32.2. Screw off control line -2- .

Fig 37: Identifying Starter Electric Connections
33. Release connector (53) on knock sensor for cylinder bank 2 (left) -a- and disconnect it -b- .
Fig 38: Releasing Connector On Knock Sensor For Cylinder Bank 2
34. Release connector (54) on knock sensor for cylinder bank 1 (right) -a- and disconnect it -b- .
Fig 39: Releasing Connector On Knock Sensor For Cylinder Bank 1
35. Release connector (55) on the thermostat -1- (-a- ) and disconnect it -b- .
Fig 40: Disconnecting Thermostat Connector
36. Remove cable duct.
1. 36.1. Loosen fastening screws.
2. 36.2. Guide out wire harness.

Fig 41: Identifying Cable Duct Attachment

PANAMERA S E-HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) > REMOVING WIRE HARNESS FOR
ENGINE > REMOVING ENGINE WIRE HARNESS FOR V6 NATURALLY ASPIRATED
ENGINE
Fig 1: Identifying Engine Wire Harness Installation Position (V6)
Fig 2: Identifying V6 Wiring Harness Assignment
1 - Bar ignition module, cylinder 1
5 - Injector, cylinder 4
17 - Camshaft adjuster
18 - Camshaft adjuster
19 - Hydraulic valve for variable valve lift adjustment
20 - Hydraulic valve for variable valve lift adjustment
21 - Engine ground
22 - Engine ground
23 - Engine ground
24 - Engine ground
25 - Crankshaft pulse sender
26 - Hall sender (phase sensor)
27 - Hall sender (phase sensor)
29 - Knock sensor
30 - Knock sensor
32 - Tank vent
33 - Generator
34 - Crankcase heating
35 - Flow control valve
36 - Oil pressure control valve
37 - Water temperature sensor
38 - Air-conditioning compressor
39 - Oil level sensor
40 - Oil-pressure sender with oil temperature sensor
41 - Electronic accelerator (throttle adjuster)

43 - Starter, terminal 50
46 - Generator, B+
47 - Transfer point on vehicle, B+
48 - Intake manifold switch-over valve
49 - Vehicle/engine connection point
50 - Vehicle/engine connection point
51 - DME (DFI) control unit
54 - Pressure sensor load detection
55 - Engine compartment temperature sensor
57 - Sender for fuel pressure
58 - Map-controlled thermostat (electrically heated coolant regulator)
Bottom left of engine:
1. Release and pull off connectors at the vehicle/engine connection point.
1. 1.1. Release and disconnect connectors -49 and 50- at the vehicle/engine
connection point.
2. 1.2. Release and disconnect connector -51- on the DME control unit.
2. Release and disconnect connector on the crankshaft pulse sender -25- .
1. 2.1. Unclip wire harness and pull it through in an upward direction.

Fig 3: Disconnecting Crankshaft Pulse Sender Cable Plug
3. Release and pull off connector on the air-conditioning compressor -38- .
→ REMOVING AIR-CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR
1. Air-conditioning compressor connector (38)
2. Connector for oil level sensor (39)
3. Fixing clips
4. wiring harness
5. Crankshaft pulse sender connector (25)

Fig 4: Identifying Bottom Left Wire Harness
4. Remove wiring harness for the air-conditioning compressor from the line bracket and unclip it
at the retaining clip -A- .
Fig 5: Disconnecting Engine Wire Harness To Air-Conditioning Compressor
5. Release and pull off connector at oil level sensor -39- .
→ REMOVING OIL LEVEL SENSOR

Fig 6: Pulling Oil Level Sensor Connector
Bottom right of engine:
6. Release and disconnect connector on oil pressure control valve -36- .
→ REMOVING OIL PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE
1. Fixing clip
2. Connector for oil pressure control valve

Fig 7: Identifying Oil Pressure Controller Connector
7. Release connector on oil pressure sensor -40- and pull it off.

Fig 8: Releasing Connector On Oil Pressure Sensor
8. Remove electric connections at the generator.
1. 8.1. Remove the generator. → REMOVING GENERATOR
2. 8.2. Disconnect B+ line -46- at the generator.
3. 8.3. Release and disconnect excitation current connector -33- .
Front of engine:
9. Unclip engine wire harness from the oil guide housing at the retaining clips.
10. Unscrew and remove fastening screw -1- at the cable duct -2- .
Fig 9: Loosening Cable Duct
Rear of engine:
11. Unclip the engine wire harness close to the high-pressure pump.
1. 11.1. Unclip engine wire harness at the retaining clips -A- .
2. 11.2. Unscrew and remove screw socket -B- .

Fig 10: Unclipping Engine Wire Harness To High-Pressure Pump
12. Release and pull off connector -35- on quantity control valve.
Fig 11: Pulling Connector On Quantity Control Valve Plug Connection
13. Unclip engine wire harness close to the vacuum pump.
1. 13.1. Pull engine wire harness out of the holder -A- .
2. 13.2. Unclip engine wire harness at the retaining clip -B- .

Fig 12: Unclipping Engine Wire Harness To Vacuum Pump
14. Unclip engine wire harness at the rear right at the retaining clip -arrow- .
Fig 13: Unclipping Engine Wire Harness At Rear Right
15. Unclip vacuum line from the rubber sleeve -arrow- .

Fig 14: Identifying Rubber Sleeve And Vacuum Line
Top of engine:
16. Release and disconnect connector -54- on the load detection pressure sensor.
Fig 15: Disconnecting Connector On Load Detection Pressure Sensor
17. Release and disconnect connectors on the ignition coils -1 to 3- and -13 to 15- .
→ REMOVING IGNITION COILS
18. Release and disconnect connector for crankcase heating -34- .

Fig 16: Disconnecting Crankcase Heating Connector
19. Release connector -41- at the throttle adjuster and pull it off.
Fig 17: Pulling Throttle Adjuster Plug Connection
20. Release and disconnect connectors at the (DFI) high-pressure fuel injectors -5 to 11- .
1. 20.1. Remove intake-air distributor. → REMOVING INTAKE-AIR DISTRIBUTOR
2. 20.2. Release and disconnect connectors on the fuel injectors.
→ REMOVING FUEL INJECTOR

Fig 18: Disconnecting Connectors On Fuel Injectors Plug Connection
21. Release connector on thermostat insert -58- using an angled pliers and disconnect it.
Fig 19: Identifying Thermostat Plug Connection
22. Release and disconnect connector -48- on the intake manifold switchover valve.
Fig 20: Identifying Intake Manifold Switchover Valve Plug Connection
23. Disconnect connectors on hydraulic valves for camshaft control -17 and 18- .
1. 23.1. Remove cap -A- .
2. 23.2. Release connector -B- and disconnect it -C- .

Fig 21: Releasing Hydraulic Valves Connectors For Camshaft Control
24. Release and disconnect connectors on solenoid/hydraulic valves for valve lift switchover -19
and 20- .
→ REMOVING HYDRAULIC VALVE FOR VALVE LIFT SWITCHOVER
25. Remove protection cap on the starter connections.
26. Unscrew fastening nuts -1 and 2- on the starter and remove lines -arrow- .
Fig 22: Loosening Fastening Nuts On Starter
27. Disconnect ground lines -21 to 24- and unclip cable duct at the left and right on the camshaft
housing cover.
1. 27.1. Unscrew and remove fastening screws → Disconnecting ground strap and
cable duct on ground lines and remove ground lines.
2. 27.2. Cable duct on camshaft housing cover -arrow- .

Fig 23: Disconnecting Ground Strap And Cable Duct
28. Remove vent line.

Fig 24: Removing Vent Line
1. 28.1. Unscrew and remove fastening screws.
2. 28.2. Remove vent line from the cable duct -arrow- .
29. Release connector for temperature sensor in engine compartment and disconnect it.
Fig 25: Identifying Temperature Sensor In Engine Compartment
30. Release and disconnect connectors on the hall senders (camshaft) -26 and 27- .
→ REMOVING HALL SENDER

Fig 26: Identifying Hall Sender Plug Connection
31. Release and disconnect connectors on the knock sensors -29 and 30- .
→ REMOVING KNOCK SENSOR

Fig 27: Identifying Knock Sensor Plug Connection
32. Release connector on tank vent valve -32- and pull it off.
Fig 28: Identifying Tank Vent Valve Plug Connection
33. Release and disconnect connector on the coolant temperature sensor -37- .REMOVING
COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
34. Release and disconnect connector for fuel pressure sender -57- .
35. Screw off B+ line -47- at the external power connection.

Fig 29: Identifying External Power Supply
Remove wire harness:
36. Loosen cable duct.
1. Wire harness fastening screw, inner V
2. Wire harness fastening screw, rear left (aluminum screw)

Fig 30: Identifying Engine Wire Harness (Inner V)
1. 36.1. Unscrew and remove fastening screw at the cable duct.
37. Loosen engine wire harness at the engine housing.
1. 37.1. Unscrew and remove fastening screws.
2. 37.2. Lift engine wire harness up and out.

PANAMERA S E-HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) > INSTALLING WIRE HARNESS
FOR ENGINE > INSTALLING WIRE HARNESS FOR V6 NATURALLY ASPIRATED
ENGINE
Fig 1: Identifying Engine Wire Harness Installation Position
1. First lay the wire harness loosely on the engine.
Check that the wire harness is positioned correctly: The vehicle/engine connection point as
well as the plug connection for the DFI control unit are in the rear of the engine compartment,
on the right in the direction of travel.
Each cylinder head has an inner and an outer harness.
2. When fitting the wire harness, make sure that the individual wire harnesses do not become
twisted or entangled.
3. Loosely screw the cable ducts onto the cylinder heads and on the right control box.
4. Insert the plug connections and clip the individual wiring harnesses in place.
When doing so, proceed in reverse order to removal:
1. 4.1. Insert plug connections for top of engine .
2. 4.2. Insert plug connections for rear of engine .
3. 4.3. Insert plug connections for front of engine .
4. 4.4. Raise the vehicle.
5. 4.5. Insert plug connections for bottom right of engine .
6. 4.6. Insert plug connections for bottom left of engine .
5. Screw down cable guide ducts.

PANAMERA S E-HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) > INSTALLING WIRE HARNESS
FOR ENGINE > INSTALLING ENGINE WIRE HARNESS FOR V6 TURBO ENGINE
1. Installation is performed in reverse order to removal. → Removing Wire Harness For Engine

PANAMERA S E-HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) > SUBSEQUENT WORK
1. Install bulkhead → INSTALLING CROSS PANEL
2. Install front underbody panel→ INSTALLATION
4. Secure ground strap to battery. → 9X00IN WORK INSTRUCTIONS AFTER DISCONNECTING

THE BATTERY
WM 975619 REMOVING AND INSTALLING WIRING FOR BACKREST (ALL MODELS) >
PRELIMINARY WORK > PRELIMINARY WORK FOR WIRING FOR LUMBAR SUPPORT
1. Remove rear and side cover for backrest. → REMOVING COVER FOR REAR BACKREST
PRELIMINARY WORK > PRELIMINARY WORK FOR WIRING FOR BACKREST
ADJUSTMENT AND AIRBAG
1. Remove rear and side cover for backrest. → REMOVING COVER FOR REAR BACKREST
2. Remove wiring for electrically adjustable seat. → Removing Wiring For Electrically Adjustable
Seat
REMOVING WIRING FOR BACKREST > REMOVING WIRING FOR LUMBAR SUPPORT
NOTE: Voltage peaks
Risk of damage to load or to the control unit
→ Switch off ignition and remove remote control before disconnecting or removing load.
Information
Always comply with the regulations for handling ESD-sensitive components!
Assembly work may only be carried out if the mechanic is wearing the working clothes and shoes
approved by Porsche.
The new part must only be removed from the ESD (electrostatic discharge) protective packaging
just before installation and at the position at which the part is to be installed.
Never touch the electric pins and plug contacts.
Information
Fig 1: Identifying Lumbar Support Wire Harness Installation Position
1. Release and pull off electric plug connection on seat control unit -a- (-A- ).
Fig 2: Disconnecting Plug Connection On Seat Control Unit
2. Release and disconnect all electric plug connections -1- for the seat wire harness.
Fig 3: Disconnecting Plug Connections On Seat Wire Harness
3. Remove tie-wrap -2- on the underside of the seat.

Fig 4: Cutting Tie-Wrap
4. Release and unplug all electric plug connections -3- at the backrest.
Fig 5: Disconnecting Plug Connections At Backrest
5. Remove all relevant tie-wraps and clips -4- on the backrest.

Fig 6: Removing Tie-Wraps And Clips On Backrest
6. Pull wire harness -3- through between the backrest frame -1- and backrest adjustment shaft
-2- .
Fig 7: Pulling Wire Harness Through Between Backrest Frame And Backrest Adjustment Shaft
7. Pull wire harness -1- through between the seat frame -3- and padding -2- .
Fig 8: Pulling Wire Harness Through Between Seat Frame And Padding
REMOVING WIRING FOR BACKREST > REMOVING WIRING FOR BACKREST
NOTE: Voltage peaks
Information
Information
Fig 1: Identifying Airbag Backrest Adjustment Wire Harness Installation Position
1. Remove all relevant tie-wraps -1- on the underside of the seat.

Fig 2: Removing Tie-Wraps On Wiring
2. Release electric plug connection -2- for the seat wire harness -a- and pull it off -A- .
Fig 3: Disconnecting Seat Wire Harness Plug Connections
3. Remove tie-wrap -2- on the connector socket -1- .

Fig 4: Disconnecting Connector Socket
4. Release single connectors -3- (-A- ) and remove them from the connector socket -1- (-B- ).
5. Remove all relevant tie-wraps and clips -4- on the backrest.

Fig 5: Identifying Tie-Wraps And Clips On Backrest
6. Release and unplug all electric plug connections -5- at the backrest.
Fig 6: Disconnecting Plug Connections At Backrest
7. Unclip connector on backrest adjustment motor -6- from the bracket -7- (-a- ) and pull it off
-B- .
Fig 7: Unclipping Connector From Bracket
8. Pull wire harness -3- through between the backrest frame -1- and backrest adjustment shaft
-2- (-arrow- ).
Fig 8: Pulling Wire Harness Through At Backrest Frame
9. Pull wire harness -1- through between the seat frame -3- and padding -2- (-arrow- ).
Fig 9: Pulling Wire Harness Through At Seat Frame
INSTALLING WIRING FOR BACKREST > INSTALLING WIRING FOR LUMBAR
SUPPORT
1. Pull wire harness -1- in between the seat frame -3- and padding -2- (-arrow- ).
Fig 1: Pulling Seat Frame Wire Harness
2. Pull wire harness -3- in between the backrest frame -1- and backrest adjustment shaft -2-
(-arrow- ).
Fig 2: Pulling Backrest Frame Wire Harness
3. Plug in and lock all electric plug connections -3- at the backrest.
Fig 3: Plugging Backrest Locking Plug Connections
4. Fit all relevant tie-wraps and clips -4- on the backrest.

Fig 4: Fitting Tie-Wraps And Clips On Backrest
5. Plug in electric plug connection on seat control unit -A- and lock it -a- .
Fig 5: Plugging Plug Connection On Seat Control Unit
6. Plug in and lock all electric plug connections -1- for the seat wire harness.
Fig 6: Connecting Plug Connections On Seat Wire Harness
7. Fit tie-wrap -2- on the underside of the seat.

Fig 7: Fitting Tie-Wrap
INSTALLING WIRING FOR BACKREST > INSTALLING WIRING FOR BACKREST
1. Pull wire harness -1- in between the seat frame -3- and padding -2- (-arrow- ).
Fig 1: Pulling Seat Frame Wire Harness
2. Pull wire harness -3- in between the backrest frame -1- and backrest adjustment shaft -2-
(-arrow- ).
Fig 2: Pulling Backrest Frame Wire Harness
3. Clip connector on backrest adjustment motor -6- into the bracket -7- (-A- ).
Fig 3: Clipping Connector On Backrest Adjustment Motor
4. Fasten all relevant tie-wraps and clips -4- on the backrest.

Fig 4: Identifying Tie-Wraps And Clips On Backrest
5. Plug in and lock all electric plug connections -5- at the backrest.
Fig 5: Connecting Backrest Plug Connections
6. Plug the single connectors -2- into the connector socket -1- and check that the lock engages
securely.
Fig 6: Fitting Single Connectors
7. Fit tie-wrap -3- on the connector socket.
8. Fit all relevant tie-wraps -1- on the underside of the seat.

Fig 7: Securing Wire Harness
9. Insert electric plug connection -2- for the seat wire harness -A- until the connector engages
securely.
Fig 8: Inserting Seat Wire Harness Connector
SUBSEQUENT WORK > SUBSEQUENT WORK FOR WIRING FOR LUMBAR SUPPORT
1. Install rear and side cover for backrest. → 722619 REMOVING AND INSTALLING COVER
FOR BACKREST
SUBSEQUENT WORK > SUBSEQUENT WORK FOR WIRING FOR BACKREST
1. Secure wiring for electrically adjustable seat. → 975719 REMOVING AND INSTALLING
WIRING FOR ELECTRICALLY ADJUSTABLE SEAT
2. Install rear and side cover for backrest. → INSTALLING COVER FOR REAR BACKREST
WM 975719 REMOVING AND INSTALLING WIRING FOR ELECTRICALLY

ADJUSTABLE SEAT (EXCEPT PANAMERA S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO
1. Remove the front seat. → REMOVING FRONT SEAT

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > REMOVING WIRING FOR ELECTRICALLY
ADJUSTABLE SEAT
NOTE: Voltage peaks
Information
Information
Fig 1: Identifying Seat Wire Harness Installation Position

1. Unclip bracket at the seat frame -1- .
Fig 2: Unclipping Wire Harness Bracket
2. Unscrew fastening screw -1- and unclip bracket -2- .

Fig 3: Removing Bracket
3. Take cable conduit -1- out of the brackets -2 + 3- .

Fig 4: Removing Cable Conduit From Brackets
4. Remove the split cable conduit -1- and expose the wire harness -2- as far as the cable
sheathing.
Fig 5: Removing Wire Harness From Cable Conduit
5. Remove tie-wrap -2- on the connector socket -1- .
6. Release single connectors -3- (-A- ) and remove them from the connector socket -1- (-B- ).
Fig 6: Disconnecting Connector Socket
7. Remove all relevant tie-wraps -1- and clips -2- .

Fig 7: Identifying Seat Wire Harness Fastening Points
8. Release and unplug electric plug connections -1- .

Fig 8: Identifying Seat Wire Harness Plug Connections

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > INSTALLING WIRING FOR ELECTRICALLY
ADJUSTABLE SEAT
Information
Information
When routing the wire harness, make sure that it is routed without tension.
1. Plug in and lock electric plug connections -1- .

Fig 1: Identifying Seat Wire Harness Plug Connections
2. Fit all relevant tie-wraps -1- and clips -2- .

Fig 2: Identifying Seat Wire Harness Fastening Points
3. Plug the single connectors -2- into the connector socket -1- and check that the lock engages
securely.
Fig 3: Fitting Single Connectors
4. Fit tie-wrap -3- on the connector socket.
5. Fit cable sheathing -1- .

Fig 4: Fitting Cable Sheathing
6. Route wire harness -2- in the cable conduit and fit the split cable conduit -1- .
Fig 5: Routing Wire Harness In Cable Conduit
7. Clip cable conduit -1- into the brackets -2 + 3- .

Fig 6: Clipping Cable Conduit Into Brackets
8. Clip in bracket -2- and screw in fastening screw -1- .

Fig 7: Installing Bracket
9. Clip in bracket at the seat frame -1- .

Fig 8: Clipping Wire Harness Bracket

1. Install the front seat. → INSTALLING FRONT SEAT
WM 975919 REMOVING AND INSTALLING WIRE HARNESS FOR PARKASSIST


GTS) > REMOVING WIRE HARNESS FOR PARKASSIST
Fig 1: Identifying Park Assist Wire Harness Installation Position
1. Release connectors on the four ParkAssist sensors -b- and disconnect them.
Fig 2: Disconnecting Park Assist Sensors
2. Release the wire harness from the outer and middle fixing clips.
Fig 3: Loosening Outer Clips
3. Loosen the two inner fixing clips from the rear apron using a screwdriver.
Fig 4: Loosening Inner Fixing Clips
4. Remove wire harness for ParkAssist.

GTS) > INSTALLING WIRE HARNESS FOR PARKASSIST
1. Position the wire harness and secure with the two inner fixing clips.
Fig 1: Fitting Inner Fixing Clips
2. Secure wire harness for ParkAssist by closing the middle and outer clips.
Fig 2: Fastening Outer Clips
3. Plug connectors into the four ParkAssist sensors until the connectors engage securely.
Fig 3: Connecting Park Assist Sensors

1. Install rear apron. → INSTALLING REAR APRON
WM 976519 REMOVING AND INSTALLING WIRE HARNESS FOR ABS (VEHICLE WITH
PDCC) (EXCEPT PANAMERA S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE,
PANAMERA GTS) > TOOLS

PIWIS Tester Special tool 9818
II
PANAMERA GTS) > PRELIMINARY WORK > PRELIMINARY WORK (VEHICLE WITH
PDCC)
Information
If the rear left ABS wire harness has to be removed and installed or replaced on a vehicle with PDCC,
the valve block for the PDCC system must be removed.→ REMOVING REAR-AXLE VALVE BLOCK
1. Remove the relevant wheel. → REMOVING WHEEL
2. → 430419 REMOVING AND INSTALLING REAR-AXLE VALVE BLOCK (PDCC)
PANAMERA GTS) > REMOVING WIRE HARNESS FOR ABS (VEHICLE WITH PDCC) >
REMOVING FRONT ABS WIRE HARNESS (VEHICLE WITH PDCC)
Fig 1: Identifying Front ABS Wire Harness Installation Position
1. Electric plug connection for ABS sensor
2. Electric plug connection for brake pad wear indicator
3. Electric plug connection for main wire harness

Fig 2: Overview Of Front ABS Wire Harness
1. Disconnect electric plug connection for main wire harness.
1. 1.1. Release electric plug connection on main wire harness -1- and pull it off -arrow
A- .
2. 1.2. Pull intermediate lock out of the bracket -arrow B- .
3. 1.3. Pull wire harness for ABS out of the bracket -arrow C- .
Fig 3: Disconnecting Main Wire Harness Connector
2. Disconnect electric plug connection for brake pad wear indicator.
1. 2.1. Release electric plug connection for brake pad wear indicator -1- and pull it off
-arrow A- .
2. 2.2. Turn electric plug connection 90° and remove it from the holder -arrow B- .
Fig 4: Disconnecting Brake Pad Wear Indicator Connector
3. Disconnect electric plug connection for ABS sensor.
1. 3.1. Release electric plug connection -1- from ABS sensor and pull it off -arrow A- .
2. 3.2. Pull line out of the holder -arrow B- .
3. 3.3. Remove ABS line.

Fig 5: Disconnecting ABS Sensor Connector
PANAMERA GTS) > REMOVING WIRE HARNESS FOR ABS (VEHICLE WITH PDCC) >
REMOVING REAR ABS WIRE HARNESS (VEHICLE WITH PDCC)
Fig 1: Identifying Rear ABS Wire Harness Position
3. Electric plug connection for handbrake actuation
5. Electric plug connection for rotation angle sensor

Fig 2: Overview Of Rear ABS Wire Harness
1. 1.1. Unclip electric plug connection on main wire harness -1- from the bracket
-arrow A- .
Fig 3: Unclipping Main Wire Harness
2. 1.2. Remove electric plug connection on main wire harness from the bracket -arrow
B- .
3. 1.3. Release and pull off electric plug connection for main wire harness.
4. 1.4. Unclip retaining clips for ABS wire harness.
5. 1.5. Remove ABS wire harness on the wheel carrier holder from the bracket.
2. Disconnect electric plug connection for rotation angle sensor.
1. 2.1. Pull off rubber cover -1- (-arrow A- ).
2. 2.2. Release and pull off electric plug connection for rotation angle sensor -2-
(-arrow B- ).
Fig 4: Disconnecting Rotation Angle Sensor Connector
1. 3.1. Release and pull off electric plug connection for ABS sensor -1- (-arrow A- ).
2. 3.2. Pull intermediate lock -2- out of the holder -arrow B- .

Fig 5: Disconnecting ABS Connector
1. 4.1. Release and pull off electric plug connection for brake pad wear indicator -1-
(-arrow A- ).
3. 4.3. Remove line for brake pad wear indicator from the holder -arrow C- .
5. Disconnect electric plug connection for handbrake actuation.
1. 5.1. Release and pull off electric plug connection for handbrake actuation -1-
(-arrow- ).
Fig 7: Disconnecting Handbrake Connector
PANAMERA GTS) > INSTALLING WIRE HARNESS FOR ABS (VEHICLE WITH PDCC) >
INSTALLING FRONT ABS WIRE HARNESS (VEHICLE WITH PDCC)
1. Plug in electric plug connection for ABS sensor.
1. 1.1. Plug in electric plug connection for ABS sensor -1- until it engages securely
-arrow A- .
2. 1.2. Press line into the bracket -arrow B- .

Fig 1: Fitting ABS Sensor Connector
2. Plug in electric plug connection for brake pad wear indicator.
1. 2.1. Turn electric plug connection 90° and lock it in the holder -arrow B- .
2. 2.2. Plug in electric plug connection for brake pad wear indicator -1- until it engages
securely -arrow A- .
Fig 2: Plugging Brake Pad Wear Indicator Connector
3. Plug in electric plug connection for main wire harness.
1. 3.1. Plug in electric plug connection on main wire harness -1- until it engages
2. 3.2. Press intermediate lock into the bracket -arrow B- .
3. 3.3. Press ABS wire harness into the bracket -arrow C- .

Fig 3: Plugging Main Wire Harness Connector
PANAMERA GTS) > INSTALLING WIRE HARNESS FOR ABS (VEHICLE WITH PDCC) >
INSTALLING REAR ABS WIRE HARNESS (VEHICLE WITH PDCC)
1. Plug in electric plug connection for handbrake actuation.
1. 1.1. Plug in electric plug connection for handbrake actuation -1- until it engages
securely -arrow- .
Fig 1: Plugging Handbrake Connector
1. 2.1. Press line for brake pad wear indicator into the holder -arrow C- .
1. 3.1. Press intermediate lock -1- into the holder -arrow A- .
-arrow B- .
Fig 3: Plugging ABS Connector
4. Plug in electric plug connection for rotation angle sensor.
1. 4.1. Plug in electric plug connection for rotation angle sensor -1- until it engages
2. 4.2. Slide on rubber cover -2- (-arrow B- ).

Fig 4: Plugging Rotation Angle Sensor Connector
1. 5.1. Press plug connection for main wire harness and ABS wire harness on the
wheel carrier holder into the bracket.
2. 5.2. Clip in retaining clips for main wire harness.
3. 5.3. Plug in electric plug connection -2- until it engages securely.
4. 5.4. Clip electric plug connection -2- into the bracket -1- (-arrow- ).
Fig 5: Clipping Main Wire Harness
PANAMERA GTS) > SUBSEQUENT WORK > SUBSEQUENT WORK (VEHICLE WITH
PDCC)
1. Install rear-axle valve block (PDCC) if necessary. → INSTALLING REAR-AXLE VALVE BLOCK
2. Install the relevant wheel. → INSTALLING WHEEL
3. Read out and erase the fault memory using PIWIS Tester II 9818 .
WM 976519 REMOVING AND INSTALLING WIRE HARNESS FOR ANTI-LOCK BRAKE

SYSTEM (ABS) (EXCEPT PANAMERA S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO
1. Remove the relevant wheel. → REMOVING WHEEL

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > REMOVING WIRE HARNESS FOR ANTI-LOCK
BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) > REMOVING WIRE HARNESS FOR FRONT ABS
Fig 1: Identifying Front ABS Wire Harness Position

Fig 2: Overview Of Front ABS Wire Harness
1. 1.1. Release electric plug connection for main wire harness -1- and pull it off -arrow
A- .
2. 1.2. Pull intermediate lock out of the bracket -arrow B- .
3. 1.3. Pull main wire harness out of the bracket -arrow C- .

Fig 3: Disconnecting Main Wire Harness Connector
1. 2.1. Release electric plug connection for brake pad wear indicator -1- and pull it off
-arrow A- .
1. 3.1. Release electric plug connection -1- from ABS sensor and pull it off -arrow A- .
2. 3.2. Pull line out of the holder -arrow B- .
3. 3.3. Remove line for ABS.

Fig 5: Disconnecting ABS Sensor Connector

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > REMOVING WIRE HARNESS FOR ANTI-LOCK
BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) > REMOVING WIRE HARNESS FOR REAR ABS
Fig 1: Identifying Rear ABS Wire Harness Installation Position
3. Electric plug connection for handbrake actuation
5. Electric plug connection for rotation angle sensor

Fig 2: Overview Of Rear ABS Wire Harness
1. 1.1. Unclip electric plug connection for main wire harness -1- from the bracket
-arrow A- .
Fig 3: Unclipping Main Wire Harness
2. 1.2. Remove electric plug connection for main wire harness from the bracket -arrow
B- .
3. 1.3. Release and pull off electric plug connection for main wire harness.
4. 1.4. Unclip retaining clips for main wire harness.
5. 1.5. Remove main wire harness at the wheel carrier holder from the bracket.
2. Disconnect electric plug connection for rotation angle sensor.
1. 2.1. Pull off rubber cover -1- (-arrow A- ).

Fig 4: Disconnecting Rotation Angle Sensor Connector
2. 2.2. Release and pull off electric plug connection for rotation angle sensor -2-
(-arrow B- ).
1. 3.1. Release and pull off electric plug connection for ABS sensor -1- (-arrow A- ).
Fig 5: Disconnecting ABS Connector
2. 3.2. Pull intermediate lock -2- out of the holder -arrow B- .
1. 4.1. Release and pull off electric plug connection for brake pad wear indicator -1-
(-arrow A- ).
3. 4.3. Remove line for brake pad wear indicator from the holder -arrow C- .
5. Disconnect electric plug connection for handbrake actuation.
1. 5.1. Release and pull off electric plug connection for handbrake actuation -1-
(-arrow- ).
Fig 7: Disconnecting Handbrake Connector

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > INSTALLING WIRE HARNESS FOR ANTI-LOCK BRAKE
SYSTEM (ABS) > INSTALLING WIRE HARNESS FOR REAR ABS
1. Plug in electric plug connection for handbrake actuation.
1. 1.1. Plug in electric plug connection for handbrake actuation -1- until it engages
securely -arrow- .
Fig 1: Plugging Handbrake Connector
1. 2.1. Press line for brake pad wear indicator into the holder -arrow C- .
1. 3.1. Press intermediate lock -1- into the holder -arrow A- .
-arrow B- .
Fig 3: Plugging ABS Connector
4. Plug in electric plug connection for rotation angle sensor.
1. 4.1. Plug in electric plug connection for rotation angle sensor -1- until it engages
2. 4.2. Slide on rubber cover -2- (-arrow B- ).

Fig 4: Plugging Rotation Angle Sensor Connector
1. 5.1. Press main wire harness at the wheel carrier holder into the bracket.
2. 5.2. Clip in retaining clips for main wire harness.
3. 5.3. Plug in electric plug connection for main wire harness -2- until it engages
securely.
4. 5.4. Clip electric plug connection for main wire harness -2- into the bracket -1-
(-arrow- ).
Fig 5: Clipping Main Wire Harness

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > INSTALLING WIRE HARNESS FOR ANTI-LOCK BRAKE
SYSTEM (ABS) > INSTALLING WIRE HARNESS FOR FRONT ABS
-arrow A- .
2. 1.2. Press line into the bracket -arrow B- .

Fig 1: Fitting ABS Sensor Connector
1. 3.1. Plug in electric plug connection for main wire harness -1- until it engages
2. 3.2. Press intermediate lock into the bracket -arrow B- .
3. 3.3. Press main wire harness into the bracket -arrow C- .

Fig 3: Plugging Main Wire Harness Connector

1. Install the relevant wheel. → INSTALLING WHEEL
WM 976719 REMOVING AND INSTALLING WIRE HARNESS FOR REAR SPOILER

GTS) > TOOLS

combination Commercially Nr.199
assembly available tool
wedge

1. Remove rear spoiler motor. → REMOVING MOTOR FOR REAR SPOILER
2. Remove spoiler drive (wing). → REMOVING SPOILER DRIVE (WING)

GTS) > REMOVING WIRE HARNESS FOR REAR SPOILER > REMOVING THE REAR
SPOILER (WING) WIRE HARNESS
Fig 1: Identifying Rear Spoiler (Wing) Wire Harness Position

1. Remove rear cover.
1. 1.1. Press through the pin on the expanding clip -2- using a punch and take the
expanding clip -2- out of the rear cover -1- -arrow A- .
2. 1.2. Release the clip on the rear cover -1- using a small screwdriver -arrow a- and
pull it off the spoiler drive -arrow B- .
Fig 2: Removing Rear Cover
2. Unclip the rear spoiler (wing) wire harness from the spoiler drive -arrow A- and remove it by
pulling it back -arrow B- .
Fig 3: Loosening Rear Spoiler (Wing) Wire Harness On Spoiler Drive
3. Unclip the wire harness cover from the spoiler drive using the combination assembly wedge
Nr.199 -arrow A- and swivel it forward -arrow B- .
Fig 4: Loosening Wire Harness Cover
4. Pull the rear spoiler (wing) wire harness out of the reversing lever -arrow- .
Fig 5: Removing Rear Spoiler (Wing) Wire Harness

GTS) > REMOVING WIRE HARNESS FOR REAR SPOILER > REMOVING WIRE
HARNESS FOR REAR SPOILER
Fig 1: Identifying Rear Spoiler Wire Harness Position
1. Pull the wire harness grommet -1- out of the housing -arrow A- .
Fig 2: Removing Wire Harness Grommet
2. Pull the seal -2- off both drive shafts -arrows B- .
3. Unscrew the fastening nut -1- and remove the rear spoiler microswitch -2- -arrow A- .
4. Unclip the rear-spoiler wire harness -3- at the spoiler drive -arrow B- and remove it.
Fig 3: Removing Rear Spoiler Wire Harness

GTS) > INSTALLING WIRE HARNESS FOR REAR SPOILER
1. Clip in the rear-spoiler wire harness -3- at the spoiler drive -arrow A- .
2. Position the rear spoiler microswitch -2- on the spoiler drive -arrow B- and secure with the
fastening nut -1- .
Fig 1: Installing Rear Spoiler Wire Harness
3. Fit the seal -2- on both drive shafts -arrows A- .

Fig 2: Fitting Wire Harness Grommet
4. Fit the wire harness grommet -1- on the housing -arrow B- . Check that it is installed
correctly.

(EXCEPT PANAMERA S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS)
> INSTALLING WIRE HARNESS FOR REAR SPOILER > INSTALLING THE REAR SPOILER
(WING) WIRE HARNESS
Information
The correct installation position of the rear spoiler (wing) wire harness on the reversing lever is indicated
by two pieces of adhesive tape.
1. Align and press in the (wing) wire harness -1- on the reversing lever using both pieces of
adhesive tape -2- -arrow- .
Fig 1: Installing Rear Spoiler (Wing) Wire Harness
2. Swivel the wire harness cover to the rear -arrow A- and clip it onto the spoiler drive -arrow
B- .
Fig 2: Securing Wire Harness Cover
3. Insert the rear spoiler (wing) wire harness into the spoiler drive from behind -arrow A- and clip
it in with the line bracket -arrow B- .
Fig 3: Securing Rear Spoiler (Wing) Wire Harness On Spoiler Drive
4. Install rear cover.
1. 4.1. Fit the rear cover -1- on the right spoiler drive -arrow A- until the clip engages
securely.
2. 4.2. Position the rear cover -1- on the left spoiler drive and secure with the
expanding clip -2- by pressing in the pin -arrow B- .
Fig 4: Installing Rear Cover

1. Install the spoiler drive (wing). → INSTALLING SPOILER DRIVE (WING)
2. Install the rear spoiler motor. → INSTALLING MOTOR FOR REAR SPOILER

(EXCEPT PANAMERA S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA
TURBO S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA 4 S SPORT, PANAMERA 4 EXECUTIVE) >
PRELIMINARY WORK
Remove rear spoiler motor. → REMOVING MOTOR FOR REAR SPOILER

REMOVING WIRE HARNESS FOR REAR SPOILER
Fig 1: Identifying Rear Spoiler Wire Harness Position
1. Pull the wire harness grommet -1- out of the housing -arrow A- .
2. Pull the seal -2- off both drive shafts -arrows B- .

Fig 2: Removing Wire Harness Grommet
3. Unscrew the fastening nut -1- and remove the rear spoiler microswitch -2- -arrow A- .
4. Unclip the rear-spoiler wire harness -3- at the spoiler drive -arrow B- and remove it.
Fig 3: Removing Rear Spoiler Wire Harness

INSTALLING WIRE HARNESS FOR REAR SPOILER
1. Clip in the rear-spoiler wire harness -3- at the spoiler drive -arrow A- .
2. Position the rear spoiler microswitch -2- on the spoiler drive -arrow B- and secure with the
fastening nut -1- .
Fig 1: Installing Rear Spoiler Wire Harness
3. Fit the seal -2- on both drive shafts -arrows A- .
4. Fit the wire harness grommet -1- on the housing -arrow B- . Check that it is installed
correctly.
Fig 2: Fitting Wire Harness Grommet

SUBSEQUENT WORK
Install the rear spoiler motor. → INSTALLING MOTOR FOR REAR SPOILER
WM 977223 INSTALLING OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE (PCM TO LOUDSPEAKER

AMPLIFIER) (EXCEPT PANAMERA S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE,

press-out and Commercially Nr.155
unlocking available tool
tools for tab
and round
plug
connectors of
all sizes

PANAMERA GTS) > INFORMATION > MOST CONTROL UNITS A - B
A. PCM
B. Loudspeaker amplifier
Fig 1: Identifying MOST Control Units (A - B)

Information
Release the main wire harness only until the damaged optical waveguide has been released and the
new optical waveguide can be attached to the main wire harness.
1. Remove dashboard.
→ REMOVING DASHBOARD
2. Remove loudspeaker amplifier.
→ REMOVING LOUDSPEAKER AMPLIFIER

PANAMERA GTS) > OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE (PCM TO LOUDSPEAKER AMPLIFIER) >
DISCONNECTING OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE
NOTE: Voltage peaks
→ Remove the ignition key and switch off load before disconnecting or removing load.
Information
Observe the general information on optical waveguides.
Information
Before routing a new optical waveguide:
Visually check the locks, connector housing and contacts for damage.
Replace damaged parts if necessary.
1. Release and unplug the optical waveguide connector -3- from the loudspeaker booster. Pull
off electric plug connections -4- .
Fig 1: Unplugging Optical Waveguide From Loudspeaker Booster
2. Release and unplug the optical waveguide connector -3- from the PCM -arrow a- (-arrow A-
). Pull off electric plug connections -4, 5, 6, 7, 8- .
Fig 2: Unplugging Optical Waveguide From PCM

REMOVING OPTICAL CONTACTS ON CONNECTOR SIDE
1. Open the secondary locking mechanism using press-out and unlocking tools for tab and
round plug connectors of all sizes Nr.155 . Insert the tool into the opening provided and lift the
locking mechanism. The locking mechanism engages in the upper position.
Fig 1: Unlocking Secondary Locking Mechanism Of Optical Contacts (Connector Side)
2. Press-out and unlocking tools for tab and round plug connectors of all sizes Nr.155
must be positioned on the primary locking mechanism. Then lift the locking mechanism.
A. Optical contact, grey
B. Optical contact, black
3. Carefully pull on the optical waveguides -A and B- in -direction of arrow- . If it is not

possible to pull out the optical waveguide, check again that the secondary locking mechanism
is completely released and that the primary locking mechanism is raised sufficiently.
Perform visual inspection of locking mechanisms, connector housings and contacts for
possible damage, and exchange the damaged parts, if necessary.
Fig 2: Unlocking Primary Locking Mechanism Of Optical Contacts (Connector Side)

INSTALLING OPTICAL CONTACTS ON CONNECTOR SIDE
Remove the dust boot right before plugging.
Check the proper condition of the contacts.
1. Push optical contacts -A and B- into the connectors until they engage securely.

Fig 1: Locking Primary Locking Mechanism Of Optical Contacts (Connector Side)
2. Close the secondary locking mechanism and check that the optical contacts are seated
securely.
Fig 2: Locking Secondary Locking Mechanism Of Optical Contacts (Connector Side)

PANAMERA GTS) > INSTALLING OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE (PCM TO LOUDSPEAKER
AMPLIFIER)
NOTE: Voltage peaks
Information
The new lines will be secured to the fastening points for the old lines.
The old wire harness remains installed in the vehicle.
The old wire harness will only be disconnected/unplugged directly at the connected components.
Information
When installing the wire harness, make sure the insulation of the line is not damaged.
Information
The range of spare parts available for optical waveguides depends on the vehicle equipment. Depending
on the vehicle equipment, there is a specific set containing the individual optical waveguides.
Select the required optical waveguide and remove it from the set.
Information
1. Cut off the optical contacts of the damaged optical waveguide, isolate it and tie it to the main
wire harness.
2. Route the new optical waveguide along the main wire harness, guide it through the existing
cable ducts and tie it to the main wire harness using tie-wraps (shown as an example).
Fig 1: Securing Optical Waveguide
3. Plug in the optical waveguide connector -3- to the loudspeaker booster -arrow C- and make
sure that the locking mechanism engages securely. Connecting electric plug connections -4-
(-arrows A and B- )
Fig 2: Plugging Optical Waveguide To Loudspeaker Booster
4. Plug in the optical waveguide connector -3- to the PCM -arrow B- and make sure that the
locking mechanism engages securely. Connecting electric plug connections -4, 5, 6, 7, 8- .
Fig 3: Plugging Optical Waveguide To PCM

1. Install loudspeaker amplifier.
→ INSTALLING LOUDSPEAKER AMPLIFIER
2. Install dashboard.
→ INSTALLING DASHBOARD
WM 977223 INSTALLING OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE (PCM TO TV TUNER) (EXCEPT

TOOLS

tools for tab
and round
plug
connectors of
all sizes

INFORMATION > MOST CONTROL UNITS A - C
A - PCM
C - TV tuner
Fig 1: Identifying MOST Control Units (A - C)

PRELIMINARY WORK
Information
1.
Remove luggage compartment trim panel at the right. → REMOVING TRIM PANEL FOR
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT (LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT COVER) AT THE SIDES
2. Remove TV tuner. → REMOVING TV TUNER
5. Remove right C-pillar trim panel. → REMOVING C-PILLAR TRIM PANEL

INSTALLING OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE (PCM TO TV TUNER) > DISCONNECTING
OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE
NOTE: Voltage peaks
Information
Information
1. Release and unplug the optical waveguide connector -1- from the TV tuner -a- . Pull off
electric plug connections -2 and 3- .
Fig 1: Unplugging Optical Waveguide From TV Tuner

INSTALLING OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE (PCM TO TV TUNER) > REMOVING OPTICAL
CONTACTS ON CONNECTOR SIDE


Perform visual inspection of locking mechanisms, connector housings and contacts for possible
damage, and exchange the damaged parts, if necessary.

INSTALLING OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE (PCM TO TV TUNER) > INSTALLING OPTICAL
CONTACTS ON CONNECTOR SIDE

securely.

INSTALLING OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE (PCM TO TV TUNER) > INSTALLING OPTICAL
WAVEGUIDE (PCM TO TV TUNER)
NOTE: Voltage peaks
Information
Information
Information
Information
wire harness.
3. Plug in the optical waveguide connector -1- to the TV tuner and make sure that the locking
mechanism engages securely. Connecting electric plug connections -2 and 3- .
Fig 2: Plugging Optical Waveguide To TV Tuner

SUBSEQUENT WORK
1. Install right C-pillar trim panel. → INSTALLING FRONT PART OF C-PILLAR TRIM PANEL
2. Fit carpet at the right.
3. Install dashboard. → INSTALLING DASHBOARD
4. Install TV tuner. → INSTALLING TV TUNER
5. Install trim panel for luggage compartment at the right. → INSTALLING TRIM PANEL FOR

AMPLIFIER AND TV TUNER) (EXCEPT PANAMERA S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA
TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > TOOLS

tools for tab
and round
plug
connectors of
all sizes

TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > INFORMATION > MOST CONTROL UNITS A
-B-C
A. PCM
C. TV tuner
Fig 1: Identifying MOST Control Units (A - B - C)

TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > PRELIMINARY WORK
1. Remove trim panel for luggage compartment at the right. → REMOVING TRIM PANEL FOR
3. Remove dashboard. → REMOVING TV TUNER
5. Remove loudspeaker amplifier. → REMOVING LOUDSPEAKER AMPLIFIER
6. Remove right C-pillar trim. → REMOVING C-PILLAR TRIM PANEL

TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > PRELIMINARY WORK > DISCONNECTING
OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE
NOTE: Voltage peaks
Information
Information

TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > PRELIMINARY WORK > REMOVING
OPTICAL CONTACTS ON CONNECTOR SIDE



TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > PRELIMINARY WORK > INSTALLING
OPTICAL CONTACTS ON CONNECTOR SIDE

securely.

TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > PRELIMINARY WORK > INSTALLING
OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE (PCM TO LOUDSPEAKER AMPLIFIER AND TV TUNER)
NOTE: Voltage peaks
Information
Information
Information
Information
wire harness.
(-arrows A and B- )

TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > SUBSEQUENT WORK
1. Install right C-pillar trim.
5. Install TV tuner.
→ INSTALLING TV TUNER
6. Install trim panel for luggage compartment at the right.

COMPARTMENT COVER) AT THE SIDES
WM 977223 INSTALLING OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE (PCM TO TV TUNER AND

REVERSING CAMERA) (EXCEPT PANAMERA S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO

tools for tab
and round
plug
connectors of
all sizes

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > MOST CONTROL UNITS A - C - D
A - PCM
C - TV tuner
D - Reversing camera
Fig 1: Identifying MOST Control Units (A - C - D)

6. Remove control unit for reversing camera. → REMOVING CONTROL UNIT FOR REVERSING
CAMERA

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > INSTALLING OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE (PCM TO TV
TUNER AND REVERSING CAMERA) > DISCONNECTING OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE
NOTE: Voltage peaks

Information
Information
3. Release and unplug the optical waveguide connector -3- from the reversing camera control
unit. Pull off electric plug connections -4- .
Fig 3: Unplugging Optical Waveguide From Reversing Camera Control Unit

TUNER AND REVERSING CAMERA) > REMOVING OPTICAL CONTACTS ON
CONNECTOR SIDE



TUNER AND REVERSING CAMERA) > INSTALLING OPTICAL CONTACTS ON
CONNECTOR SIDE

securely.

TUNER AND REVERSING CAMERA) > INSTALLING OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE (PCM TO TV
TUNER AND REVERSING CAMERA)
NOTE: Voltage peaks
Information

Information
Information
Information
wire harness.
5. Plug in the optical waveguide connector -3- to the reversing camera control unit and make
sure that the locking mechanism engages securely. Plug in electric plug connections -4- .
Fig 4: Plugging Optical Waveguide To Reversing Camera Control Unit

1. Install control unit for reversing camera. → INSTALLING CONTROL UNIT FOR REVERSING
CAMERA
2. Install right C-pillar trim. → INSTALLING FRONT PART OF C-PILLAR TRIM PANEL
4. Install dashboard. → INSTALLING DASHBOARD
5. Install TV tuner. → INSTALLING TV TUNER
6. Install trim panel for luggage compartment at the right. → INSTALLING TRIM PANEL FOR

AMPLIFIER TO REVERSING CAMERA) (EXCEPT PANAMERA S EXECUTIVE,
PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > TOOLS

tools for tab
and round
plug
connectors of
all sizes

PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > MOST CONTROL UNITS A - B -
D
A - PCM
B - Loudspeaker amplifier
Fig 1: Identifying MOST Control Units (A - B - D)

Information
Information
1. Remove dashboard.→ REMOVING DASHBOARD
CAMERA

PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > INSTALLING OPTICAL
WAVEGUIDE (PCM TO LOUDSPEAKER AMPLIFIER TO REVERSING CAMERA) >
DISCONNECTING OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE
NOTE: Voltage peaks
Information
Observe the general information on optical waveguides. General information on optical waveguides -
MOST bus
Information
Fig 1: Releasing Connector

REMOVING AND INSTALLING OPTICAL CONTACTS ON CONNECTOR SIDE
1. Open the secondary locking mechanism using the press-out and unlocking tools for tab
and round plug connectors of all sizes Nr.155 . Insert the tool into the opening provided
and lift the locking mechanism. The locking mechanism engages in the upper position.

3. Carefully pull on the optical waveguide -A and B- in -direction of arrow- . If it is not possible
to pull out the optical waveguide, check again if the secondary locking mechanism is
completely released and if the primary locking mechanism is raised sufficiently.

INSTALLING OPTICAL CONTACTS ON CONNECTOR SIDE
1. Insert the optical contact -A and B- into the connector until it engages securely.

2. Lock the secondary locking and check the optical contacts for tightness.

INSTALLING OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE (PCM TO LOUDSPEAKER AMPLIFIER TO
REVERSING CAMERA)
NOTE: Voltage peaks
Information

Information
Information
Information
wire harness.
(-arrows A and B- )

CAMERA
2. Install loudspeaker amplifier → INSTALLING LOUDSPEAKER AMPLIFIER
3. Install right C-pillar trim. → INSTALLING FRONT PART OF C-PILLAR TRIM PANEL
5. Install trim panel for luggage compartment at the right. →INSTALLING TRIM PANEL FOR
6. Install dashboard. → INSTALLING DASHBOARD -

AMPLIFIER TO TV TUNER TO REVERSING CAMERA) (EXCEPT PANAMERA S
EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > TOOLS

tools for tab
and round
plug
connectors of
all sizes

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > MOST CONTROL
UNITS A - B - C - D
A. PCM
C. TV tuner
D. Reversing camera
Fig 1: Identifying MOST Control Units (A - B - C - D)

WORK
1. Remove trim panel for luggage compartment at the right. → REMOVING SIDE TRIM PANEL
FOR REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
CAMERA

OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE (PCM TO LOUDSPEAKER AMPLIFIER TO TV TUNER TO
REVERSING CAMERA) > DISCONNECTING OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE
NOTE: Voltage peaks
Information
Information

REVERSING CAMERA) > REMOVING AND INSTALLING OPTICAL CONTACTS ON
CONNECTOR SIDE
1. Open the secondary locking mechanism using the press-out and unlocking tools for tab
and round plug connectors of all sizes Nr.155 . Insert the tool into the opening provided
and lift the locking mechanism. The locking mechanism engages in the upper position.

3. Carefully pull on the optical waveguide -A and B- in -direction of arrow- . If it is not possible
to pull out the optical waveguide, check again if the secondary locking mechanism is
completely released and if the primary locking mechanism is raised sufficiently.

REVERSING CAMERA) > INSTALLING OPTICAL CONTACTS ON CONNECTOR SIDE
1. Insert the optical contact -A and B- into the connector until it engages securely.

2. Lock the secondary locking and check the optical contacts for tightness.

REVERSING CAMERA) > INSTALLING OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE (PCM TO
LOUDSPEAKER AMPLIFIER TO TV TUNER AND REVERSING CAMERA)
NOTE: Voltage peaks
Information

Information
Information
Information
wire harness.
(-arrows A and B- )
mechanism engages securely. Connect electric plug connections -2 and 3- .

WORK
CAMERA
2. Install TV tuner.
→ INSTALLING TV TUNER
4. Install right C-pillar trim.

7. Install trim panel for luggage compartment at the right.

WM 977224 INSTALLING OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE (EXCEPT PANAMERA S EXECUTIVE,

PANAMERA EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA 4 S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO
EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO S, PANAMERA TURBO S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA
4 S SPORT, PANAMERA 4 EXECUTIVE) > INFORMATION > MOST CONTROL UNITS A
-B
A. PCM
Fig 1: Identifying MOST Control Units (A - B)

-C
A - PCM
C - TV tuner
Fig 1: Identifying MOST Control Units (A - C)

-C-D
A - PCM
C - TV tuner
Fig 1: Identifying MOST Control Units (A - C - D)

-B-C
A. PCM
C. TV tuner
Fig 1: Identifying MOST Control Units (A - B - C)

-B-D
A - PCM
B - Loudspeaker amplifier
Fig 1: Identifying MOST Control Units (A - B - D)

-B-C-D
A. PCM
C. TV tuner
D. Reversing camera
Fig 1: Identifying MOST Control Units (A - B - C - D)

4 S SPORT, PANAMERA 4 EXECUTIVE) > INFORMATION > REPLACING OPTICAL
WAVEGUIDE (PCM TO LOUDSPEAKER AMPLIFIER)
1. The procedure for replacing the optical waveguide from the loudspeaker amplifier to the PCM
system is described under → WM 977223 INSTALLING OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE (PCM TO
LOUDSPEAKER AMPLIFIER)

WAVEGUIDE (PCM TO TV TUNER)
1. The procedure for replacing the optical waveguide from the PCM system to the TV tuner is
described under → WM 977223 INSTALLING OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE (PCM TO TV TUNER)

WAVEGUIDE (PCM TO TV TUNER AND REVERSING CAMERA)
1. The procedure for replacing the optical waveguide from the PCM system to the TV tuner and
reversing camera is described under →WM 977223 INSTALLING OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE
(PCM TO LOUDSPEAKER AMPLIFIER TO TV TUNER TO REVERSING CAMERA)

WAVEGUIDE (PCM TO LOUDSPEAKER AMPLIFIER AND TV TUNER)
1. The procedure for replacing the optical waveguide from the PCM system to the loudspeaker
amplifier to the TV tuner is described under → WM 977223 INSTALLING OPTICAL
WAVEGUIDE (PCM TO LOUDSPEAKER AMPLIFIER AND TV TUNER)

WAVEGUIDE (PCM TO LOUDSPEAKER AMPLIFIER AND REVERSING CAMERA)
amplifier and reversing camera is described under → WM 977223 INSTALLING OPTICAL
WAVEGUIDE (PCM TO LOUDSPEAKER AMPLIFIER TO REVERSING CAMERA)

WAVEGUIDE (PCM TO LOUDSPEAKER AMPLIFIER TO TV TUNER AND REVERSING
CAMERA)
amplifier to the TV tuner and reversing camera is described under → WM 977223
INSTALLING OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE (PCM TO LOUDSPEAKER AMPLIFIER TO TV TUNER
TO REVERSING CAMERA)
WM 978309 DETACHING AND SECURING RELAY CARRIER (EXCEPT PANAMERA S

WORK FOR RELAY CARRIER IN ENGINE COMPARTMENT
Fig 1: Identifying Engine Compartment Relay Carrier Position
A. Relay carrier in engine compartment
B. Relay carrier under passenger's seat
1. Move front lid to service position. → 552213 SECURING LID (SERVICE POSITION)
2. Disconnect lid seal on the right side. → REMOVING FRONT LID SEAL
3. Remove right cowl panel cover. → REMOVING COWL PANEL COVER

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > DETACHING RELAY
CARRIER IN ENGINE COMPARTMENT
1. Detach relay carrier in engine compartment.
1. 1.1. Release retaining clips -1- on the relay carrier in the engine compartment
-arrow A- .
2. 1.2. Lift relay carrier in engine compartment up and out -arrow B- .

Fig 1: Unclipping Relay Carrier In Engine Compartment

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > DETACHING RELAY
CARRIER UNDER PASSENGER'S SEAT
1. Move passenger's seat all the way back.
2. Pull up notch in the carpeted floor -arrow- and secure it at the side.
Fig 1: Lifting Cut-Out In Carpeted Floor
3. Detach relay carrier under passenger's seat.
1. 3.1. Release retaining clip -arrow A- .
2. 3.2. Swivel out relay carrier -arrow B- .
3. 3.3. Pull retaining lug out of the locking mechanism -arrow C- .

Fig 2: Loosening Relay Carrier Under Passenger Seat

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > SECURING
RELAY CARRIER IN ENGINE COMPARTMENT
1. Secure relay carrier in engine compartment.
1. 1.1. Place relay carrier in engine compartment in position.
2. 1.2. Press down relay carrier in engine compartment -arrow B- until the retaining
clips -1- engage securely.
Fig 1: Securing Relay Carrier In Engine Compartment

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > SECURING
RELAY CARRIER IN ENGINE COMPARTMENT > SECURING RELAY CARRIER UNDER
PASSENGER'S SEAT
1. Secure relay carrier under passenger's seat.
1. 1.1. Insert retaining lug into the mounting -arrow A- .
2. 1.2. Swivel in relay carrier at the retaining clip -arrow B- until it engages securely.
Fig 1: Securing Relay Carrier Under Passenger Seat
2. Place carpeted floor back into its initial position.
3. Move passenger's seat into its initial position.

WORK FOR RELAY CARRIER IN ENGINE COMPARTMENT
1. Secure lid seal on the right side. INSTALLING FRONT LID SEAL
2. Install right cowl panel cover. → INSTALLING COWL PANEL COVER
WM 978409 LOOSENING AND SECURING FUSE BOX (EXCEPT PANAMERA S

WORK > PRELIMINARY WORK FOR LOOSENING FRONT LEFT FUSE BOX

2. Remove trim panel under dashboard. → REMOVING TRIM PANEL UNDER DASHBOARD

WORK > PRELIMINARY WORK FOR LOOSENING FRONT RIGHT FUSE BOX

2. Remove glove box. → REMOVING GLOVE BOX

WORK > PRELIMINARY WORK FOR LOOSENING REAR FUSE BOX
Disconnect battery ground strap. → 2X00IN WORK INSTRUCTIONS AFTER DISCONNECTING THE
BATTERY

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > INFORMATION >
COMPONENT INFORMATION
1. Front left fusebox
2. Front right fusebox
3. Rear fusebox
Fig 1: Identifying Fusebox Installation Position

FUSE BOX > LOOSENING FUSE BOX AT FRONT LEFT AND RIGHT
NOTE: Voltage peaks
2. Unscrew and remove the two fastening screws -2- on the fuse box.
3. Press the fuse box inward -arrow A- and leave it hanging at the connections.
Fig 1: Removing Fuse Box Fastening Screws

FUSE BOX > LOOSENING REAR FUSE BOX
NOTE: Voltage peaks
2. Unscrew and remove the fastening screw -1- on the fuse box.
Fig 1: Removing Fuse Box Fastening Screw
3. Pull the fuse box up out of the guide and set it aside.
Fig 2: Removing Fuse Box From Guide

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > SECURING FUSE
BOX > SECURING FUSE BOX AT FRONT LEFT AND RIGHT
1. Position the fuse boxes from inside.
2. Tighten the two fastening screws -2- on the fuse box.

Fig 1: Tightening Fuse Box Fastening Screws

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > SECURING FUSE
BOX > TIGHTENING REAR FUSE BOX
1. Slide the fuse box into the guide from above.

Fig 1: Sliding Fuse Box
2. Screw in and tighten the fastening screw -1- on the fuse box.
Fig 2: Tightening Fuse Box Fastening Screws

WORK > SUBSEQUENT WORK FOR SECURING FRONT LEFT FUSE BOX
1. Install trim panel under dashboard. → INSTALLING TRIM PANEL UNDER DASHBOARD
2. Connect battery ground strap. → 2X00IN WORK INSTRUCTIONS AFTER DISCONNECTING

THE BATTERY

WORK > SUBSEQUENT WORK FOR SECURING FRONT RIGHT FUSE BOX
1. Install glove box. → 681519 REMOVING AND INSTALLING GLOVE BOX

THE BATTERY

WORK > SUBSEQUENT WORK FOR SECURING REAR FUSE BOX
Connect battery ground strap. → 2X00IN WORK INSTRUCTIONS AFTER DISCONNECTING THE
BATTERY
WM 978919 REMOVING AND INSTALLING POWER DISTRIBUTOR (HSB) (EXCEPT


for fuse torque
element, M5
Fastening nut Tightening 8 Nm (6 ftlb.)
for B+ lead, M8 torque


2. Loosen the fuse box. → Loosening Fuse Box

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > REMOVING POWER DISTRIBUTOR (HSB)
NOTE: Voltage peaks

Fig 1: Locating Power Distributor (HSB) Position
2. Unscrew and remove the fastening screw on the power distributor (HSB) -arrow A- .
3. Pull the power distributor (HSB) up out of the guide -arrow B- and carefully set it aside.
Fig 2: Removing Fastening Screw On Power Distributor (HSB)
4. Release the cover on the power distributor (HSB) and open it.
5. Release electric plug connections -1, 2- , disconnect them -arrow A- and unclip the
connecting lines -arrow B- .
6. Unscrew the fastening nuts for the battery lines and pull the connections out through the
openings if necessary.
Fig 5: Removing Battery Lines Fastening Nuts
7. Mark the connecting lines for the relevant fuse element.
8. Unscrew the fastening nuts on the fuse elements and pull the lines off the connection.
Fig 6: Pulling Fastening Nuts On Safety Fuses
9. Remove the power distributor (HSB).

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > INSTALLING POWER DISTRIBUTOR (HSB)
Danger of injury
Loss of torque
1. Fit the fuse elements according to the wiring diagram and fit the marked connecting lines one
after the other in the power distributor and secure with the fastening nuts. → Tightening
torque: 5 Nm (3.5 ftlb.)
Fig 1: Tightening Fastening Nuts On Safety Fuses
2. Pull the battery leads through the opening into the power distributor (HSB) if necessary.
3. Attach the battery leads and secure with the fastening nuts.
→ Tightening torque: 8 Nm (6 ftlb.)

Fig 2: Tightening Battery Leads Fastening Nuts
4. Connect electric plug connections -1, 2- (-arrow C- ) until they engage securely.
5. Clip in connecting lines -arrow D- .

6. Close the cover on the power distributor (HSB) until the locking lugs engage securely.
7. Slide the power distributor (HSB) into the guide -arrow C- and screw in the fastening screw
-arrow D- .
Fig 5: Tightening Power Distributor Fastening Screw

1. Secure the fuse box. → Securing Fuse Box

THE BATTERY
WM 979255 REPLACING FUSE ELEMENT IN POWER DISTRIBUTOR (EXCEPT

TECHNICAL VALUES
Fastening nut -2- Tightening 5 Nm (3.5 ftlb.)

for fuse torque
element, M5

PRELIMINARY WORK
Disconnect battery ground strap. → 2X00IN WORK INSTRUCTIONS AFTER DISCONNECTING THE
BATTERY

REPLACING FUSE ELEMENT
NOTE: Voltage peaks
Danger of injury
Loss of torque

Fig 1: Identifying Power Distributor Fuse Element Installation Position
1. Open the luggage compartment tray -arrow A- and remove the toolbox lying underneath
-arrow B- .
Fig 2: Opening Luggage Compartment Tray
2. Release the cover on the power distributor -a- and open it -arrow C- .
3. Unclip the HSB control unit at the clips -1- and set it aside together with the connections.
Fig 4: Unclipping HSB Control Unit
4. Unscrew the two hexagon nuts -2- from the blown fuse element and remove the fuse element.
Fig 5: Loosening Hexagon Nuts On Fuse Element
5. Replace defective fuse element with a new fuse element.
6. Secure the fuse element with new fastening nuts -2- . → Tightening torque: 5 Nm (3.5 ftlb.)
Fig 6: Installing Fuse Element Fastening Nuts
7. Clip the HSB control unit into the clips -1- .

Fig 7: Clipping HSB Control Unit
8. Close the cover on the power distributor until it engages securely.

9. Insert the toolbox -arrow D- and close the luggage compartment tray -arrow E- .
Fig 9: Closing Luggage Compartment Tray

SUBSEQUENT WORK
Connect battery ground strap. → 2X00IN WORK INSTRUCTIONS AFTER DISCONNECTING THE
BATTERY
Service Manual: 9X - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - GENERAL -- PANAMERA (970)
WM 9X00IN BASIC INSTRUCTIONS AND PROCEDURE FOR CONTROL UNIT
PROGRAMMING USING THE PIWIS TESTER (PANAMERA S E-HYBRID, PANAMERA S
HYBRID, PANAMERA EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA 4S SPORT EDITION, PANAMERA 4
EXECUTIVE) > TOOLS
battery charger Workshop WE 1353

HFL 65 equipment
PIWIS Tester II Special tool 9818

EXECUTIVE) > BASIC INFORMATION AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR CONTROL UNIT
PROGRAMMING > BASIC INFORMATION ON CONTROL UNIT PROGRAMMING
Information
There are basically two different ways of carrying out control unit programming:
Using the "Programming" menu for the relevant control unit (e.g. for the DME and PDK control
units).
or
Using the "Campaign" function in the Additional menu on the PIWIS Tester by entering a specific
programming code.
The type of control unit programming to be used is described in the relevant in the relevant
Technical Information.

PROGRAMMING > BASIC INSTRUCTIONS FOR CONTROL UNIT PROGRAMMING
NOTE: Fault entry in the fault memory and control unit programming aborted due to
undervoltage.
Increased current draw during diagnosis or control unit programming can cause a drop in
voltage, which can result in one or more fault entries and the abnormal termination of the
programming process.
→ Before commencing work, connect a suitable battery charger with a current rating of at least 40 A to
the jump-start terminals in the engine compartment.
NOTE: Control unit programming will be aborted if the WLAN connection is unstable.
An unstable WLAN connection can interrupt communication between PIWIS Tester II

and the vehicle communication module (VCI). As a result, control unit programming may be
aborted.
→ During control unit programming, always connect PIWIS Tester II to the vehicle communication
module (VCI) via the USB cable.
NOTE: Control unit programming will be aborted if the vehicle key is not recognised
If the vehicle key is not recognised in vehicles with Porsche Entry & Drive, programming cannot
be started or will be interrupted.
→ Switch on the ignition using the original vehicle key. To do this, replace the control panel in the ignition
lock with the original vehicle key if necessary.

EXECUTIVE) > GENERAL PRELIMINARY WORK
1. Disconnect electric plug connection for the fan blower -1- (-arrow- ) to prevent the blower
from coming on during control unit programming. Having the fan on and the associated
increased current draw can cause a drop in voltage, which can result in abnormal termination
of control unit programming.
2. Connect a battery charger with a current rating of at least 40 A (e.g. battery charger HFL 65
WE 1353 ) to the jump-start terminals in the engine compartment and switch it on.
3. Switch on the ignition using the original driver's key . On vehicles with "Porsche Entry &
Drive", do this by replacing the control panel in the ignition lock with the original driver's key if
necessary.
4. PIWIS Tester II 9818 must be connected to the vehicle communication module (VCI) via the
USB cable . Then, connect the communication module to the vehicle and switch on the PIWIS
Tester.

EXECUTIVE) > BASIC PROCEDURE FOR CONTROL UNIT PROGRAMMING USING
THE PIWIS TESTER > INFORMATION ON THE PROCEDURE FOR CONTROL UNIT
PROGRAMMING
Information
There are basically two different ways of carrying out control unit programming using the PIWIS Tester:
units) → Control unit programming using the "Programming" menu.
or
programming code → Control unit programming using the "Campaign" function in the Additional
menu on the PIWIS Tester.
The type of control unit programming to be used is described in the relevant in the relevant
Technical Information.

THE PIWIS TESTER > CONTROL UNIT PROGRAMMING USING THE
"PROGRAMMING" MENU
1. On the PIWIS Tester start screen, call up the ==> 'Diagnostics' menu and select the relevant
vehicle type.
The diagnostic application is then started and the control unit selection screen is populated.
2. Select the control unit to be programmed in the control unit selection screen (==> "Overview"
menu) and press [>>] to confirm your selection → see Fig 1.
Fig 1: Display - Control Unit Selection Screen
3. When the question "Create Vehicle Analysis Log (VAL)?" appears, either press [F12] to create
a VAL or press [F11] if you do not want to create a VAL.
4. Press [>>] to acknowledge the message that may appear informing you that campaigns for the
vehicle are stored in the PIWIS information system.
5. Once the control unit to be programmed has been found, select the ==> 'Programming'
menu.
6. Select the ==> 'Automatic programming' function and press [>>] to confirm your selection
and start the guided programming sequence → see Fig 2.
Fig 2: Display - Automatic Programming Selection Screen
7. Read and follow the information and instructions on the PIWIS Tester during the guided
programming sequence. Then press [>>] to continue.
During the programming sequence, the control unit is re-programmed and then re-coded
automatically if necessary.
Do not interrupt programming and coding.
Once control unit programming - and coding if necessary - is complete, you will be prompted to
switch the ignition off and then back on again after a specified waiting time.
Information
Once programming is completed successfully, the work described under ==> "General subsequent
work" must always be carried out.
If other specific subsequent work is required, this is described in the relevant Service Information.
Information
If an error message is displayed during programming (e.g. "Campaign does not exist", "No suitable
programming rules found" or "Vehicle data could not be read", etc.), please read and follow the
appropriate instructions provided under → Troubleshooting.
If programming is interrupted (e.g. due to a voltage drop or if communication is aborted, etc.) or if

programming could not be carried out successfully (error message "Programming unsuccessful"),
programming must be repeated
If coding is not carried out successfully during the guided programming sequence, the control unit
must be re-coded again separately once the guided programming sequence is complete. To do
this, select the relevant control unit in the control unit selection screen ("Overview" menu) and
press [>>] to confirm your selection. Once the control unit has been found, select the "
Codings/adaptations " menu and re-code the control unit using the 'Automatic coding' function.

EXECUTIVE) > BASIC PROCEDURE FOR CONTROL UNIT PROGRAMMING USING THE
PIWIS TESTER > CONTROL UNIT PROGRAMMING USING THE "CAMPAIGN"
FUNCTION IN THE ADDITIONAL MENU ON THE PIWIS TESTER
vehicle type.
2. In the control unit selection screen ("Overview" menu), press [F7] to call up the ==>
'Additional menu' (→ see Fig 1).
3. When the question "Create Vehicle Analysis Log (VAL)?" appears, either press [>>] to create a
VAL or press [F11] if you do not want to create a VAL.
5. Select the ==> 'Campaign' function and press [>>] to confirm your selection → see Fig 2.
You are then prompted to enter a programming code.
Fig 2: Display - Additional Menu Campaign Screen
6. To enter the programming code, click in the relevant text box so that the cursor starts to flash
→ see Fig 3.
Fig 3: Display - Programming Code Input Field Screen
7. Enter the programming code specified in the relevant description (Service Information) and
press [Enter] to confirm your entry.
The text box turns blue.
8. Press [>>] to start the guided programming sequence.
Read and follow the information and instructions on the PIWIS Tester during the guided
Information
Information

programming must be repeated by entering the programming code again (Additional menu >
Campaign >> Enter campaign number). It is not possible to program the control units manually.

EXECUTIVE) > GENERAL SUBSEQUENT WORK
1. Connect electric plug connection for the fan blower again.
2. Read out and erase all fault memories.
1. 2.1. In the control unit selection screen (==> 'Overview' menu), press [F7] to call up
the ==> 'Additional menu' (→ see Fig 1).
2. 2.2. Select the function ==> 'Read all fault memories and erase if required' and
press [>>] to confirm → see Fig 2.
The fault memories of the control units are read out.
Fig 2: Display - Erasing Fault Memories Screen
3. 2.3. Once you have read out the fault memories, delete the fault memory entries by
pressing [F8].
4. 2.4. Press [>>] ("Yes") in response to the question as to whether you really want to
delete all fault memory entries.
The faults stored in the fault memories of the various control units are deleted.
Information
If the fault memories of individual control units cannot be erased, Steps 3 and 4
must first be carried out and the fault memories of these control units must then be
erased separately before starting to locate and correct faults.
3. Calibrate the electric machine.
Information
The electric machine must generally be calibrated after the fault memories of the OBD control
units or the fault memories of all control units have been erased.
The rotor position (phase angle) and rotor temperature are stored during calibration of the
electric machine.
1. 3.1. Press and hold the brake pedal.

2. 3.2. Turn the ignition key in the ignition lock to position 2 (terminal 50 - engine start)
and hold it at this position for about 2 to 3 seconds.
Calibration of the electric machine is clearly audible. Calibration is complete once the
calibration noise can no longer be heard.
3. 3.3. Release the ignition key and switch off ignition.
4. Turn the ignition key in the ignition lock to position 2 (terminal 50 - engine start) again to check
whether the engine starts. Then stop the engine again.
5. If the fault memories of individual control units could not be erased before, read out and erase
the relevant fault memories again.
Information
If the control units are found to have other faults, which cannot be erased and are not caused by
control unit programming , these faults must be found and corrected.
6. Switch off ignition.
7. Disconnect the PIWIS Tester from the vehicle.
8. Switch off and disconnect the battery charger.
9. On vehicles with Porsche Entry & Drive, replace the original driver's key in the ignition lock with
the control panel again.

EXECUTIVE) > TROUBLESHOOTING
Information
This section describes possible causes and remedial action for error messages that can occur both during
control unit programming using the 'Campaign' function and during control unit programming using the
'Automatic programming' function.
Error message after starting

programming Possible causes Remedial action
Specified campaign does not

exist PIWIS Tester software is not Update PIWIS Tester
up-to-date software to the software
version specified in the
Technical Information (or a
higher software version).
Then enter the programming
code again and start
programming.
Wrong vehicle type selected Close the diagnostic
application. Select the
correct vehicle type and
restart the diagnostic
application. Then enter the
programming code again
and start programming.
Incorrect programming code Enter the programming code

entered or programming specified in the Technical
code not entered correctly Information correctly.
No suitable programming rules

found. Cause: Part number of Campaign must not be Check vehicle assignment to
the control unit is not in the carried out on the vehicle or the campaign in PIWIS >
programming rules. campaign was already Vehicle information .
carried out.
Replacement control unit Check Porsche part number

with up-to-date software of the relevant control unit in
version was installed the ==> "Extended
identification" menu.
Information about the current

Software version of the
Porsche part numbers and
installed control unit is
already up-to-date software versions of the affected
control unit can be found in the
relevant Service Information or in
the relevant Technical Information.
control unit is a version that
is not intended for carrying
out the campaign.

found.Cause: Current vehicle Campaign must not be Check vehicle assignment to
equipment is not shown in the carried out on the vehicle. the campaign in PIWIS >
programming rules. Please 'Vehicle Information'
check vehicle order and change menu.
it if necessary.
Vehicle order is wrong. Check vehicle order and

correct it if necessary (PIWIS
Tester > Additional menu
[>>] Maintenance of vehicle
data). Then enter the
Vehicle data could not be read
Ignition not switched on Switch on ignition and close
and restart the diagnostic

PROGRAMMING USING THE PIWIS TESTER (EXCEPT PANAMERA EXECUTIVE,
PANAMERA GTS, PANAMERA TURBO S, PANAMERA 4 EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA
PLATINUM ED., PANAMERA 4 PLATINUM ED.) > TOOLS

HFL 65 equipment

PLATINUM ED., PANAMERA 4 PLATINUM ED.) > BASIC INFORMATION AND
INSTRUCTIONS FOR CONTROL UNIT PROGRAMMING > BASIC INFORMATION ON
CONTROL UNIT PROGRAMMING
Information
units).
or
programming code.
The type of control unit programming to be used is described in the relevant Service Information.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR CONTROL UNIT PROGRAMMING > BASIC INSTRUCTIONS FOR
undervoltage.

aborted.

PLATINUM ED., PANAMERA 4 PLATINUM ED.) > GENERAL PRELIMINARY WORK
1. If it is easy to reach, disconnect the electric plug connection for the fan blower -1- (-arrow- )
to prevent the blower from coming on during control unit programming.
Having the fan on and the associated increased current draw can cause a drop in voltage,
which can result in abnormal termination of control unit programming.
necessary.
Tester.
PLATINUM ED., PANAMERA 4 PLATINUM ED.) > BASIC PROCEDURE FOR CONTROL
UNIT PROGRAMMING USING THE PIWIS TESTER > INFORMATION ON THE
PROCEDURE FOR CONTROL UNIT PROGRAMMING
Information
or
The type of control unit programming to be used is described in the in the relevant Service
Information.

UNIT PROGRAMMING USING THE PIWIS TESTER > CONTROL UNIT PROGRAMMING
USING THE "PROGRAMMING" MENU
vehicle type.
menu.
Information
Information


USING THE "CAMPAIGN" FUNCTION IN THE ADDITIONAL MENU ON THE PIWIS
TESTER
vehicle type.
→ see Fig 3.
Information
Information

press [>>] to confirm your selection. Once the control unit has been found, select the
"Codings/adaptations " menu and re-code the control unit using the 'Automatic coding'
function.

PLATINUM ED., PANAMERA 4 PLATINUM ED.) > GENERAL SUBSEQUENT WORK
1. If previously disconnected, re-connect the electric plug connection for the fan blower.
Fig 2: Display - Erasing Fault Memories Selection Screen
pressing [F8].
Information
If there are still fault memory entries in individual control units, start the engine briefly
and then switch it off again. Wait for approx. 10 seconds before switching the ignition
on again and re-establish the connection between the PIWIS Tester and the vehicle.
Then read out and erase the fault memories of the affected control units again
separately.
If the control units are found to have other faults, which cannot be erased and are
not caused by control unit programming , these faults must be found and
corrected.


PLATINUM ED., PANAMERA 4 PLATINUM ED.) > TROUBLESHOOTING
Information


programming.



found.Cause: Part number of Campaign must not be Check vehicle assignment to
carried out.

Software version of the Information about the current

installed control unit is Porsche part numbers and
control unit is a version that is
not intended for carrying out
the campaign.

found. Cause:Current vehicle Campaign must not be Check vehicle assignment to
it if necessary.

correct it if necessary
(PIWIS Tester > Additional
menu [>>] Maintenance of
vehicle data). Then enter the


PLATINUM ED., PANAMERA 4 PLATINUM ED.) > TOOLS

HFL 65 equipment

INSTRUCTIONS FOR CONTROL UNIT PROGRAMMING > BASIC INFORMATION ON
Information
units).
or
programming code.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR CONTROL UNIT PROGRAMMING > BASIC INSTRUCTIONS FOR
undervoltage.

aborted.

PLATINUM ED., PANAMERA 4 PLATINUM ED.) > GENERAL PRELIMINARY WORK
1. If it is easy to reach, disconnect the electric plug connection for the fan blower -1- (-arrow- )
to prevent the blower from coming on during control unit programming.
Having the fan on and the associated increased current draw can cause a drop in voltage,
which can result in abnormal termination of control unit programming.
necessary.
Tester.

UNIT PROGRAMMING USING THE PIWIS TESTER > INFORMATION ON THE
PROCEDURE FOR CONTROL UNIT PROGRAMMING
Information
or

USING THE "PROGRAMMING" MENU
vehicle type.
menu.
Fig 2: Display - Automatic Programming Screen
Information
Information


USING THE "CAMPAIGN" FUNCTION IN THE ADDITIONAL MENU ON THE PIWIS
TESTER
vehicle type.
→ see Fig 3.
Information
Information


PLATINUM ED., PANAMERA 4 PLATINUM ED.) > GENERAL SUBSEQUENT WORK
1. If previously disconnected, re-connect the electric plug connection for the fan blower.
pressing [F8].
Information
If there are still fault memory entries in individual control units, start the engine briefly
and then switch it off again. Wait for approx. 10 seconds before switching the ignition
on again and re-establish the connection between the PIWIS Tester and the vehicle.
Then read out and erase the fault memories of the affected control units again
separately.
If the control units are found to have other faults, which cannot be erased and are
not caused by control unit programming , these faults must be found and
corrected.


PLATINUM ED., PANAMERA 4 PLATINUM ED.) > TROUBLESHOOTING
Information


programming.



carried out.

installed control unit is Information about the current
already up-to-date Porsche part numbers and
software versions of the affected
Software version of the relevant Service Information or in
control unit is a version that the relevant Technical Information.
out the campaign.

it if necessary.



EXECUTIVE) > TOOLS

HFL 65 equipment

PROGRAMMING > BASIC INFORMATION ON CONTROL UNIT PROGRAMMING
Information
units).
or
programming code.

PROGRAMMING > BASIC INSTRUCTIONS FOR CONTROL UNIT PROGRAMMING
undervoltage.

aborted.

EXECUTIVE) > GENERAL PRELIMINARY WORK
1. Disconnect electric plug connection for the fan blower -1- (-arrow- ) to prevent the blower
from coming on during control unit programming. Having the fan on and the associated
increased current draw can cause a drop in voltage, which can result in abnormal termination
of control unit programming.
necessary.
Tester.

THE PIWIS TESTER > INFORMATION ON THE PROCEDURE FOR CONTROL UNIT
PROGRAMMING
Information
or

THE PIWIS TESTER > CONTROL UNIT PROGRAMMING USING THE
"PROGRAMMING" MENU
vehicle type.
menu.
Information
Information


EXECUTIVE) > BASIC PROCEDURE FOR CONTROL UNIT PROGRAMMING USING THE
PIWIS TESTER > CONTROL UNIT PROGRAMMING USING THE "CAMPAIGN"
FUNCTION IN THE ADDITIONAL MENU ON THE PIWIS TESTER
vehicle type.
→ see Fig 3.
Information
Information


EXECUTIVE) > GENERAL SUBSEQUENT WORK
1. Connect electric plug connection for the fan blower again.
pressing [F8].
Information
If the fault memories of individual control units cannot be erased, Steps 3 and 4
must first be carried out and the fault memories of these control units must then be
erased separately before starting to locate and correct faults.
3. Calibrate the electric machine.
Information
The electric machine must generally be calibrated after the fault memories of the OBD control
units or the fault memories of all control units have been erased.
The rotor position (phase angle) and rotor temperature are stored during calibration of the
electric machine.
1. 3.1. Press and hold the brake pedal.

2. 3.2. Turn the ignition key in the ignition lock to position 2 (terminal 50 - engine start)
and hold it at this position for about 2 to 3 seconds.
Calibration of the electric machine is clearly audible. Calibration is complete once the
calibration noise can no longer be heard.
3. 3.3. Release the ignition key and switch off ignition.
4. Turn the ignition key in the ignition lock to position 2 (terminal 50 - engine start) again to check
whether the engine starts. Then stop the engine again.
5. If the fault memories of individual control units could not be erased before, read out and erase
the relevant fault memories again.
Information
If the control units are found to have other faults, which cannot be erased and are not caused by
control unit programming , these faults must be found and corrected.

EXECUTIVE) > TROUBLESHOOTING
Information


programming.


carried out.

Information about the current

Porsche part numbers and
installed control unit is
control unit is a version that
out the campaign.

it if necessary.

WM 9X00IN BULB TABLE AND INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS (EXCEPT

PANAMERA S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA 4 S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO
EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > INFORMATION > BULB TABLE
Use Shape, wattage
Dipped beam with halogen headlights H7, 55 W

High beam with halogen headlights H7, 55 W
Dipped beam for Bi-Xenon headlight Philips, D1S, 35 W
Dipped beam for Bi-Xenon headlight with cornering Philips, D1S, 35 W
light
Auxiliary main beam for Bi-Xenon headlight H7, 55 W
Auxiliary main beam for Bi-Xenon headlight with H7, 55 W
cornering light
Static cornering light with Bi-Xenon headlight with H7, 55 W
cornering light
Marker light LED
Daytime driving lights LED, not replaceable individually
Light in rear-view mirror LED
Right tail light, rear fog light LED, not replaceable individually
Brake/tail light. LED, not replaceable individually
Additional brake light LED, not replaceable individually
Reversing light HP, 16 W
Number plate light C, 5 W
Direction indicator light, front HP, 24 W
Direction indicator light, rear LED, not replaceable individually
Direction indicator light, side WY, 5 W
Direction indicator light, side (USA) W, 3 W
Glove box light W, 5 W
Footwell light W, 5 W
Door warning light W, 5 W
Luggage compartment light W, 5 W
Engine compartment light W, 5 W
Interior light W, 5 W
Reading light Depending on equipment:
W, 5 W
6 W Xenon
LED
Illumination of cigarette lighter LED module
Ashtray light LED module
Orientation light LED, not replaceable individually
Ignition lock illumination LED module
Illumination of center console tray LED module
Illumination of door storage bin LED module
Illumination of door handle LED module
WM 9X00IN BULB TABLE AND INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS (EXCEPT

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
WARNING: Live components
Risk of electric shock
→ Remove electric charge from component.
→ Make sure it does not switch on again. →
Check that there is no electric charge →
Cover adjacent live parts.
NOTE: Incorrect handling of bulbs
Risk of damage to bulbs and the bulb housing
→ Switch off ignition and remove ignition key.
→ Switch off the relevant loads when changing bulbs.

→ Only use bulbs listed in the bulb table.
→ Only install clean bulbs that are free of grease.
→ Always use a cloth or soft paper when working with bulbs.
→ Observe the safety instructions when changing a bulb in a Bi-Xenon headlight.
→ In certain states, it is compulsory to carry spare light bulbs.
WM 9X00IN MEASUREMENT OF CLOSED-CIRCUIT CURRENT (EXCEPT PANAMERA S

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA 4 S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE,
Closed-circuit current should be measured using the digital multimeter with a long integration time (to
filter out voltage peaks).
Fig 1: Measuring Closed-Circuit Current Using Digital Multimeter

PANAMERA GTS) > PREPARATORY WORK ON THE VEHICLE
Information
Before measuring the closed-circuit current, determine the vehicle equipment (I-numbers) and
establish the expected closed-circuit current with the aid of the attached table.
The closed-circuit current must only be measured on a cold vehicle (engine & brakes).
1. Close all doors and lids on the vehicle.
2. Read out the fault memory and delete the displayed faults if necessary.

PANAMERA GTS) > CONNECTING THE MEASURING DEVICE
1. Use alligator clips to connect the measuring device to the battery ground and body ground.
2. Remove ground strap from the body and secure against contact with the body. The entire
vehicle current now flows through the ammeter.
3. Place an additional short circuit bridge over the input socket of the measuring device to
prevent damage to the measuring device.

PANAMERA GTS) > MEASUREMENT
Read off the measured values after the waiting period specified in the table.
1. Switch on ignition for 10 seconds.
3. Open the driver's door and close the rotary latch with a screwdriver while the door is open.
4. Lock the vehicle using the central-locking remote control and switch off passenger
compartment monitoring (press the button on the remote control twice in one second).
5. Remove short circuit bridge.
6. Read off the closed-circuit current.
Information
1. If the value of the closed-circuit current is higher than the value determined in the table,
the cause must be established systematically.
2. Recommended troubleshooting procedure: With the measuring device connected,

remove the fuses of terminal 30 and the relays successively. Observe the values
displayed on the measuring device when removing the fuses and relays in order to detect
a reduction in current.
3. The measured values can vary by approx. 20%.

4. The values listed in the table depend on the condition of the battery, the room
temperature, the engine temperature and therefore should only be regarded as
guidelines.
Reading off the measuring range:
Read off the measuring range only after at least 35 minutes have passed since locking the
vehicle.
From to mA
35 min. Until battery is empty max. 30
Closed-circuit current in
Control unit Equipment mA
Display domain calculator ADR Standard 0.06

Alarm siren Standard 1.265
BCM_rear_D1 Standard 2.330
BCM_front_A1 Standard 0.855
Brake booster Standard 0.035
Roof console Standard 0.205
E_steering Standard 0.135
Rear axle steering Standard 0.075
Gateway_Int. surv. Standard 1.995
Fan control Standard 0.015
Main fuse box HSB Standard 0.02
HV_battery Standard 0.2
HV_charger Standard 0.7
Navigation Standard 0.01
KLSM_combi_switch module Standard 0.335
LDS_EL. IGN. SW._ELV Standard 0.1
Rear power electronics Standard 0.105
Front power electronics Standard 0.13
Rain sensor Standard 0.025
Service_Disconnect Standard 0.05
Aero_CU Standard 0.025
Passenger's door_CU Standard 0.145
Op. + A/C unit_CU Standard 0.035
DME_CU Standard 0.13
EPB_CU Standard 0.025
Driver's door_CU Standard 0.135
Lift_Load_CU 0.015
Lift function_CU 0.165
PASM_CU Standard 0.06
PDK_CU Standard 0.035
PSM_CU Standard 0.055
TPM_CU Standard 0.015
VTS_CU Standard 5
Smart_actuator Standard 0.04
Spindle actuator Standard 0.005
Touch_control panel_CD Standard 0.095
Burmester amplifier Standard 0.11
Selector lever Standard 0.21
Wiper Standard 0.075
Maximum closed-circuit 30 mA
current
Calculated closed-circuit current 19.01 mA
7. Connect battery and read out fault memory. Erase any faults if necessary. → 2X00IN WORK
INSTRUCTIONS AFTER DISCONNECTING THE BATTERY
WM 9X00IN WORK INSTRUCTIONS AFTER DISCONNECTING THE BATTERY

(EXCEPT PANAMERA S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA 4 S
TURBO S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA 4S SPORT EDITION, PANAMERA 4 EXECUTIVE) >
TECHNICAL VALUES
Terminal clamp -1- Tightening 6 Nm (4.5 ftlb.)

to battery torque
CONNECTING AND DISCONNECTING BATTERY
WARNING: Static battery charge
Battery can explode
Electrical discharges
→ Do not rub the battery with a dry cloth.
Information
Switch off all loads and remove the ignition key.
Do not disconnect the battery while the engine is running.
Disconnect and reconnect battery with extreme caution.
Do not rub the battery with a dry cloth.
Information
The battery is located in the luggage compartment under the storage floor.
1. Open the luggage compartment floor.
2. Remove tool kit tray.
3. Disconnect ground strap on the battery:
4. Risk of short circuit! Disconnect the negative cable -1- on the battery.
Fig 1: Removing Terminal Clamps
5. Route or isolate the ground strap so that all contact with a ground carrier (e.g. body, battery
terminal) is avoided.
6. Connect the battery
1. 6.1. Connect the negative cable -1- to the battery terminal and secure it with the
fastening nut.
Basic
Location Description Type value Tolerance 1 Tolerance 2
Terminal -1- Tightening 6 Nm (4.5

clamp to torque ftlb.)
battery
Fig 2: Attaching Terminal Clamps
7. The rear lid must be closed manually on vehicles with a Power Lift Gate (electric rear lid). Then
open the rear lid with the tip switch. The rear lid must open electrically.
8. Insert tool kit tray and fold down the luggage compartment tray.

EFFECT OF DISCONNECTION OR TOTAL DISCHARGE OF BATTERY ON
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS IN THE VEHICLE AND THE PRECAUTIONS TO BE TAKEN
Information
Control unit memories
Values and faults stored in the control units can be deleted if the battery is disconnected or completely
discharged.
If possible, all fault memories should be checked and, if necessary, printed out before the battery is
disconnected.
Information
Supply voltage fault entry
The entry "supply voltage" may be stored in various control units if the battery has been completely
discharged.
Delete the "supply voltage" entry from the control units in question.
Information
Ready status
In some countries (presently the U.S.A. and Canada), after disconnecting the battery, it is necessary to
reach the Ready status by a test drive and/or by using the Porsche System Tester DME control module
menu). If in doubt about this, contact the relevant importer.
Information
2470 DME control module
With all DME systems, the engine must run for several minutes before the engine control module can
relearn the idle speed and mixture adaptation values!
After disconnection of the power supply, the idle speed might change or fluctuate briefly until the throttle
valve adjusting unit has been readapted.
The mixture adaptation is also lost.
After the battery is connected:
With the DME, it is necessary to carry out a learning and adaptation routine as described below:
Switch ignition on for 30 seconds without starting the engine .
Do not actuate accelerator pedal.
This completes the adaptation of the throttle valve adjusting unit.
Information
Tyre pressure monitoring system
When the battery is disconnected and connected, the tire pressure is first displayed as "- - -".
Once the battery has been disconnected and work is complete, the vehicle must be driven for a
short distance.
The actual pressures will then be displayed again.
Information
4560 Steering angle sensor
The steering angle sensor must be reinitialized when the battery is disconnected and connected.
Turn wheels to straight-ahead position.
Switch ignition off and then on again twice.
Start engine.
From the straight-ahead position, turn steering wheel approx. 20° to the right, past the
straight-ahead position.
Drive the vehicle straight ahead for at least one second at a speed above 4 km/h (2.5 mph).
The steering angle sensor segment is recognised again in this process.
Once the sensor has been successfully initialized, the fault code that is stored in the fault memory is
documented using the fault deletion counter.
The fault memory erases itself automatically.
The PSM indicator light in the instrument cluster goes out.
Information
6014 Motor for sunroof
The limit positions of the sunroof are deleted from the control unit when the battery is disconnected and
connected.
Switch on ignition.
Press the sunroof button for several seconds in direction of travel.
After approx. 10 seconds, the sunroof performs an automatic standardization process and resets
all positions.
Keep the button pressed during the standardization process.
Afterwards, the sunroof is standardized correctly.
Information
6452 Power windows
The limit positions of the power windows are deleted from the control unit when the battery is
disconnected and connected.
Perform the following procedure for all power windows:
Pull rocker switch and fully close window once.
Pull rocker switch once more.
The upper end position of the window is stored.
Press rocker switch and fully open window once.
Press rocker switch once more.
The lower end position of the window is stored.
Information
4815 Electrical steering column adjustment (ELVS)
The electrical steering column adjustment end positions (ELVS) are deleted when the battery is
The following buttons must be pressed in sequence in order to reinitialized electrical steering column
adjustment.
Press the extend button three times (extend towards the driver).
Press the retract button once.
Press the extend button once (towards the driver).
Press the up button once.
Press the down button once.
Once the buttons have been pressed correctly, the steering column automatically moves all axles and
stops at the center position (only works when the vehicle is stationary).

TEST DRIVE AFTER DISCONNECTING BATTERY
Information
Depending on the vehicle equipment fitted, all these work steps are carried out during the test drive.
Read out the fault memories of all control units after the test drive.
If there is a fault present, check to see if the fault was caused by an undervoltage.
If faults were caused by an undervoltage (or CAN timeout error), erase the fault memory, perform
another test drive and read out the fault memory.
If faults were not caused by an undervoltage, correct the faults in accordance with GFF (Guided
Fault Finding).
WM 9X00IN TECHNICAL VALUES (EXCEPT PANAMERA S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA 4

S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > TECHNICAL
VALUES
Fastening Tightening 3.2 Nm (2

screws for torque ftlb.)
instrument
cluster
Fastening nut Tightening 6 Nm (4.5 +/-0.9 %
for SDARS torque ftlb.)
antenna
Fastening Tightening 7 Nm (5 ftlb.)
screws for car torque
radio
Gap dimension - Gap between Adjustment 1 mm +/-0.5 mm
x- brake light sensor and value
switch counter plate
WM 9X00IN TECHNICAL VALUES (EXCEPT PANAMERA S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA 4 S

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > GROUP 90 -
INSTRUMENTS > INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
1. Front fastening screws
2. Bottom fastening screws

Fig 1: Installing Fastening Screws
Fastening Tightening 3.2 Nm (2 ftlb.)

screws for torque
instrument
cluster

S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > GROUP 91 -
RADIO, STEREO, TELEPHONE, ON-BOARD COMPUTER > SDARS ANTENNA
2 - SDARS antenna
3 - Fastening nut
1 - Electric plug connection

Fig 1: Installing SDARS Antenna
Fastening nut Tightening 6 Nm (4.5 ftlb.) +/-0.9 %

for SDARS torque
antenna
WM 9X00IN TECHNICAL VALUES (EXCEPT PANAMERA S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA 4 S

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > GROUP 91 -
RADIO, STEREO, TELEPHONE, ON-BOARD COMPUTER > CAR RADIO
1. Fastening screw for car radio

Fig 1: Installing Fastening Screws
Fastening Tightening 7 Nm (5 ftlb.)

screws for car torque
radio

S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > GROUP 94 -
LIGHTS, LAMPS, SWITCHES, EXTERIOR > BRAKE LIGHT SWITCH
X - Gap dimension 94361025.CGM
Adjusting brake light switch
Gap dimension - Gap between Adjustment 1 mm +/-0.5 mm

x- brake light sensor and value
switch counter plate

S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > TECHNICAL
VALUES
90 - Instruments
91 - Radio, on-board computer, ParkAssist
92 - Windscreen wiper and washer system
94 - Lights, lamps, switches - exterior
96 - Lights, lamps, switches - interior, anti-theft protection
97 - Lines
Service Manual: 90 - INSTRUMENTS -- PANAMERA (970)
WM 900319 REMOVING AND INSTALLING DASHBOARD INSERT (EXCEPT
REMOVING DASHBOARD INSERT AT THE TOP
Remove instrument cluster. → Removing Instrument Cluster -

REMOVING DASHBOARD INSERT AT THE BOTTOM
Remove steering column casing. → REMOVING STEERING COLUMN CASING

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > INFORMATION > COMPONENT INFORMATION
1. Dashboard inset, top left
2. Dashboard inset, top right
3. Dashboard inset, bottom

Fig 1: Identifying Dashboard Inset Installation Position

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > REMOVING DASHBOARD INSERT > REMOVING
DASHBOARD INSERT AT THE TOP
1. Unclip the dashboard insert at the top left -1- at the clips -4- and unclip the dashboard insert
at the top right -2- at the clips -5- .
Fig 1: Removing Dashboard Insert Clip (Top)
2. Remove the dashboard inserts at the top -1- and -2- .

Fig 2: Removing Dashboard Insert (Top)

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > REMOVING DASHBOARD INSERT > REMOVING
DASHBOARD INSERT AT THE BOTTOM
1. Unscrew and remove the fastening screws -6- .

Fig 1: Removing Dashboard Insert Fastening Screws (Bottom)
2. Unclip the dashboard insert at the bottom at the clips -7- .
3. Remove the dashboard insert by pulling it inwards

Fig 2: Removing Dashboard Insert (Bottom)

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > INSTALLING DASHBOARD INSERT > INSTALLING
DASHBOARD INSERT AT THE TOP
1. Position the dashboard inserts at the top left -1- and top right -2- .
Fig 1: Positioning Dashboard Insert (Top)
2. Clip in the dashboard insert at the top right -2- using the clips -5- and clip in the dashboard
insert at the top left -1- using the clips -4- .
Fig 2: Installing Dashboard Insert Clip (Top)

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > INSTALLING DASHBOARD INSERT > INSTALLING
DASHBOARD INSERT AT THE BOTTOM
1. Clip the dashboard insert at the bottom into the instrument cluster using the clips -7- .
Fig 1: Positioning Dashboard Insert (Bottom)
2. Screw in and tighten fastening screws -6- .

Fig 2: Tightening Dashboard Insert Fastening Screws

INSTALLING DASHBOARD INSERT AT THE TOP
Install instrument cluster. → Installing Instrument Cluster

INSTALLING DASHBOARD INSERT AT THE BOTTOM
Install steering column casing. → INSTALLING STEERING COLUMN CASING
WM 902219 REMOVING AND INSTALLING STOPWATCH (ALL MODELS) >

PRELIMINARY WORK
1. Remove cover for center loudspeaker. → REMOVING COVER FOR CENTRE

LOUDSPEAKER
WM 902219 REMOVING AND INSTALLING STOPWATCH (ALL MODELS) > REMOVING
STOPWATCH
Fig 1: Identifying Stopwatch Removal Position
1. Turn the cover over and unscrew the fastening screws -1- for the stopwatch.
Fig 2: Identifying Stopwatch Fastening Screws
2. Take the stopwatch out of the holder -arrow- .

Fig 3: Removing Stopwatch

INSTALLING STOPWATCH
1. Position the stopwatch in the holder and engage it -arrow- .

Fig 1: Positioning Stopwatch
2. Screw in and tighten fastening screws -1- .

Fig 2: Identifying Stopwatch Fastening Screws

SUBSEQUENT WORK
1. Install cover for center loudspeaker → INSTALLING COVER FOR CENTRE LOUDSPEAKER .
WM 902255 REPLACING STOPWATCH (EXCEPT PANAMERA S EXECUTIVE,

PANAMERA 4 S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) >
TOOLS

II

TECHNICAL VALUES
Current rating Nominal value 40 A

READING AND WRITING VALUES
NOTE: Voltage drop
Risk of irreparable damage to control unit
Risk of damage to control unit
Fault entries in the control unit
Coding in the control unit is aborted
Malfunctions in control unit, even during programming
→ Prior to disconnecting the control unit, switch off ignition and remove ignition key.
→ Ensure that the power supply is not interrupted during programming.
→ Connect a battery charger with a current rating of at least → Nominal value: 40 A to the vehicle
battery.
Information
The PIWIS Tester II 9818 instructions take precedence since the description may be different with later
Tester releases.
The procedure described here has been structured in general terms. Different text or additional
information may appear in PIWIS Tester II 9818 .
1. Connect the PIWIS Tester to the vehicle and start the Tester. Switch on ignition.
2. Select the vehicle type and start the diagnostic application.
3. Select the required control unit Stopwatch in the overview and press [F12] to continue.
4. Select Maintenance/repairs .
5. Select Control unit replacement and press [F12].
6. Read data and press [F12].
7. Press [F8] to start reading out data.
8. Check the chassis number and press [F12].
9. Switch off ignition and replace the control unit. → 902219 REMOVING AND INSTALLING
STOPWATCH .
10. Switch on ignition. Select the Write data menu (procedure described above), press [F12] and
then press [F8] to start installing the data that was read out.
11. The Tester displays the message Data has been written . Press [F12] to continue. Switch
ignition off and then on again.
12. Read out the fault memory and erase it if necessary.
WM 902519 REMOVING AND INSTALLING INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (EXCEPT


screws for torque
instrument
cluster

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > TECHNICAL VALUES > INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
1. Front fastening screws
2. Bottom fastening screws

Fig 1: Tightening Instrument Cluster Fastening Screws

screws for torque
instrument
cluster

1. Remove steering column casing. → REMOVING STEERING COLUMN CASING
2. Remove molding for dashboard at the driver's side at the left and right. → REMOVING
DASHBOARD MOLDING

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > REMOVING INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Fig 1: Identifying Instrument Cluster Installation Position
1. Loosen the steering wheel adjustment, put the steering wheel in the front-most and lowest
position and lock the steering wheel adjustment.
2. Unscrew and remove fastening screws -1- and -2- .

Fig 2: Removing Instrument Cluster Fastening Screws
3. Remove instrument cluster.

4. Release electric plug connections on the instrument cluster -A- and unplug them.
5. Unclip dashboard inset (cover) at the top left and right on the instrument cluster. → Removing
Dashboard Insert

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > INSTALLING INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
1. Clip in dashboard inset (cover) at the top left and right on the instrument cluster. → Installing
Dashboard Insert
2. Position the instrument cluster and plug in and lock electric plug connections until they engage
securely.
Fig 1: Securing Electric Plug Connection
3. Slide in the instrument cluster.
4. Tighten fastening screws -1- and -2- . Tightening torque 3.2 Nm (2 ftlb.)
Fig 2: Tightening Instrument Cluster Fastening Screws

1. Install molding for dashboard on driver's side at the left and right. → INSTALLING
DASHBOARD MOLDING
2. Install steering column casing. → INSTALLING STEERING COLUMN CASING
WM 902555 REPLACING INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (EXCEPT PANAMERA S


II

PANAMERA GTS) > TECHNICAL VALUES

PANAMERA GTS) > READING AND WRITING VALUES
NOTE: Voltage drop
battery.
Information
Tester releases.
3. Select the required control unit Instrument cluster in the overview .
5. Select the function Save fuel level sensor comparison values to rear-end electronics
control unit and press [F12].
6. Follow instructions on the Tester. Press [F8] to start saving the values.
7. The fuel level sensor values are saved. Press [F12].
9. Select Read data and press [F12].
12. Document the total distance and fuel level.
13. Switch off ignition and replace control unit. → 902519 REMOVING AND INSTALLING
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER .
14. Switch on ignition and select Instrument cluster control unit.
15. Select the Extended identification menu.
16. Select Vehicle identification number and enter the VIN, then press "Enter" to confirm your
entry.
17. Select Maintenance/repairs menu, Control unit replacement and Write data , then press
[F12] and press [F8] to start. The data that was read out is installed.
18. The System Tester displays the message Data has been written . Press [F12] to continue.
19. [F11] must be pressed before selecting Maintenance/repairs and the function Restore fuel
level sensor comparison values from the rear-end electronics control unit . Then press
[F12].
20. Read the warnings on the Tester and press [F8] to start the process.
21. The fuel level sensor values are restored. Press [F12].
22. Select the Set total mileage function and press [F12].
23. Read the warning on the Tester and press [F12].
24. Select the total distance and enter the value that was read out in Step 12. Then press "Enter"
to confirm your entry and press [F8] to write data.
25. Select Coding , Automatic coding to perform coding in accordance with the instructions on
the Tester.
27. Return to the overview of control units.
28. Check the function of the instrument cluster and fuel level gauge during the test drive.
WM 903519 REMOVING AND INSTALLING GATEWAY CONTROL UNIT (EXCEPT


II

Fastening nuts Tightening 2 Nm (1.5 ftlb.)

for gateway torque
control unit

1. If the control unit has to be replaced, the values must be read out beforehand using PIWIS
Tester II 9818 . → 903555 REPLACING GATEWAY CONTROL UNIT
2. Remove the battery. → REMOVING BATTERY .
3. Unscrew the three fastening nuts on the fuse and relay carrier.
4. Lift up the fuse and relay carrier and set it aside.

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > REMOVING GATEWAY CONTROL UNIT
1. Loosen the two fastening nuts -1- on the gateway control unit and remove the control unit.
Fig 1: Removing Gateway Control Unit
2. Release electric plug connection -a- and pull it off the control unit.

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > INSTALLING GATEWAY CONTROL UNIT
1. Connect electric plug connection until it engages securely.

2. Position the control unit and secure with the two fastening nuts -1- .→ Tightening torque: 2
Nm (1.5 ftlb.)
Fig 2: Installing Gateway Control Unit

1. Position the fuse and relay carrier and secure with the three fastening nuts.
2. Install the battery. → INSTALLING BATTERY .
3. If the control unit was replaced, the values must be written back into the control unit again
using PIWIS Tester II 9818 . → 903555 REPLACING GATEWAY CONTROL UNIT .

Fastening nuts Tightening 2 Nm (1.5 ftlb.)

for gateway torque
control unit
1. Remove rear left part of C-pillar trim.→ REMOVING REAR PART OF C-PILLAR TRIM PANEL

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > REMOVING GATEWAY CONTROL UNIT
1. Loosen the two fastening nuts -1- on the gateway control unit and remove the control unit.
Fig 1: Removing Gateway Control Unit
2. Release electric plug connection -a- and pull it off the control unit.

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > INSTALLING GATEWAY CONTROL UNIT
1. Connect the electrical plug, pressing on until it clicks into place.

2. Position the control unit and secure with the two fastening nuts -1- .→ Tightening torque: 2
Nm (1.5 ftlb.)
Fig 2: Installing Gateway Control Unit

1. Install rear left part of C-pillar trim. → INSTALLING REAR PART OF C-PILLAR TRIM PANEL
WM 903555 REPLACING GATEWAY CONTROL UNIT (EXCEPT PANAMERA S


II


PANAMERA GTS) > READING AND WRITING VALUES
NOTE: Voltage drop
battery.
Information
Tester releases.
3. Select the required control unit Gateway in the overview and press [F12] to continue.
9. Switch off ignition and replace the control unit. → 903519 REMOVING AND INSTALLING
GATEWAY CONTROL UNIT .
11. The Tester displays the message Data has been written . Press [F12] to continue. Switch
ignition off and then on again.
12. Select Coding , Automatic coding to perform coding in accordance with the instructions on
the Tester.
WM 905019 REMOVING AND INSTALLING HORN (EXCEPT PANAMERA S

Hexagon nut Item -1- Tightening 13 Nm (9.5

for horn torque ftlb.)

1. Remove front part of front wheel housing liner. → REMOVING FRONT PART OF FRONT
WHEEL HOUSING LINERINSTALLING FRONT PART OF FRONT WHEEL HOUSING LINER
2. Remove auxiliary headlights. → REMOVING AUXILIARY HEADLIGHT

PANAMERA GTS) > REMOVING HORN
A. Front left horn (low-pitched)

B. Front right horn (high-pitched)
C. Alarm siren for alarm system

Fig 1: Overview Of Horns
Information
Some of the repair illustrations show only one side of the vehicle.
Naturally, some steps also have to be performed on the opposite side of the vehicle as well.
These must be carried out as a mirror image of the steps shown for the front and rear.
1. Screw off hexagon nut -1- .
2. Release the plug connection -A- and pull it off.

Fig 2: Removing Horn
3. Remove the horn.

PANAMERA GTS) > INSTALLING HORN
1. Place the horn in installation position.
2. Tighten hexagon nut -1- . → Tightening torque: 13 Nm (9.5 ftlb.)
3. Connect the plug connection until the connector engages securely.

Fig 1: Installing Horn

1. Install auxiliary headlights. → INSTALLING AUXILIARY HEADLIGHT
2. Install front part of front wheel housing liner. → INSTALLING FRONT PART OF FRONT
WHEEL HOUSING LINER
WM 905819 REMOVING AND INSTALLING PLUG SOCKET (EXCEPT PANAMERA S

PANAMERA GTS) > INFORMATION > COMPONENT INFORMATION
A. Plug socket in glove compartment
B. Plug socket in front center console
C. Plug socket in rear center console
D. Plug socket in luggage compartment

Fig 1: Identifying Plug Sockets Installation Position

PANAMERA GTS) > PRELIMINARY WORK > PRELIMINARY WORK FOR PLUG
SOCKET IN GLOVE BOX
1. Remove glove box. → REMOVING GLOVE BOX

SOCKET IN FRONT CENTRE CONSOLE
1. Remove multimedia interface. → REMOVING MULTIMEDIA INTERFACE

SOCKET IN REAR CENTRE CONSOLE

SOCKET IN LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
1. Remove left C-pillar trim. → REMOVING C-PILLAR TRIM PANEL

PANAMERA GTS) > REMOVING PLUG SOCKET > REMOVING PLUG SOCKET IN
GLOVE BOX
1. Release connector -3- (-a- ) and pull it off.
2. Open the cover -2- of the plug socket and press out the plug socket -1- using a screwdriver.
Fig 1: Removing Plug Socket In Glove Compartment

FRONT CENTRE CONSOLE
1. Open the cover -2- of the plug socket -1- and press out the plug socket using a screwdriver.
Fig 1: Removing Plug Socket In Centre Console

PANAMERA GTS) > REMOVING PLUG SOCKET > REMOVING PLUG SOCKET IN REAR
CENTRE CONSOLE
1. Unplug connector on the plug socket.

2. Open the cover -2- of the plug socket and press out the plug socket -1- using a screwdriver.
Fig 2: Removing Plug Socket In Centre Console

LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
1. Pull off connector.

2. Use an open-ended wrench to hold the plastic nut behind the trim panel tight and unscrew the
plug socket.
Fig 2: Removing Plug Socket In Luggage Compartment
3. Open the cover -2- of the plug socket and press out plug socket -1- .
Fig 3: Removing Plug Socket In Luggage Compartment

PANAMERA GTS) > INSTALLING PLUG SOCKET > INSTALLING PLUG SOCKET IN
GLOVE BOX
1. Open the cover -2- of the plug socket and push in plug socket -1- .
Fig 1: Installing Plug Socket In Glove Compartment
2. Press in the connector until it is felt to engage.

FRONT CENTRE CONSOLE
1. Open the cover -2- of the plug socket -1- and push in plug socket.
Fig 1: Installing Plug Socket In Centre Console

REAR CENTRE CONSOLE
Fig 1: Installing Plug Socket In Centre Console
2. Plug in connector. Check that it is seated securely.

Fig 2: Installing Plug Connector

LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
Fig 1: Fitting Plug Socket In Luggage Compartment
2. Use an open-ended wrench to hold the plastic nut behind the trim panel tight and screw in the
plug socket.
Fig 2: Installing Plug Socket In Luggage Compartment


PANAMERA GTS) > SUBSEQUENT WORK > SUBSEQUENT WORK FOR PLUG
SOCKET IN GLOVE BOX
1. Install glove box. → INSTALLING GLOVE BOX

PANAMERA GTS) > SUBSEQUENT WORK > SUBSEQUENT WORK FOR PLUG SOCKET
IN FRONT CENTRE CONSOLE
1. Install multimedia interface. → INSTALLING MULTIMEDIA INTERFACE

IN REAR CENTRE CONSOLE

IN LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
1. Install left C-pillar trim. → INSTALLING FRONT PART OF C-PILLAR TRIM PANEL
WM 906219 REMOVING AND INSTALLING CIGARETTE LIGHTER (EXCEPT

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > INFORMATION > INSTALLATION POSITION OF
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
A. Front cigarette lighter
B. Rear cigarette lighter

Fig 1: Identifying Cigarette Lighter Installation Position

FRONT CIGARETTE LIGHTER
1. Remove cover on lower part of front center console. → REMOVING LOWER PART OF
CENTRE CONSOLE COVER

REAR CIGARETTE LIGHTER

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > REMOVING CIGARETTE LIGHTER > REMOVING
1. Remove ashtray insert.

Fig 1: Removing Ashtray Insert
2. Disengage the cigarette lighter -1- from the two catches using a screwdriver.
Fig 2: Disengaging Cigarette Lighter
3. Press on the cigarette lighter to remove it from the holder.

Fig 3: Removing Cigarette Lighter

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > REMOVING CIGARETTE LIGHTER > REMOVING
1. Pull connector off the cigarette lighter.

2. Disengage the cigarette lighter -1- from the two catches using a screwdriver.
Fig 2: Disengaging Cigarette Lighter
3. Press on the cigarette lighter to remove it from the holder.

Fig 3: Removing Cigarette Lighter

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > INSTALLING CIGARETTE LIGHTER > INSTALLING
1. Push cigarette lighter into the holder until it engages securely.

Fig 1: Inserting Cigarette Lighter
2. Fit ashtray insert.

Fig 2: Fitting Ashtray Insert

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > INSTALLING CIGARETTE LIGHTER > INSTALLING
1. Push cigarette lighter into the holder until it engages securely.

Fig 1: Inserting Cigarette Lighter


1. Install cover on lower part of front center console. → INSTALLING LOWER PART OF
CENTRE CONSOLE COVER

WM 906419 REMOVING AND INSTALLING CONTROL UNIT FOR AUXILIARY ALARM

SYSTEM (EXCEPT PANAMERA S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA 4 S EXECUTIVE,
PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > TOOLS
socket-wrench Special tool 9259

insert

PANAMERA E-HYBRID ONLY
1. Remove subwoofer. → REMOVING SUBWOOFER
2. Remove trim panel for luggage compartment (luggage compartment cover) at the lock support.
3. Remove center trim panel for luggage compartment (luggage compartment cover). →
REMOVING CENTRE TRIM PANEL FOR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT (LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT COVER)
All vehicles
4. Partly loosen side trim panel for luggage compartment at the rear right. → REMOVING SIDE
TRIM PANEL FOR REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT

PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > REMOVING CONTROL UNIT FOR
AUXILIARY ALARM SYSTEM
Fig 1: Identifying Auxiliary Alarm System Control Unit Installation Position
1. Loosen shear-off nuts -1- using socket-wrench insert 9259 and remove holder for control
unit for auxiliary alarm system from the spacers.
Fig 2: Removing Control Unit Holder
2. Remove control unit -1- from the spacers -2- .

Fig 3: Removing Control Unit
3. Release and disconnect electric plug connection -1- (-2- ).

4. Loosen tie-wrap -4- and release and pull off antenna plug connections -1, 2 and 3- .
Fig 5: Disconnecting Antenna Plug Connections
5. Remove control unit for auxiliary alarm system from the vehicle.

PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > INSTALLING CONTROL UNIT
FOR AUXILIARY ALARM SYSTEM
1. Plug in antenna plug connections for GSM -1- , GPS -2- and driver card -3- until they engage
securely.
Fig 1: Installing Antenna Plug Connections
2. Plug in electric plug connection -1- and lock it -2- .

3. Fit control unit -1- on the spacers -2- .

Fig 3: Installing Control Unit
4. Position holder for control unit for auxiliary alarm system on the spacers and tighten shear-off
nuts until they break off.
Fig 4: Installing Control Unit Holder

All vehicles
1. Install side trim panel for luggage compartment at the rear right. → INSTALLING SIDE TRIM
PANEL FOR REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
Panamera E-Hybrid only
2. Install center trim panel for luggage compartment (luggage compartment cover). →
INSTALLING CENTRE TRIM PANEL FOR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT (LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT COVER)
3. Install trim panel for luggage compartment (luggage compartment cover) at the lock support.
4. Install subwoofer. → INSTALLING SUBWOOFER

WM 906425 ACTIVATING PCC/PVTS (EXCEPT PANAMERA TURBO, PANAMERA GTS,
PANAMERA TURBO S, PANAMERA 4 S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO
EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS, PANAMERA PLATINUM ED., PANAMERA 4 PLATINUM
ED.) > TOOLS

II

ED.) > TECHNICAL VALUES

ED.) > ACTIVATING PCC/PVTS
NOTE: Voltage drop
battery.
Information
Tester releases.
The procedure described here has been structured in general terms; different text or additions may
appear in PIWIS Tester II 9818 .
Information
PCC/PVTS should be activated just before vehicle handover as the customer has access to the vehicle
and the term of the PCC/PVTS contract begins following activation.
1. Get installation code from the customer.
Information
If the installation code is not available, PCC/PVTS activation must be carried out during vehicle
handover.
4. Check the chassis number and press [F12] to start.
5. Select Vehicle functions in the menu by pressing [F7].
6. Start the Tester sequence Activate PCC/PVTS by pressing [F12].
7. Follow the steps/instructions shown on the PIWIS Tester.
8. Log PCC/PVTS activation.
11. Perform a function test if necessary.

Service Manual: 2X - PETROL, EXHAUST, ENGINE-ELECTRIC - GENERAL -- PANAMERA (970)
WM 2X00IN TECHNICAL VALUES (PANAMERA, PANAMERA S, PANAMERA S
EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA 4, PANAMERA 4S, PANAMERA 4 S EXECUTIVE) >
TECHNICAL VALUES
Coolant temperature Tightening 30 Nm (22

sensor on cylinder torque ftlb.)
head for cyl. 1-3
Fastening nut for fuel Tightening 2.5 Nm (2
pump control unit torque ftlb.)
Fastening nut /replace Initial 20 Nm (15
securing exhaust tightening ftlb.)
manifold/turbocharger
to cylinder head
Fastening nut Final tightening 27 Nm (20
securing exhaust ftlb.)
to cylinder head
Fastening screw Tightening 10 Nm (7.5
securing heat shield torque ftlb.)
holder to cylinder
head
Fastening nut Tightening 10 Nm (7.5
to exhaust
Fastening nut replace Initial 20 Nm (15
to cylinder head/
to cylinder head
holder to cylinder
head
to exhaust
Fastening screw for Tightening 10 Nm (7.5
oil line torque ftlb.)

securing oil extraction torque ftlb.)
line to upper part of
oil pan

securing oil feed line torque ftlb.)
to turbocharger

oil line torque ftlb.)

securing oil extraction torque ftlb.)
line to upper part of
oil pan

securing oil feed line torque ftlb.)
to turbocharger
Fastening nut for -1- and -2- Tightening 9.7 Nm (7.5

control unit holder torque ftlb.)
Fastening screws for -3- Tightening 9.7 Nm (7.5

control unit holder torque ftlb.)
Fastening screw Tightening 3 Nm (2 ftlb.)

securing pressure torque
and temperature
sensor to intake
system

securing heat socket torque
for positive crankcase
ventilation to intake
system
Fastening screw Tightening 6.5 Nm (5 +1 Nm (+0.5

securing throttle valve torque ftlb.) ftlb.)
to intake system
Fastening screw for Shouldered bolt Tightening 10 Nm (7.5

intake-air distributor torque ftlb.)

intake-air distributor torque ftlb.)

fuel collection pipe torque ftlb.)
High-pressure sensor Tightening 20 Nm (15

in fuel collection pipe torque ftlb.)
Stopper for fuel Tightening 25 Nm (19
collection pipe torque ftlb.)

high-pressure line torque ftlb.)
Union nuts for Initial 20 Nm (15

high-pressure lines tightening ftlb.)

high-pressure line torque ftlb.)
Union nuts for Final tightening +35 Nm (+26

high-pressure lines ftlb.)

high-pressure pump torque ftlb.)

low-pressure line torque ftlb.)
Fuel pressure sensor Tightening 20 Nm (15

(low-pressure sensor) torque ftlb.)
Fastening screw with Tightening 10 Nm (7.5

guide sleeve for torque ftlb.)
vacuum reservoir to
crankcase

securing torque
secondary-air pump
holder to vacuum
reservoir

securing secondary torque ftlb.)
air line to
crankcase/cylinder
head

air combination valve
to secondary air line

air line flange to
cylinder head
Fastening nut /replace Initial 20 Nm (15

to cylinder head
to cylinder head

holder to cylinder
head

to exhaust
Fastening nut replace Initial 20 Nm (15

to cylinder head/

to cylinder head

holder to cylinder
head

to exhaust
Fastening nut for Initial 20 Nm (15

exhaust tightening ftlb.)
Fastening nut for Final tightening 27 Nm (20

exhaust ftlb.)
Fastening nut for Tightening 23 Nm (17 +/-2 Nm (+/-1.5

catalytic converter torque ftlb.) ftlb.)
holder
Screw securing Tightening 13 Nm (9.5 +1 Nm (+0.5

V-band clamp for torque ftlb.) ftlb.)
catalytic converter to
turbocharger
Fastening screw for Tightening 8 Nm (6 ftlb.) +/-1 Nm (+/-0.5

tailpipe cover torque ftlb.)
Fastening screw Tightening 23 Nm (17 +/-3 Nm (+/-2

securing center torque ftlb.) ftlb.)
transverse strut to
rear silencer
Fastening screw for Tightening 23 Nm (17 +/-3 Nm (+/-2
rear silencer bracket torque ftlb.) ftlb.)
Fastening screw for Tightening 23 Nm (17 +/-3 Nm (+/-2

rear silencer bracket torque ftlb.) ftlb.)
Clamp securing rear Clamping Tightening 23 Nm (17

silencer to catalytic sleeve, D65 x 95 torque ftlb.)
converter
Clamp for rear Clamping Tightening 33 Nm (24 +/-5 Nm (+/-3.5

silencer sleeve, D65 x 88 torque ftlb.) ftlb.)
Used when
replacing the
rear silencer
Ball clamp for sports Tightening 30 Nm (22 +/-2 Nm (+/-1.5

tailpipes torque ftlb.) ftlb.)
Fastening screw Tightening 25 Nm (19

securing intake noise torque ftlb.)
generator to throttle
body

securing change-over torque
valve holder to
intake-air distributor
Terminal clamp on Tightening 6 Nm (4.5 +/-0.5 Nm

battery torque ftlb.) (+/-0.5 ftlb.)
Ground strap to Tightening 9.7 Nm (7.5

ground point torque ftlb.)
Fastening screws Tightening 10 Nm (7.5

securing retaining bar torque ftlb.)
to battery rail
Fastening screws Tightening 23 Nm (17

securing retaining bar torque ftlb.)
to battery box
Fastening screw for Tightening 45 Nm (33 +8 Nm (+6 ftlb.)

starter torque ftlb.)
Fastening nut Tightening 18 Nm (13

securing B+ line to torque ftlb.)
starter

securing terminal 50 torque ftlb.)
line to starter
Fastening screw for M8 x 100 Tightening 23 Nm (17
generator torque ftlb.)
Fastening nut M8 Tightening 23 Nm (17

securing B+ line to torque ftlb.)
generator
Spark plugs, NEW Initial Tightening 25 Nm (19 +1.5 Nm (+1

tightening/do not torque ftlb.) ftlb.)
use lubricant
Spark plugs Re-use/do not Tightening 31.5 Nm +1.5 Nm (+1

use lubricant torque (23.5 ftlb.) ftlb.)
Fastening screw for Use new Initial 4 Nm (3 ftlb.)

ignition coil aluminum tightening
screw/M6 x 45
Fastening screw for Final tightening +90°

ignition coil
Fastening screw for Tightening 23 Nm (17

knock sensor torque ftlb.)
Fastening screw M6 x 16 Initial 4 Nm (3 ftlb.)

securing phase AL9/replace tightening
sensor to cylinder
head
Fastening screw Final tightening +60°

securing phase
sensor to cylinder
head

hydraulic valve for torque ftlb.)
valve lift control
Cover on fuse box in Internal Torx Tightening 3.5 Nm (2.5

the plenum panel screw, torque ftlb.)

crankshaft pulse torque ftlb.)
sender

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA 4, PANAMERA 4S, PANAMERA 4 S EXECUTIVE) >
INFORMATION > OVERVIEW OF SENSORS, SENDERS AND VALVES
Fig 1: Identifying Sensors, Senders And Valves
1. Pressure sensor (low-pressure)
2. Pressure and temperature sensor
3. Temperature sensor
4. Phase sensor
5. Hydraulic valve for valve lift adjustment

6. rpm sensor
7. Oil level sensor
8. Oil pressure sender with temperature sensor
9. Knock sensor
10. Hydraulic valve for valve lift adjustment
11. Phase sensor
12. Coolant temperature sensor → Tightening torque: 30 Nm (22 ftlb.)

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA 4, PANAMERA 4S, PANAMERA 4 S EXECUTIVE) > GROUP
20 > FUEL PUMP CONTROL UNIT
Fig 1: Identifying Fuel Pump Control Unit
1. Fuel pump control unit

2. Fastening nuts → Tightening torque: 2.5 Nm (2 ftlb.)

21 > EXHAUST MANIFOLD/TURBOCHARGER, CYLINDERS 1-3
Fig 1: Exploded View Of Exhaust Manifold/Turbocharger, Cylinders 1-3
1. Exhaust manifold/turbocharger
2. Manifold seal/replace
3. Heat shield
4. Holder
5. Nut, M8/replace → Initial tightening: 20 Nm (15 ftlb.) → Final tightening: 27 Nm (20 ftlb.)
6. Screw, M6 x 12 → Tightening torque: 10 Nm (7.5 ftlb.)
7. Nut, M6 → Tightening torque: 10 Nm (7.5 ftlb.)

4. Heat shield
5. Holder

21 > OIL CIRCUIT FOR TURBOCHARGER, CYLINDERS 1-3
Fig 1: Exploded View Of Oil Circuit For Turbocharger, Cylinders 1-3
1. Oil extraction line
2. Oil feed line
3. O-ring, 12 x 3/replace
4. Seal
8. O-ring, 8 x 2.5/replace

21 > OIL CIRCUIT FOR TURBOCHARGER, CYLINDERS 4-6
Fig 1: Exploded View Of Oil Circuit For Turbocharger, Cylinders 4-6
1. Oil feed line
2. Oil extraction line
6. Seal/replace
8. O-ring, 8 x 2.5/replace

21 > BOOST PRESSURE AND AMBIENT AIR
Fig 1: Identifying Boost Pressure And Ambient Air Assembly
1. Vacuum reservoir
2. Vacuum line
3. Vacuum line
4. Vacuum line
5. Clamp 12.5-14
6. Clamp 10.5-11.5
7. Pressure line
8. Change-over valve
9. Pressure converter

21 > CONTROL LINES FOR BOOST PRESSURE AND AMBIENT AIR
Fig 1: Identifying Control Lines For Boost Pressure And Ambient Air
1. Control line for cylinder 1-3
2. Control line for cylinder 4-6

21 > CHARGE-AIR COOLER
Fig 1: Mounting For Charge-Air Cooler
1. Charge-air cooler, right
2. Charge-air cooler, left
3. Screw
4. Screw
5. Holder
6. Screw

21 > BOOST PRESSURE LINES AND INTAKE AIR LINES
Fig 1: Identifying Charge-Air Cooler Connections
1 - Charge-air cooler
3 - Pressure hose, left - charge-air cooler to turbocharger
4 - Pressure hose, right - charge-air cooler to turbocharger
5 - Ambient air valve, left
6 - Ambient air valve, right
8 - Hose on ambient air valve
10 - Suction hose, left - air cleaner to charge-air cooler
11 - Suction hose, right - air cleaner to charge-air cooler

24 > DME CONTROL UNIT
Fig 1: Identifying DME Control Unit
1. Fastening nut for control unit holder
2. Fastening nut for control unit holder
3. Fastening screws for control unit holder
4. Control unit holder.
Fastening nut -1- and -2- Tightening 9.7 Nm (7.5

for control unit torque ftlb.)
holder
Fastening -3- Tightening 9.7 Nm (7.5
screws for torque ftlb.)
control unit
holder

24 > INTAKE-AIR DISTRIBUTOR
Fig 1: Exploded View Of Intake-Air Distributor
1. Intake-air distributor
2. Seal/replace
3. Heating element for positive crankcase ventilation

4. Screw 5.0 x 16.0 → Tightening torque: 3 Nm (2 ftlb.) → Tightening torque: 3 Nm (2 ftlb.)
5. Throttle valve screws, 6 x 55 → Tightening torque: 6.5 Nm (5 ftlb.)+1 Nm (+0.5 ftlb.)
6. Throttle valve
7. Seal/replace if damaged
8. Sensor for intake manifold pressure (pressure and temperature sensor)
9. Screw → Tightening torque: 10 Nm (7.5 ftlb.)

24 > TIGHTENING SEQUENCE FOR INTAKE-AIR DISTRIBUTOR
Fig 1: Intake-Air Distributor Tightening Sequence
7 and 8 - Screw in screws by 3-5 turns
- Align intake-air distributor
1-8 - Tighten screws → Tightening torque: 10 Nm (7.5 ftlb.)

24 > FUEL INJECTORS AND FUEL COLLECTION PIPE
Fig 1: Exploded View Of Fuel Injectors
1. Fuel collection pipe for cylinder 1-3
2. Fuel collection pipe for cylinder 4-6
3. Fuel injector holder
4. Fuel injector
6. Fuel pressure sensor (high-pressure sensor) → Tightening torque: 20 Nm (15 ftlb.)
7. Stopper → Tightening torque: 25 Nm (19 ftlb.)

24 > HIGH-PRESSURE PUMP WITH HIGH-PRESSURE LINES
Fig 1: Identifying High-Pressure Pump With Lines
1. High-pressure line, cylinders 1-3
3. Clamp
4. High-pressure connecting line
5. High-pressure line, cylinders 4-6

Tightening specifications for fuel lines to high-pressure pump and fuel gallery:
1. Fit union nuts hand-tight.
2. Screw in and align holder/clamp.
3. Tighten union nuts to → Initial tightening: 20 Nm (15 ftlb.) .
4. Tighten holder/clamp to → Tightening torque: 10 Nm (7.5 ftlb.) .
5. Tighten union nuts to → Final tightening: +35 Nm (+26 ftlb.) until secure.

24 > HIGH-PRESSURE PUMP AND LOW-PRESSURE LINES
Fig 1: Identifying High-Pressure Pump With Low-Pressure Lines
1. High-pressure pump
3. Low-pressure fuel line
5. Fuel pressure sensor (low-pressure sensor) → Tightening torque: 20 Nm (15 ftlb.)
6. Roller tappet

24 > VACUUM RESERVOIR
Fig 1: Exploded View Of Vacuum Reservoir
1. Vacuum reservoir
2. Screw with guide sleeve → Tightening torque: 10 Nm (7.5 ftlb.)

3. Decoupling element

26 > SECONDARY-AIR PUMP
Fig 1: Exploded View Of Secondary-Air Pump
1. Secondary-air pump
2. Screw, M6 x 20 → Tightening torque: 8 Nm (6 ftlb.)
3. Secondary-air pump holder
4. Screw, M6 x 16

26 > AIR INJECTION SYSTEM
Fig 1: Exploded View Of Air Injection System
1. Secondary air line
5. Seal/replace
6. Combination valve for secondary air

3. Heat shield
4. Holder

4. Heat shield
5. Holder

26 > TIGHTENING SPECIFICATIONS FOR EXHAUST MANIFOLD/TURBOCHARGER
Fig 1: Exhaust Manifold/Turbocharger Tightening Sequence
1-9 - Nut, M8 Initial tightening: → Initial tightening: 20 Nm (15 ftlb.)
1-9 - Nut, M8 Final tightening: → Final tightening: 27 Nm (20 ftlb.)
Tightening sequence 1 to 9 for both cylinder banks - always starting at the timing-case cover!

26 > CATALYTIC CONVERTER
Fig 1: Exploded View Of Catalytic Converter
1. Catalytic converter for cylinders 1-3
2. Catalytic converter for cylinders 4-6
3. Holder, lower left
4. Holder, lower right
5. Nut → Tightening torque: 23 Nm (17 ftlb.)+/-2 Nm (+/-1.5 ftlb.)
6. Holder, upper left
7. Holder, upper right
8. Screw
9. Seal/replace
10. Clamp → Tightening torque: 13 Nm (9.5 ftlb.)+1 Nm (+0.5 ftlb.)
11. Oxygen sensor ahead of catalytic converter
12. Oxygen sensor downstream of catalytic converter

26 > MUFFLERS (SILENCERS)
Fig 1: Exploded View Of Mufflers (Silencers)
1. Rear silencer
2. Tailpipe cover, left
3. Tailpipe cover, right
4. Screw, M6 x 10 → Tightening torque: 8 Nm (6 ftlb.)+/-1 Nm (+/-0.5 ftlb.)
5. Transverse strut
6. Screw, M8 x 25 → Tightening torque: 23 Nm (17 ftlb.)+/-3 Nm (+/-2 ftlb.)
7. Screw → Tightening torque: 23 Nm (17 ftlb.)+/-3 Nm (+/-2 ftlb.)
8. Screw → Tightening torque: 23 Nm (17 ftlb.)+/-3 Nm (+/-2 ftlb.)
Not shown - Clamping sleeve, D65 x 95 → Tightening torque: 23 Nm (17 ftlb.)
Not shown - Clamping sleeve, D65 x 88 → Tightening torque: 33 Nm (24 ftlb.)+/-5 Nm (+/-3.5 ftlb.) /Used
when replacing rear silencer.
Not shown - Ball clamp (for sports exhaust system) → Tightening torque: 30 Nm (22 ftlb.)+/-2 Nm (+/-1.5
ftlb.)

26 > INTAKE NOISE GENERATOR
Fig 1: Identifying Intake Noise Generator Components
1. Throttle body
2. Intake noise generator
3. Line at front right
4. Line at center right
5. Line at rear right

6. Intake noise generator
7. Line at front left
8. Line at center left
9. Line at rear left
10. Vacuum line
11. Screw → Tightening torque: 25 Nm (19 ftlb.)

27 > BATTERY
Fig 1: Exploded View Of Battery
1. Fastening screws on battery holder
2. Terminal clamps on battery
3. Fastening nuts for DC/DC converter
4. DC/DC converter
5. Battery holder
6. Battery
Terminal clamp Tightening 6 Nm (4.5 ftlb.) +/-0.5 Nm

on battery torque (+/-0.5 ftlb.)
Fastening Tightening 10 Nm (7.5
screws securing torque ftlb.)
retaining bar to
battery rail
Fastening Tightening 23 Nm (17
retaining bar to
battery box

27 > STARTER
Fig 1: Location Of Starter
1. Starter
2. Screw → Tightening torque: 45 Nm (33 ftlb.)+8 Nm (+6 ftlb.)
3. Nut, M8 → Tightening torque: 18 Nm (13 ftlb.)

5. B+ line
6. Terminal 50 line

27 > GENERATOR
Fig 1: Identifying Generator Components
2. Nut → Tightening torque: 23 Nm (17 ftlb.)
3. B+ line
4. Electric connector for control line

5. Cover for B+ line

28 > IGNITION
Fig 1: Identifying Ignition Components
1. Ignition coil
2. Spark plugs → Tightening torque: 25 Nm (19 ftlb.)+1.5 Nm (+1 ftlb.) → Tightening torque:
31.5 Nm (23.5 ftlb.)+1.5 Nm (+1 ftlb.)
3. Aluminum screw M6 x 45/replace → Initial tightening: 4 Nm (3 ftlb.) → Final tightening:

+90°
4. For tightening torque for screw(s), see Group 15 Valve cover
5. For tightening torque for screw(s), see Group 15 Valve cover
6. Transport eyebolt
7. Knock sensor
8. Screw M8 x 35 → Tightening torque: 23 Nm (17 ftlb.)
9. Phase sensor
10. Aluminum screw M6 x 16/replace → Initial tightening: 4 Nm (3 ftlb.) → Final tightening:

+60°
11. Hydraulic valve for variable valve lift control
12. Screw, BM5 x 12 → Tightening torque: 6 Nm (4.5 ftlb.)
Cover on fuse Internal Torx Tightening 3.5 Nm (2.5

box in the screw, torque ftlb.)
plenum panel

28 > CRANKSHAFT PULSE SENDER
Fig 1: Identifying Crankshaft Pulse Sender
1. Crankshaft pulse sender
WM 2X00IN BASIC SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS FOR WORKING WITH LEAD-ACID

BATTERIES (PANAMERA, PANAMERA S, PANAMERA S E-HYBRID, PANAMERA S
HYBRID, PANAMERA 4, PANAMERA 4S, PANAMERA TURBO, PANAMERA GTS,
PANAMERA TURBO S) > DANGERS CAUSED BY ELECTROLYTE WHEN FILLING
LEAD-ACID BATTERIES > DANGERS FOR PERSONS
Electrolyte is extremely caustic.
Avoid contact with caustic fluid.
Wear personal protective gear.
Rinse acid splashes in the eyes immediately with clean water. Then consult a doctor immediately
Neutralise acid splashes on the skin or clothing immediately with acid neutralizer or soap suds and
rinse again with plenty of water. Contact a doctor if necessary.
In the event of extensive skin contact with electrolyte, remove soaked clothing immediately and
wash the skin thoroughly in a shower. Then consult a doctor immediately.
If you drink electrolyte, rinse your mouth immediately with water. Drink water in small sips, do not
induce vomiting. Then consult a doctor immediately.
If you inhale acid mist, breathe in fresh air immediately. Contact a doctor if necessary.
Do not tilt the battery. Electrolyte can emerge from the vent openings.

PANAMERA TURBO S) > DANGERS CAUSED BY ELECTROLYTE WHEN FILLING
LEAD-ACID BATTERIES > DANGERS FOR THE ENVIRONMENT
Electrolyte reacts with alkalis and water and generates a considerable amount of heat. Electrolyte
destroys paper, wood and textiles and has a corrosive reaction to metals. Electrolyte is a fluid that is
hazardous to water and causes ecological damage as a result of pH changes.
Absorb spilt electrolyte using binding material.
Neutralise spilt electrolyte with acid neutralizer.
Dilute small quantities and residual quantities with water and rinse it away.
Store electrolyte only in acid-resistant containers in the area reserved for pollutants and hazardous
substances.
Transport electrolyte only in securely locked containers.

PANAMERA TURBO S) > DANGERS WHEN CHARGING LEAD-ACID BATTERIES >
DANGERS FOR PERSONS
Highly inflammable hydrogen can be produced if batteries are overcharged or if the charge voltage is too
high. Danger of production of hydrogen gas (highly inflammable mixture).
Only charge lead-acid batteries in special battery rooms.
Fit forced ventilation systems in the room for excellent ventilation.
Keep ventilation openings free.
Keep clear of ignition sources.
Connect and disconnect the battery terminals only with the charger switched off in order to prevent
sparks.
Do not hold a naked flame or lit cigarette near a battery.
Only illuminate the inside of a battery with a torch.

PANAMERA TURBO S) > DANGERS CAUSED BY SHORT CIRCUIT > DANGERS FOR
PERSONS
A short circuit between the battery terminals as a result of conductive objects can cause a fire. Danger
due to arc, cable fire and terminal meltdown.
Cover the battery terminals.
Disconnect the negative cable from the battery before working on the battery.
Keep electrically conductive objects clear of the battery terminals.

PANAMERA TURBO S) > PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
The protective equipment required for workshop activities is compulsory. The following specific
protective equipment is also required for working with lead-acid batteries.
Protective goggles with side protection.
Acid/chemical-resistant protective gloves.
Acid-resistant rubber apron.
Industrial footwear with acid-resistant soles.
WM 2X00IN BATTERY TRICKLE CHARGING (EXCEPT PANAMERA S EXECUTIVE,

PANAMERA 4 S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > INFORMATION > BATTERY
TRICKLE CHARGING
→ "Workshop Equipment and Special Tools Manual" Battery chargers.

Information
When working or carrying out tests on the vehicle or when the vehicle is in the workshop, a battery
charger with a rated current of at least 40 A must be connected.
As soon as the vehicle is unlocked, e.g. the vehicle is in the workshop or salesroom, it must be
trickle charged with a battery charging device.
NOTE: Using charging cables/jump leads directly on the vehicle battery. Risk of
damage to battery sensors.
→ Always connect charging cables/jump leads to the external power supply for jump-lead starting.
2. First, connect the positive cable from the charger to the positive terminal -+- .
3. Connect the negative cable from the charger to the ground point for jump-lead starting - .
4. Read operating instructions for the charger.
5. Switch off all loads.
6. Switch on the charger.

Fig 1: Identifying Protective Cover On Positive Terminal For Jump-Lead Starting
WM 2X00IN BATTERY TRICKLE CHARGING (EXCEPT PANAMERA S EXECUTIVE,

PANAMERA 4 S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > INFORMATION > CONNECTING
THE BATTERY FOR TRICKLE CHARGING
A suitable battery charging device must be connected to the vehicle electrical system when performing the
following tasks. All unnecessary loads must be switched off.
When working on the vehicle for more than 15 minutes
When running a diagnosis using the Porsche System Tester
When adjusting the headlights
When working on or with the Infotainment system
If the doors, bonnet and rear lid are open for a long period of time or if these components are actuated
frequently
WM 2X00IN CLASSIFICATION OF HIGH-VOLTAGE BATTERY (PANAMERA S E-

HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) > TOOLS
Workshop Workshop WE 1188

crane equipment
Diagnosis box Workshop WE 1587
equipment
High-voltage Workshop WE 1589
cordon equipment
wire mesh crate Workshop WE 1590
equipment
temperature Workshop WE 1591
gauge equipment
Warning sign Workshop WE 1594
(No equipment
unauthorized
access)
(No fire, naked equipment
flames or
smoking)
(Warning of equipment
dangerous
electrical
voltage)
(Warning of equipment
dangers
associated with
batteries)
Lifting tackle VW tool 3033
Adapter plate Special tool 9860
WM 2X00IN CLASSIFICATION OF HIGH-VOLTAGE BATTERY (PANAMERA S

E-HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) > INFORMATION > INSTALLATION POSITION OF
HIGH-VOLTAGE BATTERY
Fig 1: Identifying Installation Position Of High-Voltage Battery
General warning notes
WARNING: Lithium-ion high-voltage battery in dangerous state
Risk of fire
Risk of explosion
→ Cancel classification immediately
→ Alert the fire services
→ Take steps to deal with the danger from fire/gas leaks
WARNING: Lithium-ion high-voltage battery in critical state
Danger of poisoning from emerging gases/fluids
→ If battery is in the vehicle: Move the vehicle to the quarantine location.
→ If battery is not in the vehicle: Place battery in wire mesh crate at quarantine location.
WARNING: High voltage at the high-voltage system on hybrid vehicles

Danger of electric shock from live parts
Risk of serious burns or death
Health risks for persons with life-support systems.
→ Before working on the high-voltage electrical system and carrying out any repair work to the body, a
high-voltage technician must switch off the power to the system.
→ All work on vehicles with a high-voltage vehicle electrical system must only be carried out by
electrically instructed persons (eip). The work must be done under the instruction of a high-voltage
technician (HVT).
→ Observe general warning notes for working on the high-voltage electrical system. → 2X00IN
GENERAL WARNING NOTES FOR WORKING ON THE HIGH-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

E-HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) > CLASSIFICATION OF HIGH-VOLTAGE BATTERY >
HIGH-VOLTAGE BATTERY STILL IN VEHICLE AT THE BEGINNING
Risk of fire
Risk of explosion
→ If battery is in the vehicle: Move the vehicle to the quarantine location.
1. Complete the test log for classification of lithium-ion high-voltage batteries with general
information.
2. Perform an initial visual assessment as described in the test log.
1. 2.1. Work through and document the criteria as described in the test log.
3. Perform a functional and thermal assessment as described in the test log.

Information
The PIWIS Tester II 9818 instructions take precedence since the description may be different
with later Tester releases.
The procedure described here has been structured in general terms; different text or additions
may appear in PIWIS Tester II 9818 .
Information
1. If communication between the PIWIS Tester and HV battery control unit cannot be
established even after several attempts, contact Technical Support to find out how to
proceed.
1. 3.1. PIWIS Tester must be connected to the vehicle before starting the Tester. Switch
on ignition.
2. 3.2. Select "Vehicle" on the Tester → Vehicle data is read out.
3. 3.3. Select "High-voltage battery control unit" on the "Overview" tab, press
[F12] and continue without creating a VAL.
4. 3.4. Switch to the "Maintenance and repairs" tab.
5. 3.5. Select "Battery classification" and press [F12] → Follow instructions on the
Tester.
6. 3.6. Document the result shown on the Tester in the test log.
4. If the battery was not assessed as dangerous or critical , the battery can be removed.
Information
If fluid is leaking out, electrolyte can easily be distinguished from normal coolant by its pungent
smell. To check the vent line, first remove the protection cap and re-fit it after you have
checked the line.
5. Perform a detailed visual assessment as described in the test log
1.
5.1. Work through and document the criteria as described in the test log.
Information
1. If the answer "Yes" was not given for any of the test criteria, the battery
condition is not critical.
6. Document the overall result in the test log and sign the test log.

E-HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) > CLASSIFICATION OF HIGH-VOLTAGE BATTERY >
HIGH-VOLTAGE BATTERY OUT OF VEHICLE AT THE BEGINNING
Risk of fire
Risk of explosion
→ If battery is in the vehicle: Move vehicle to the quarantine location.
Information
When setting down a removed high-voltage battery, make sure to use suitable supports to prevent
damage to any water drains on the underside of the battery.
1. Complete the test log for classification of lithium-ion high-voltage batteries with general
information.
2. Perform an initial visual assessment as described in the test log.
3. Perform a thermal assessment as described in the test log.
1. 3.1. Stick adhesive strips -4- at the three measuring points -1- , -2- , -3- .
2. 3.2. Perform thermal measurement using temperature gauge WE 1591 -5- .
3. 3.3. Document the measurement result in the test log.

Fig 1: Identifying Measuring Points For Thermal Measurement
Information
If fluid is leaking out, electrolyte can easily be distinguished from normal coolant by its pungent
smell. To check the vent line, first remove the protection cap and re-fit it after you have
checked the line.
4. Perform a detailed visual assessment as described in the test log
5. Perform a detailed functional and thermal assessment as described in the test log.
1. 5.1. Diagnosis box WE 1587 must be connected to the battery.
Information
The PIWIS Tester II 9818 instructions take precedence since the description may be
different with later Tester releases.
The procedure described here has been structured in general terms; different text or
additions may appear in PIWIS Tester II 9818 .
Information
1. If communication between the PIWIS Tester and HV battery control unit cannot
be established even after several attempts, contact Technical Support to find
out how to proceed.
2. 5.2. PIWIS Tester II 9818 must then be connected to the diagnosis box WE 1587 .
3. 5.3. Diagnosis box WE 1587 must be connected to the power supply.
4.
5.4. Diagnosis box WE 1587 must then be switched on before pressing [F1] to
activate terminal 15 and [F2] to activate terminal 30. If not pre-set, press [F3] to
select a resistance value of 120 Ohm. Start the PIWIS Tester.
5. 5.5. Select "Vehicle" on the Tester → Vehicle data is read out.
6. 5.6. Select "High-voltage battery control unit" on the "Overview" tab, press
[F12] and continue without creating a VAL.
7. 5.7. Switch to the "Maintenance and repairs" tab.
8. 5.8. Select "Battery classification" and press [F12] → Follow instructions on the
Tester.
9.
5.9. Document the result in the test log.
Information
1. If the answer "Yes" was not given for any of the test criteria, the battery
condition is not critical.
6. Document the overall result in the test log and sign the test log.

E-HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) > QUARANTINE OF A HIGH-VOLTAGE BATTERY >
QUARANTINE OF A HIGH-VOLTAGE BATTERY IN THE VEHICLE
1. Move vehicle to the quarantine location and mark it in accordance with instructions using
high-voltage cordon High-voltage cordon WE 1589 , warning signs Warning sign (No
unauthorized access) WE 1594 , Warning sign (No fire, naked flames or smoking) WE 1595 , Warning
sign (Warning of dangerous electrical voltage) WE 1596 , Warning sign (Warning of dangers
associated with batteries) WE 1597 .

E-HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) > QUARANTINE OF A HIGH-VOLTAGE BATTERY >
QUARANTINE OF A REMOVED HIGH-VOLTAGE BATTERY
WARNING: Danger of objects or loads falling down
Risk of squashing or crushing
→ Secure components to prevent them from falling down.
Information
A cross member can also be fitted on the battery. For quick handling, the adapter plate can also be fitted
on the battery with a cross member.
1. Adapter plate 9860 -1- must be positioned on the high-voltage battery and fitted to the
high-voltage battery using fastening screws -2- .
Fig 1: Securing Adapter Plate
2. Lifting tackle 3033 -1- can then be fitted to the adapter plates -2- .
Fig 2: Installing Lifting Tackle
Information
Set the workshop crane Workshop crane WE 1188 to the fourth detent (500 kg).
3. Workshop crane WE 1188 must be engaged in the lifting tackle 3033 . Then lift it carefully
at the center.
4. Using the workshop crane WE 1188 , slowly lower the suspended high-voltage battery into
the wire mesh crate WE 1590 -1- . When doing so, make sure that the high-voltage battery
-2- is sitting on the correct brackets -3- .
Fig 3: Identifying Positioning In Wire Mesh Crate
5. Close the wire mesh crate and mark it according to instructions using high-voltage cordon
WE 1589 , warning signs Warning sign (No unauthorized access) WE 1594 , Warning
sign (No fire, naked flames or smoking) WE 1595 , Warning sign (Warning of dangerous electrical
voltage) WE 1596 , Warning sign (Warning of dangers associated with
batteries) WE 1597 .
WM 2X00IN FUNCTION TEST ON HIGH-VOLTAGE TEST ADAPTER (PANAMERA S E-

high-voltage test Workshop WE 1585

adapter HVA 280 equipment
high-voltage test Workshop WE 1586
adapter HVR 40 equipment
WM 2X00IN FUNCTION TEST ON HIGH-VOLTAGE TEST ADAPTER (PANAMERA S

E-HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) > FUNCTION TEST ON HIGH-VOLTAGE TEST
ADAPTER > FUNCTION TEST ON HIGH-VOLTAGE TEST ADAPTER VAS 6558/9-6
Information
When checking the system using high-voltage test adapter HVA 280 WE 1585 , make sure not to
damage the pins in the socket of the test adapter.
Information
When taking measurements on the connectors, it is not clear which is the positive and which is the
negative terminal. For this reason, both pins on the connector must always be measured against the
respective socket on the test adapter. One of the pins must correspond to the value specified in the test
log. Follow the procedure shown in the graphics when taking measurements. The pins on the
connectors are shown correctly here.
1. Perform function test on the high-voltage test adapter High-voltage test adapter HVA 280 WE
1585 in accordance with the test log for verifying isolation from the power supply using a
multimeter. Set the multimeter to resistance (Ohm).
1. 1.1. Measure negative terminal for line A on negative socket.

Fig 1: Performing Function Test On Test Adapter, Negative Terminal For Line A On
Negative Socket
2. 1.2. Measure positive terminal for line A on positive socket.

Fig 2: Performing Function Test On Test Adapter, Positive Terminal For Line A On
Positive Socket
3. 1.3. Measure shielding for line A on shielded socket.

Fig 3: Performing Function Test On Test Adapter, Shielding For Line A On Shielded
Socket
4. 1.4. Measure negative terminal for line B on negative socket.

Fig 4: Performing Function Test On Test Adapter, Negative Terminal For Line B On
Negative Socket
5. 1.5. Measure positive terminal for line B on positive socket.

Fig 5: Performing Function Test On Test Adapter, Positive Terminal For Line B On
Positive Socket
6. 1.6. Measure shielding for line B on shielded socket.

Fig 6: Performing Function Test On Test Adapter, Shielding For Line B On Shielded
Socket
WM 2X00IN FUNCTION TEST ON HIGH-VOLTAGE TEST ADAPTER (PANAMERA S

E-HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) > FUNCTION TEST ON HIGH-VOLTAGE TEST
ADAPTER > FUNCTION TEST ON HIGH-VOLTAGE TEST ADAPTER VAS 6558/9-7
Information
When checking the system using high-voltage test adapter HVR 40 WE 1586 , make sure not to
Information
When taking measurements on the connectors, it is not clear which is the positive and which is the
negative terminal. For this reason, both pins on the connector must always be measured against the
respective socket on the test adapter. One of the pins must correspond to the value specified in the test
log. Follow the procedure shown in the graphics when taking measurements. The pins on the
connectors are shown correctly here.
1. Perform function test on the high-voltage test adapter High-voltage test adapter HVR 40 WE
1586 in accordance with the test log for verifying isolation from the power supply using a
multimeter. Set the multimeter to resistance (Ohm).
1. 1.1. Measure negative terminal for line A on negative socket.

Fig 1: Performing Function Test On Test Adapter, Negative Terminal For Line A On
Negative Socket
2. 1.2. Measure positive terminal for line A on positive socket.
Fig 2: Performing Function Test On Test Adapter, Positive Terminal For Line A On
Positive Socket
3. 1.3. Measure shielding for line A on shielded socket.

Fig 3: Performing Function Test On Test Adapter, Shielding For Line A On Shielded
Socket
4. 1.4. Measure negative terminal for line B on negative socket.

Fig 4: Performing Function Test On Test Adapter, Negative Terminal For Line B On
Negative Socket
5. 1.5. Measure positive terminal for line B on positive socket.

Fig 5: Performing Function Test On Test Adapter, Positive Terminal For Line B On
Positive Socket
6. 1.6. Measure shielding for line B on shielded socket.

Fig 6: Performing Function Test On Test Adapter, Shielding For Line B On Shielded
Socket
WM 2X00IN GENERAL WARNING NOTES FOR WORKING ON THE HIGH-VOLTAGE

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM) (EXCEPT PANAMERA S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA 4 S
EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO S EXECUTIVE,
PANAMERA GTS, PANAMERA 4S SPORT EDITION) > GENERAL WARNING NOTES >
GENERAL WARNING NOTES FOR WORKING ON THE HIGH-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL
SYSTEM
Information
The workshop flow chart must be observed when working on high-voltage vehicles.
Information
In the event of queries or uncertainty regarding the terms "Electrically instructed person (Eip)",
"highvoltage technician (HVT)", "high-voltage expert" or the hybrid system, please contact the
relevant importer before starting any work.
Information
Before starting to work on the high-voltage system or close to high-voltage components, a high-voltage
technician must isolate the high-voltage system from the power supply.
The document → WM 2X00IN ISOLATION FROM SUPPLY PRIOR TO PERFORMING MAINTENANCE

TASKS ON E-HYBRID VEHICLES , describes the various types of work for which the high-voltage
system must be isolated from the power supply.
The test log Verifying absence of electric charge and Restarting high-voltage system can be found under
Standard forms in the PPN.
Information
Please note the following when de-energising the high-voltage system:
The high-voltage system must only be isolated from the power supply by a correspondingly
qualified person (High Voltage Technician - HVT).
The high voltage technician ascertains that the system is de-energised and secures it to prevent
reactivation.
The system is secured to prevent reactivation by disconnecting the 12-volt service connector and
securing the system with a padlock. The high voltage technician must store the key for the padlock
in a safe place.
The high voltage technician identifies the vehicle as de-energised by attaching a corresponding
sign.
All work (e.g. maintenance, changing tires, convenience electronics) on vehicles with a
high-voltage system must only be carried out by an electrically instructed person (eip). The work
must be done under the instruction of a high-voltage technician.
Before working on the high-voltage system and carrying out any repair work to the body, a high
voltage technician must switch off the power to the system.
If the high-voltage system cannot be isolated from the power supply, further repairs must only be
carried out by a high voltage expert.
Persons with medical devices must not carry out any work on vehicles with a high-voltage system.
Medical devices include internal analgesic pumps, implanted defibrillators, pacemakers, insulin
pumps and hearing aids.
Information
Handling high-voltage lines:
Do not support yourself or your tools on high-voltage lines and their components.
Work involving metal-removing, deforming and sharp-edged tools in the vicinity of high-voltage
components and lines is prohibited.
Work involving heat sources such as welding, soldering, hot air and thermal bonding in the vicinity
of high-voltage components and lines is prohibited.
High-voltage lines must not be extensively bent or kinked.
In the event of queries or uncertainties, consult the relevant high voltage technician.
WM 2X00IN INSULATION FAULT FINDING (PANAMERA S E-HYBRID, PANAMERA S

HYBRID) > TOOLS
Hybrid test adapter Workshop WE 1378

set equipment
Insulation tester Workshop WE 1379
equipment
High-voltage test Workshop WE 1585
adapter HVR 40 equipment

HYBRID) > INFORMATION ON INSULATION FAULT FINDING > GENERAL
INFORMATION
The measurements must be performed using the insulation tester Insulation tester WE 1379 . A
measuring voltage of 500 V must be selected.
To obtain the required measuring resistance, the measuring voltage must be present on the
insulation tester for at least 1 second .
The tolerance range is +/- 10% .
Two measurements must always be performed for each measuring point. Positive terminal on
shielding and negative terminal on shielding.
A measurement is only regarded as being within the tolerance range if both measured values are
within the tolerance range.
The direction of measurement of the insulation tester does not affect the test result.
The measured values must be documented in the "Insulation fault finding test log". The test log is
stored under Standard forms in the PIWIS information system.
A complete overview of all high-voltage components is available in the high-voltage safety system
plan. The high-voltage safety system plan is stored under Standard documents in the PPN.
A complete overview of all measuring points can be found in the measuring point overview. The
measuring point overview is stored under Standard forms in the PIWIS information system.
HYBRID) > PRELIMINARY WORK
1. Observe warning notes. → WM 2X00IN GENERAL WARNING NOTES FOR WORKING ON
THE HIGH-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2. Isolate the high-voltage system from the power supply and complete the relevant
documentation. → 2X00IN ISOLATING HIGH-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FROM
POWER SUPPLY/STARTING HIGH-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
3. Perform function test on test adapter. → WM 2X00IN FUNCTION TEST ON HIGH-VOLTAGE

TEST ADAPTER

HYBRID) > TAKING MEASUREMENTS > PERFORMING MEASUREMENT 1.1 AND
MEASUREMENT 2.1
Measurement 1.1
1. Open the service flap in the luggage compartment floor.
2. Disconnect high-voltage plug connection HVR 40 from the high-voltage battery.
3. Connect high-voltage test adapter High-voltage test adapter HVR 40 WE 1586 to the
high-voltage battery -1- . Leave the second connection on the test adapter open.
Fig 1: Connecting High-Voltage Test Adapter HVR 40 WE 1586 To High-Voltage Battery
4. Perform measurement 1.1.
1. 4.1. Nominal value: 2.9 MOhm
Measurement 2.1
5. Disconnect high-voltage test adapter High-voltage test adapter HVR 40 WE 1586 from the
high-voltage battery.
high-voltage line for the high-voltage charger. Leave the second connection on the test adapter
open.
1. 7.1. Nominal value: > 550 MOhm 8.
Evaluate the test results.
1. 8.1. If the specified measured values from measurement 1.1 are not within the
tolerance range and the specified measured values from measurement 2.1 are within
the tolerance range, continue with measurement 1.2.
2. 8.2. If the specified measured values from measurement 2.1 are not within the
tolerance range and the specified measured values from measurement 1.1 are within
the tolerance range, continue with measurement 2.2.
3. 8.3. The measured values from both measurements are not within the tolerance
range.
1. 8.3.1. Repeat the measurements.
2. 8.3.2. Check measuring equipment and repeat the measurements.
3. 8.3.3. Follow both paths for measurement 1.1 and measurement 2.1.
4. 8.3.4. Contact Technical Support
4. 8.4. The measured values from both measurements are within the tolerance range.
1. 8.4.1. Repeat the measurements.
2. 8.4.2. Check measuring equipment and repeat the measurements.
3. 8.4.3. Contact Technical Support
Measurement 1.2

HYBRID) > TAKING MEASUREMENTS > PRELIMINARY WORK
1. Unscrew and disconnect HV+ and HV- line at the high-voltage battery.
high-voltage line from the high-voltage battery to the high-voltage charger.
high-voltage battery. Leave the second connection on the test adapter open.
Measurement 1.2
1. 4.1. Nominal value: > 550 MOhm
1. If the measured actual values are not within the tolerance range, repair or
replace the high-voltage battery following consultation with Technical Support,
repeat the measurement and carry out subsequent work once the nominal
values have been reached. → Subsequent Work
2. If the measured values are within the tolerance range, continue with
measurement 1.3.
Measurement 1.3
1. Release high-voltage plug connection at the air-conditioning compressor and disconnect it.
2. Connect hybrid test adapter VAS 6558/1-3 from Hybrid test adapter set WE 1378 to the
air-conditioning compressor -1- and lock it.
Fig 1: Connecting Hybrid Test Adapter VAS 6558/1--3 From Hybrid Test Adapter Set WE 1378
To Air-Conditioning Compressor
1. 3.1. Setpoint value: > 550 MOhm
1. If the measured actual values are not within the tolerance range, replace
air-conditioning compressor following consultation with Technical Support,
2. If the measured values are within the tolerance range, leave the high-voltage
connector disconnected from the air-conditioning compressor and continue with
measurement 1.4.
Measurement 1.4

1. Remove front left wheel. → Removing Wheel
2. Remove front left wheel housing liner. → 505619 REMOVING AND INSTALLING FRONT
WHEEL HOUSING LINER
Measurement 1.4
3. Release high-voltage plug connection at the power electronics unit and disconnect it.
4. Connect high-voltage test adapter High-voltage test adapter HVA 280 WE 1585 to the
disconnected high-voltage line for the high-voltage distributor -1- . Leave the second
connection on the test adapter open.
Fig 1: Connecting High-Voltage Test Adapter HVA 280 WE 1585 To Disconnected High-Voltage
Line
1. If the measured actual values are not within the tolerance range, continue with
measurement 1.5.
measurement 1.4.1.
Measurement 1.4.1
high-voltage line from the power electronics unit to the high-voltage distributor.
2. Connect high-voltage test adapter High-voltage test adapter HVA 280 WE 1585 to the power
electronics unit -1- and lock it. Leave the second connection on the test adapter open.
Fig 2: Connecting High-Voltage Test Adapter HVA 280 WE 1585 To Power Electronics Unit
3. Perform measurement 1.4.1.
measurement 1.4.2.
2. If the measured values are within the tolerance range, repeat measurement
1.4.
Measurement 1.4.2

1. Unscrew cover for the terminals in the power electronics unit and remove it. → Removing
Power Electronics For High-Voltage System
2. Unscrew terminals for the traction line to the HV battery, disconnect traction line at the housing
and pull it out of the power electronics unit. → Removing Power Electronics For High-Voltage
System
Measurement 1.4.2
high-voltage connector on the power electronics unit -1- . Leave the second connection on the
test adapter open.
Fig 1: Connecting High-Voltage Test Adapter HVA 280 WE 1585 To High-Voltage Connector
On Power Electronics Unit
measurement 1.4.4.
measurement 1.4.3.
Measurement 1.4.3
Fig 2: Measuring Resistance At Terminal Shoes Of Traction Line For HV Battery
1. Use the insulation tester Insulation tester WE 1379 to measure the resistance at the terminal
shoes of the traction line -1- for the HV battery.
traction line for the HV battery following consultation with Technical Support,
1.4.
Measurement 1.4.4

1. Unscrew terminals for the 3-phase line to the electric motor, disconnect traction line at the
housing and pull it out of the power electronics unit. → Removing Power Electronics For
High-Voltage System
Measurement 1.4.4
high-voltage connector -1- on the power electronics unit. Leave the second connection on the
test adapter open.
On Power Electronics Unit
1. If the measured actual values are not within the tolerance range, replace the
power electronics unit following consultation with Technical Support, repeat the
measurement and carry out subsequent work once the nominal values have
been reached. → Subsequent Work
measurement 1.4.5.
Measurement 1.4.5
Fig 2: Measuring Resistance At Terminal Shoes Of 3-Phase Line For Electric Motor
shoes of the 3-phase line -1- for the electric motor.
1. If the measured actual values are not within the tolerance range and the vehicle
is still covered under warranty, replace the 3-phase line and electric motor
following consultation with Technical support, repeat the measurement and
carry out subsequent work once the nominal values have been reached.→ WM
279019 REMOVING AND INSTALLING ELECTRIC MOTOR WITH
DECOUPLER (HYBRID MODULE)
2. If the measured actual values are not within the tolerance range and the vehicle
is not covered under warranty, continue with measurement 1.4.6
1.4.
Measurement 1.4.6

1. Remove electric motor as far as required until the 3-phase line can be unscrewed. → 279019
REMOVING AND INSTALLING ELECTRIC MOTOR WITH DECOUPLER (HYBRID MODULE)
2. Loosen and disconnect 3-phase line to the electric motor. → 279019 REMOVING AND
INSTALLING ELECTRIC MOTOR WITH DECOUPLER (HYBRID MODULE)
Measurement 1.4.6
shoes of the 3-phase line for the electric motor.
1. If the measured actual values are not within the tolerance range, replace the
3-phase line following consultation with Technical Support, repeat the
measurement 1.4.7.
Measurement 1.4.7
1. Use the insulation tester Insulation tester WE 1379 to measure the resistance at the contacts
in the electric motor.
1. 1.1. Nominal value: Clarify this with Technical Support.
electric motor, repeat the measurement and carry out subsequent work once
the nominal values have been reached. → Subsequent Work
1.4.
Measurement 1.5

1. Remove cover for front underbody. → 519219 REMOVING AND INSTALLING COVER FOR
FRONT UNDERBODY
2. Lower the front-axle support. → 400819 REMOVING AND INSTALLING FRONT-AXLE

SUPPORT
Measurement 1.5
3. Release and disconnect high-voltage plug connection at the electric passenger compartment
heater. → Removing Electric Passenger Compartment Heater
high-voltage connector -1- for the high-voltage distributor -2- . Leave the second connection
on the test adapter open.
high-voltage distributor following consultation with Technical Support, repeat
the measurement and carry out subsequent work once the nominal values
have been reached. → Subsequent Work
measurement 1.5.1.
Measurement 1.5.1
1. Disconnect high-voltage test adapter High-voltage test adapter HVA 280 WE 1585 from the
high-voltage connector for the high-voltage distributor.
high-voltage connector at the electric passenger compartment heater -1- . Leave the second
Fig 2: Connecting High-Voltage Test Adapter HVA 280 WE 1585 To High-Voltage Connector At
Electric Passenger Compartment Heater
electric passenger compartment heater following consultation with Technical
Support, repeat the measurement and carry out subsequent work once the
nominal values have been reached. → Subsequent Work
1.5.

HYBRID) > MEASUREMENTS - PATH 2 > PRELIMINARY WORK
1. Partly detach side trim panel for rear luggage compartment at the right and fold it aside. →
700319 REMOVING AND INSTALLING SIDE TRIM PANEL FOR REAR LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT
Measurement 2.2
Overview of connector assignment for high-voltage charger

1. High-voltage connection for dummy connector
2. High-voltage connection for high-voltage battery
3. High-voltage connection for charging socket
4. 12-volt connection for charging socket
5. High-voltage connection for electric high-voltage battery heater

Fig 1: Overview Of Connector Assignment For High-Voltage Charger
1. Release high-voltage connector -5- from the high-voltage charger and disconnect it.
high-voltage line for the electric high-voltage battery heater. Leave the second connection on
the test adapter open.
measurement 2.3.
measurement 2.4.
Measurement 2.3

HYBRID) > MEASUREMENTS - PATH 2 > PRELIMINARY WORK
1. Remove electric high-voltage battery heater → 828119 REMOVING AND INSTALLING

ELECTRIC HIGH-VOLTAGE BATTERY HEATER
2. Release and disconnect high-voltage line from the high-voltage charger to the electric
high-voltage battery heater at the electric high-voltage battery heater.
Measurement 2.3
electric high-voltage battery heater.
electric high-voltage heater, repeat the measurement and carry out subsequent
work once the nominal values have been reached. → Subsequent Work
measurement 2.3.1.
Measurement 2.3.1
high-voltage line from the electric high-voltage battery heater -1- to the high-voltage charger.
Leave the second connection on the test adapter open.
Fig 1: Connecting High-Voltage Test Adapter HVA 280 WE 1585 To High-Voltage Line From
Electric High-Voltage Battery Heater
high-voltage line from the electric high-voltage heater to the high-voltage
charger following consultation with Technical Support, repeat the measurement
and carry out subsequent work once the nominal values have been reached. →
Subsequent Work
2.2.
Measurement 2.4
Overview of connector assignment for high-voltage charger
1. High-voltage connection for dummy connector
2. High-voltage connection for high-voltage battery
3. High-voltage connection for charging socket

4. 12-volt connection for charging socket
5. High-voltage connection for electric high-voltage battery heater

Measurement 2.4
high-voltage charger at the connection -5- for the electric battery heater. Leave the second
Fig 3: Connecting To High-Voltage Charger At Connection 5 For Electric Battery Heater
measurement 2.4.1
2.2.
Measurement 2.4.1
1. Leave high-voltage test adapter High-voltage test adapter HVA 280 WE 1585 connected to
the high-voltage charger at the connection -5- for the electric battery heater. Leave the second
2. Release and disconnect dummy connector -1- on the high-voltage charger. High-voltage line
-1- disconnected. High-voltage lines -2, 3- connected.
Fig 5: Connecting To High-Voltage Charger At Connection 5 For Electric Battery Heater
measurement 2.4.3
measurement 2.4.2.
Measurement 2.4.2
1. Connect dummy connector from the high-voltage charger to the high-voltage test adapter
High-voltage test adapter HVA 280 WE 1585 . Leave the second connection on the test
adapter open.
dummy connector, repeat the measurement and carry out subsequent work
once the nominal values have been reached. → Subsequent Work
2.2.
Measurement 2.4.3
1. Release and disconnect high-voltage plug connection for the high-voltage line to the
high-voltage charger at the connection for the electric battery heater. Leave the second
measurement 2.4.5
measurement 2.4.4.
Measurement 2.4.4
1. Disconnect high-voltage test adapter High-voltage test adapter HVA 280 WE 1585 from the
high-voltage charger.
high-voltage line from the high-voltage battery -1- to the high-voltage charger.
Fig 6: Connecting High-Voltage Test Adapter HVR 40 WE 1586 To High-Voltage Line
high-voltage line from the high-voltage battery to the high-voltage charger,
2.2.
Measurement 2.4.5
1. Release high-voltage connector -3- for charging socket at the high-voltage charger and
disconnect it.
Fig 7: Charging Socket At High-Voltage Charger
high-voltage charger at the connection -5- for the electric high-voltage battery heater.
High-voltage lines -1, 2, 3- disconnected. Leave the second connection on the test adapter
open.
Fig 8: Connecting High-Voltage Test Adapter HVA 280 WE 1585 To High-Voltage Charger
high-voltage charger, repeat the measurement and carry out subsequent work
once the nominal values have been reached. → Subsequent Work
2. If the measured values are within the tolerance range, replace the high-voltage
line from the charging socket to the high-voltage charger, repeat the

HYBRID) > SUBSEQUENT WORK
Information
Assemble the vehicle as required, depending on how much of the vehicle was disassembled. Check that
all plug connections are inserted and locked correctly.
1. Install side trim panel for rear luggage compartment at the right. → Installing Side Trim Panel
For Rear Luggage Compartment
2. Start the high-voltage system and complete the relevant documentation. → 2X00IN
ISOLATING HIGH-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FROM POWER SUPPLY/STARTING
HIGH-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
WM 2X00IN ISOLATING HIGH-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FROM POWER

SUPPLY/STARTING HIGH-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (PANAMERA S E-

test adapter equipment
HVA 280
high-voltage Workshop WE 1586
HVR 40
Locking device VW tool T40262

SUPPLY/STARTING HIGH-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (PANAMERA S
E-HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) > GENERAL WARNING NOTES > GENERAL
WARNING NOTES FOR WORKING ON THE HIGH-VOLTAGE SYSTEM

→ All work on vehicles with a high-voltage vehicle electrical system must only be carried out by
electrically instructed persons (eip). The work must be done under the instruction of a high-voltage
technician (HVT).
→ Observe general warning notes for working on the high-voltage electrical system. → 2X00IN
Information
The procedure shown in the Workshop flow chart must be followed at all times. The Workshop flow chart
document is stored under Standard forms in the PPN.
Information
In the event of queries or uncertainty regarding the terms "Electrically instructed person (Eip)",
"highvoltage technician (HVT)", "high-voltage expert" or the hybrid system, please contact the
relevant importer before starting any work.
Information
Before starting to work on the high-voltage system, a high-voltage technician must isolate the
high-voltage system from the power supply.
The document → WM 2X00IN ISOLATION FROM SUPPLY PRIOR TO PERFORMING MAINTENANCE

TASKS ON E-HYBRID VEHICLES , describes the various types of work for which the high-voltage
system must be isolated from the power supply.
The test log Verifying absence of electric charge and Restarting high-voltage system can be found under
Standard forms in the PPN.
Information
Please note the following when de-energising the high-voltage system:
The high-voltage system must only be isolated from the power supply by a correspondingly
qualified person (high-voltage technician (HVT)).
The high-voltage technician ascertains that the system is de-energised and secures it to prevent
reactivation.
The system is secured to prevent reactivation by getting the high-voltage technician to lock the
service disconnector.
The high-voltage technician identifies the vehicle as de-energised by attaching a corresponding

sign.
All work (e.g. maintenance, changing tires, comfort electrics) on vehicles with a high-voltage
system must only be carried out by an electrically instructed person (eip). The work must be done
under the instruction of a high-voltage technician (HVT).
Before working on the high-voltage system and carrying out any repair work to the body, a
If the high-voltage system cannot be isolated from the power supply, do not continue working on
the system and contact Technical Support.
Persons with medical devices must not carry out any work on vehicles with a high-voltage system.
Medical devices include internal analgesic pumps, implanted defibrillators, pacemakers, insulin
pumps and hearing aids.
Information
Handling high-voltage cables:
Do not support yourself or your tools on high-voltage cables and their components.
Work involving metal-removing, deforming and sharp-edged tools in the vicinity of high-voltage
components and cables is prohibited.
Work involving heat sources such as welding, soldering, hot air and thermal bonding in the vicinity
of high-voltage components and cables is prohibited.
High-voltage cables must not be extensively bent or kinked.
In the event of queries or uncertainties, consult the relevant high-voltage technician.

SUPPLY/STARTING HIGH-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (PANAMERA S E-
HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) > ISOLATING HIGH-VOLTAGE VEHICLE
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FROM POWER SUPPLY (DIAGNOSTICS)
Information
Having successfully verified that the system is isolated from the power supply, attach green HV warning
signs to the vehicle.
Information
The test logs Verifying absence of electric charge (e-hybrid) and Restarting high-voltage system (e-hybrid)
can be found under Standard forms in the PPN.
Information
If absence of electric charge could not be verified automatically or if the function could not be run (see
display in PIWIS Tester II 9818 ), the voltage must be measured manually. See 'Isolating High-Voltage
Vehicle Electrical System From Power Supply (Manual) '.
1. PIWIS Tester II 9818 must be connected to the vehicle before starting the System Tester.
3. Select Additional menu [F7].

4. Select High-voltage system in the Additional menu and press [F12].
5. Select Isolate from power supply and press F12 to continue.
6. As soon as the relevant instruction appears on the Porsche System Tester, switch off ignition
(term. 15).
7. Follow the instructions on the Tester and read the information displayed.
8. When you are prompted to disconnect the 12 V service disconnector, open and secure the
connector as described below.
1. 8.1. Release service disconnector -a- , press the locking hook back slightly and
open the service disconnector -A- .
Fig 1: Disconnecting Service Disconnector
2. 8.2. Lock the service disconnector with a padlock Locking device T40262 and store
the key in a safe place until the system is restarted.
Fig 2: Locking Service Disconnector
9. Continue to follow the instructions on the Tester and read the information displayed.
10. Document the results in the test log Verifying absence of electric charge in accordance with
the display on the Porsche System Tester:
1. 10.1. Voltage values of the high-voltage components
2. 10.2. Symbols displayed in the instrument cluster and on the Porsche System Tester
3. 10.3. Code displayed on the Tester
11. Once you have isolated the system from the power supply, place the signed test log Verifying
absence of electric charge in the vehicle documents folder and attach green high-voltage
warning signs to the vehicle.
Information
If absence of electric charge could not be verified automatically or if the function could not be
run (see display in PIWIS Tester II 9818 ), the voltage must be measured manually. See
'Isolating High-Voltage Vehicle Electrical System From Power Supply (Manual) '.

E-HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) > ISOLATING HIGH-VOLTAGE VEHICLE
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FROM POWER SUPPLY (DIAGNOSTICS) > ISOLATING
HIGH-VOLTAGE VEHICLE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FROM POWER SUPPLY (MANUAL)
Information
Isolation from power supply is only verified manually if isolation from power supply cannot be verified
automatically (see display in PIWIS Tester II 9818 ).
Information
Work for which the high-voltage system has to be isolated from the power supply:
All work on a hybrid vehicle must only be carried out by persons who are at least qualified as an
Eip (Electrically instructed person).
When carrying out any work on a hybrid vehicle, the hybrid-specific components in the
activity/work area must be visually inspected.
The high-voltage cables must not be extensively bent or kinked.
Anything anomalous or unclear must be reported to the HVT (high-voltage technician) or HVE
(high-voltage expert).
Working close to high-voltage components and high-voltage lines using cutting, deforming and
sharp-edged tools or heat sources, such as welding, soldering, hot air and thermal bonding, is
prohibited.
→ WM 2X00IN ISOLATION FROM SUPPLY PRIOR TO PERFORMING MAINTENANCE TASKS ON

E-HYBRID VEHICLES
1. Read out the fault memory using PIWIS Tester II 9818 .
2. The following work must only be carried out by a person who is at least trained and qualified as
a recognized high-voltage technician .
3. Switch off ignition (term. 15) and ensure that it cannot be switched back on again. Then
remove the remote control from the ignition lock. On vehicles with "Keyless Entry and Go",
release the operating lever and pull it out of the ignition lock. Store the remote control and
operating lever in a safe place.
4. Open luggage compartment lid and then open and remove the cover on the luggage
compartment trim at the left of the luggage compartment.
Fig 1: Removing Luggage Compartment Cover
5. Release service disconnector -a- , press release hook back slightly and open service
disconnector -A- .
Fig 2: Disconnecting Service Disconnector
6. Lock the service disconnector with a padlock Locking cap T40262 and store the key in a safe
place until the system is restarted.
Fig 3: Locking Service Disconnector
Information
When checking the system using high-voltage test adapter HVR 40 WE 1586 , make sure not to
7. Perform function test on the high-voltage test adapter High-voltage test adapter HVA 280 WE
1585 or High-voltage test adapter HVR 40 WE 1586 in accordance with the test log for
verifying isolation from the power supply. → WM 2X00IN FUNCTION TEST ON
HIGH-VOLTAGE TEST ADAPTER
8. Use high-voltage test adapter HVR 40 WE 1586 and the voltage tester to measure the
voltage at the high-voltage battery.
1. 8.1. Release and disconnect high-voltage connector for high-voltage line to the
high-voltage charger at the high-voltage battery.
2. 8.2. High-voltage test adapter HVR 40 WE 1586 must be connected between the
high-voltage battery and high-voltage line to the high-voltage charger.
3. 8.3. Carry out measurements in accordance with the test log.

Fig 4: Measuring Voltage At High-Voltage Battery
Information
The dummy connection on the high-voltage charger can be used as an alternative

measuring point for the high-voltage battery.
9. Use high-voltage test adapter HVA 280 WE 1585 and the voltage tester to measure the
voltage at the high-voltage charger.
1. 9.1. Release and pull off dummy connection on the high-voltage charger.
2. 9.2. High-voltage test adapter HVA 280 WE 1585 must be connected to the
high-voltage charger.
3. 9.3. Connect dummy connection to high-voltage test adapter HVA 280 WE 1585 .
4. 9.4. Carry out measurements in accordance with the test log.

Fig 5: Measuring Voltage At High-Voltage Charger
10. High-voltage test adapter HVA 280 WE 1585 or high-voltage test adapter HVR 40 WE
1586 can now be disconnected.
11. Create test log Verifying absence of electric charge (e-hybrid) and place it in the vehicle
documents folder.
12. Attach the relevant HV warning signs to the vehicle.
Information
Having successfully verified that the system is isolated from the power supply, attach green HV
warning signs to the vehicle.
Information
The test logs Verifying absence of electric charge (e-hybrid) and Restarting high-voltage system (e-
hybrid) can be found under Standard forms in the PPN.
Information
If the system could not be isolated from the power supply, do not continue working on the
system and contact Technical Support.

E-HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) > ISOLATING HIGH-VOLTAGE VEHICLE
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FROM POWER SUPPLY (DIAGNOSTICS) > STARTING
→ All work on vehicles with a high-voltage electrical system may only be carried out by electrically
instructed persons. The work must be done under the instruction of a high-voltage technician.
→ Observe general warning notes for working on the high-voltage electrical system.
→ 2X00IN GENERAL WARNING NOTES FOR WORKING ON THE HIGH-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL

SYSTEM
Information
Always check the connections for the high-voltage lines and the connector holders before plugging in the
high-voltage lines.
If the plug contacts are deformed or damaged, stop working on the system and contact Technical
Support.
If the plug connections are deformed or damaged, stop working on the system and contact
Technical Support.
If the lines are deformed or damaged, stop working on the system and contact Technical
Support.
Information
The contact surfaces of the equipotential bonding lines must be checked prior to installation.
The contact surfaces must be clean and free of rust and grease.
Clean the contact surfaces using the contact surface cleaning set VAS 6410 if necessary.
1. Attach red HV warning sign to the vehicle.
2. A visual inspection must be carried out on all threaded connections on the high-voltage
components (battery, power electronics, electric motor and air-conditioning compressor).
Always observe specified tightening torques.
3. At the high-voltage battery, connect HV line -1- and lock it.

Fig 1: Connecting HV Line For HV Charger
4. If absence of electrical charge was verified at the high-voltage charger, connect dummy
connection until it engages securely.
5. Open and remove the padlock Locking cap T40262 .

Fig 2: Unlocking Service Disconnector
6. Release the service disconnector using a small screwdriver -a- , press the hook down slightly
and push it in -b- . Push service disconnector together -B- .
Fig 3: Closing Service Disconnector
7. Clip in service disconnector at the fuse box.

Fig 4: Clipping In Service Disconnector
8. Close the cover on the luggage compartment trim at the left of the luggage compartment.
9. Read out the fault memory using PIWIS Tester II 9818 . If faults are present in the
high-voltage system, correct them according to the fault-finding strategy.
10. Create the test log Restarting high-voltage system (e-hybrid) and place it in the vehicle
documents folder.
Information
The test logs Verifying absence of electric charge (e-hybrid) and Restarting high-voltage system (e-
hybrid) can be found under Standard forms in the PPN.
WM 2X00IN ISOLATION FROM SUPPLY PRIOR TO PERFORMING MAINTENANCE

TASKS ON E-HYBRID VEHICLES (PANAMERA S E-HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) >
ISOLATION FROM SUPPLY PRIOR TO PERFORMING MAINTENANCE TASKS ON
E-HYBRID VEHICLES
Information
Specific qualifications are required for carrying out the maintenance tasks listed here.
The minimum qualification of the person performing the task is shown in the table.
The table also shows whether or not the vehicle must be isolated from the power supply in order to
perform the task.
Only HVTs are permitted to isolate the high-voltage system from the power supply.
The eip is permitted to perform defined tasks according to instructions and under the supervision of
the HVT.
Work on high-voltage system components must only be performed following isolation of the
high-voltage system from the power supply by the HVT.
All work on high-voltage vehicles must only be performed by persons who are at least qualified as
an eip.
When performing each task on a high-voltage vehicle, the high-voltage components in the
task/work area must be inspected visually.
The high-voltage cables must not be extensively bent or kinked.
Anything anomalous or unclear must be reported to the HVT or the high voltage expert (HVE).
All work specified here refers to the removal and installation or replacement of the individual
components.
For regular maintenance work, the high-voltage system does not need to be isolated from the
power supply.
Information
Definition of isolating HV system from power supply:
1. Isolate system from power supply
2. Ensure that system cannot be switched back on again
3. Verify safe isolation from power supply
Information
Definition of minimum qualification:
Eip = Electrically instructed person
The eip may perform general work and maintenance tasks on a high-voltage vehicle as well as
mechanical work on the de-energised high-voltage system on instruction from the HVT.
HVT = High Voltage Technician
The high voltage technician's qualifications authorize him to do the same as an eip. The HVT is
additionally authorized to perform certified measurements to verify isolation of the high-voltage
system from the power supply. The HVT is authorized to do the following work on the isolated
high-voltage system.
1. Isolate system from power supply
2. Ensure that system cannot be switched back on again

3. Verify and document safe isolation from power supply
4. Delegate work on the isolated high-voltage system to the eip
5. Start the vehicle and complete the relevant documentation
HVE = High Voltage Expert
The HVE has additional knowledge to that of the HVT and is solely authorized to isolate the
high-voltage system in the vehicle from the power supply, in the event that the HVT is not able to
do this using the conventional tools and measurements.
If the authorization of the HVT to perform work on the high-voltage system is terminated, the HVE
must continue the work.
The task of the HVE is exclusively to deactivate the high-voltage system if this cannot be
performed using the conventional equipment or methods of the HVT.

SYSTEM
→ 2X00IN ISOLATING HIGH-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FROM POWER SUPPLY/STARTING


E-HYBRID VEHICLES > WORK ON THE HIGH-VOLTAGE SYSTEM
When working on the following components: Minimum qualification:
Isolate the high-voltage system from the power HVT

supply
Is the high-voltage system isolated from the

power supply by the HVT before starting work?
When working on the
following components Yes No Minimum qualification:
(1)
Electric machine with X
decoupler
Power electronics X HVT
12 V service disconnector X HVT
Removing and installing X HVT
HV battery
control unit for HV battery
Cooling line inside HV X HVT
battery
Cooling line outside of HV X Eip
battery
Vent line inside HV battery X HVT
Vent line outside of HV X Eip

battery
Fuse for HV battery X HVT

E-box
(1)
High-voltage lines X
(1)
Charging socket X
(1)
High-voltage charger X
(1)
High-voltage distributor X
(1)
Electric passenger X
compartment heater
(1)
Evaporator, HV valve block X
(1)
Electric HV battery heater X
Front-axle carrier X Eip
reinforcement
(1)
Electric air-conditioning X
compressor
Pressure regulator for X Eip

decoupler
(1)
Decoupler X
Pressure line for decoupler X Eip
Brake fluid for decoupler X Eip
Equipotential bonding lines X HVT
Work on the coolant X Eip

system of the high-voltage
components
Measurement at insulation X HVT

resistors
Measurement at pilot line X HVT

(1)
A HVT must connect and disconnect the HV lines on the affected components.

E-HYBRID VEHICLES > CONVENTIONAL WORK IN THE VICINITY OF HIGH-VOLTAGE
COMPONENTS

When working on the
following components Yes No Minimum qualification
Removing and installing X Eip

design cover
Spark plugs X Eip
Left catalytic converter X Eip
Right catalytic converter X Eip
Exhaust system X Eip
Cardan shaft X Eip
(1)
Removing and installing X
engine with transmission
(1)
engine
(1)
transmission
Additional pressure pump X Eip
for transmission oil (12 V)
Fuel tank X Eip
Front unit carrier X Eip
Rear axle housing X Eip
Underbody panelling X Eip
Welding work (covering X Eip
high-voltage components
and then carrying out
visual inspection)
Body repair work (using X Eip
straightening bench)
Body repair work X Eip
(assembly work and dent
removal)
Working close to X Eip
high-voltage components
and high-voltage lines
using cutting, deforming
and sharp-edged tools or
heat sources, such as
welding, soldering, hot air
and thermal bonding
left headlight

right headlight

headlight bulbs
(1)

E-HYBRID VEHICLES > GENERAL WORK

When working on the
following components: Yes No Minimum qualification:
Removing and installing 12 X Eip

V battery
general control units and
electric battery (12 V)
Draining and filling fluids X Eip
(coolant and oils)
Removing refrigerant by X Eip
suction, evacuating and
filling
A/C lines directly on the X Eip
air-conditioning
compressor
A/C lines in peripheral X Eip
vehicle equipment (work
that is not carried out
directly on the
air-conditioning
compressor, without
opening the refrigerant
circuit, e.g. loosening and
securing refrigerant lines).
Air conditioning X Eip
performance test (for
checking the pressure
transmitter, using air
conditioning service unit)
(1)
Work in the engine area for X
which the lines at the
power electronics must be
removed.
Work for which the engine X Eip

must be raised (e.g.
removing and installing
engine mount).
Hydraulic pump for X Eip

steering (12 V)
Electric vacuum pump (12 X Eip

V)
Emissions inspection X Eip

(1)

(EXCEPT PANAMERA S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA 4 S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) >
TECHNICAL VALUES
Terminal clamp -1- Tightening 6 Nm (4.5 ftlb.)

to battery torque

CONNECTING AND DISCONNECTING BATTERY
WARNING: Static battery charge
Battery can explode
Electrical discharges
→ Do not rub the battery with a dry cloth.
Information

Information
The battery is located in the luggage compartment under the storage floor.
3. Disconnect ground strap on the battery:
4. Risk of short circuit! Disconnect the negative cable -1- on the battery.
5. Route or isolate the ground strap so that all contact with a ground carrier (e.g. body, battery
terminal) is avoided.
6. Connect the battery
1. 6.1. Connect the negative cable -1- to the battery terminal and secure it with the
fastening nut.
Basic
Location Description Type value Tolerance 1 Tolerance 2
Terminal -1- Tightening 6 Nm (4.5
clamp to torque ftlb.)
battery
7. The rear lid must be closed manually on vehicles with a Power Lift Gate (electric rear lid). Then
open the rear lid with the tip switch. The rear lid must open electrically.
8. Insert tool kit tray and fold down the luggage compartment tray.

(EXCEPT PANAMERA S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA 4 S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS)
> EFFECT OF DISCONNECTION OR TOTAL DISCHARGE OF BATTERY ON
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS IN THE VEHICLE AND THE PRECAUTIONS TO BE TAKEN
Information

CONTROL UNIT MEMORIES
Values and faults stored in the control units can be deleted if the battery is disconnected or completely
discharged.
If possible, all fault memories should be checked and, if necessary, printed out before the battery is
disconnected.
Information

SUPPLY VOLTAGE FAULT ENTRY
The entry "supply voltage" may be stored in various control units if the battery has been completely
discharged.
Delete the "supply voltage" entry from the control units in question.
Information

READY STATUS
In some countries (presently the U.S.A. and Canada), after disconnecting the battery, it is necessary to
reach the Ready status by a test drive and/or by using the Porsche System Tester DME control module
menu). If in doubt about this, contact the relevant importer.
Information

2470 DME CONTROL MODULE
With all DME systems, the engine must run for several minutes before the engine control module can
relearn the idle speed and mixture adaptation values!
After disconnection of the power supply, the idle speed might change or fluctuate briefly until the throttle
valve adjusting unit has been readapted.
The mixture adaptation is also lost.
After the battery is connected:
With the DME, it is necessary to carry out a learning and adaptation routine as described below:
Switch ignition on for 30 seconds without starting the engine.
Do not actuate accelerator pedal.
This completes the adaptation of the throttle valve adjusting unit.
Information

TYRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM
When the battery is disconnected and connected, the tire pressure is first displayed as "- - -".
Once the battery has been disconnected and work is complete, the vehicle must be driven for a
short distance.
The actual pressures will then be displayed again.
Information

4560 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
The steering angle sensor must be reinitialized when the battery is disconnected and connected.
Turn wheels to straight-ahead position.
Switch ignition off and then on again twice.
Start engine.
From the straight-ahead position, turn steering wheel approx. 20° to the right, past the
straight-ahead position.
Drive the vehicle straight ahead for at least one second at a speed above 4 km/h (2.5 mph).
The steering angle sensor segment is recognized again in this process.
Once the sensor has been successfully initialized, the fault code that is stored in the fault memory is
documented using the fault deletion counter.
The fault memory erases itself automatically.
The PSM indicator light in the instrument cluster goes out.
Information

6014 MOTOR FOR SUNROOF
The limit positions of the sunroof are deleted from the control unit when the battery is disconnected and
connected.
Switch on ignition.
Press the sunroof button for several seconds in direction of travel.
After approx. 10 seconds, the sunroof performs an automatic standardization process and resets
all positions.
Keep the button pressed during the standardization process.
Afterwards, the sunroof is standardized correctly.
Information
6452 POWER WINDOWS
The limit positions of the power windows are deleted from the control unit when the battery is
Perform the following procedure for all power windows:
Pull rocker switch and fully close window once.
Pull rocker switch once more.
The upper end position of the window is stored.
Press rocker switch and fully open window once.
Press rocker switch once more.
The lower end position of the window is stored.
Information

4815 ELECTRICAL STEERING COLUMN ADJUSTMENT (ELVS)
The electrical steering column adjustment end positions (ELVS) are deleted when the battery is
The following buttons must be pressed in sequence in order to reinitialized electrical steering column
adjustment.
Press the extend button three times (extend towards the driver).
Press the retract button once.
Press the extend button once (towards the driver).
Press the up button once.
Press the down button once.
Once the buttons have been pressed correctly, the steering column automatically moves all axles and
stops at the center position (only works when the vehicle is stationary).

TEST DRIVE AFTER DISCONNECTING BATTERY
Information
Depending on the vehicle equipment fitted, all these work steps are carried out during the test drive.
Read out the fault memories of all control units after the test drive.
If there is a fault present, check to see if the fault was caused by an undervoltage.
If faults were caused by an undervoltage (or CAN timeout error), erase the fault memory, perform
another test drive and read out the fault memory.
If faults were not caused by an undervoltage, correct the faults in accordance with GFF (Guided
Fault Finding).
Service Manual: 27 - STARTER, POWER SUPPLY, CRUISE CONTROL -- PANAMERA (970)
WM 270419 REMOVING AND INSTALLING DC/DC CONVERTER (EXCEPT PANAMERA S
Fastening -2- Tightening 6 Nm (4.5 ftlb.) +10 % -20 %

screws securing torque
DC/DC
converter to
holder
WM 270419 REMOVING AND INSTALLING DC/DC CONVERTER (EXCEPT PANAMERA

S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA 4 S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE,
PANAMERA GTS) > PRELIMINARY WORK > PRELIMINARY WORK FOR DC/DC
CONVERTER
1. Switch off ignition and remove the remote control from the ignition lock.

PANAMERA GTS) > REMOVING DC/DC CONVERTER
Fig 1: Identifying Installation Position Of DC/DC Converter
1. Release the latch on the connector -a- and remove the connector from the DC/DC converter.
Fig 2: Removing Connector From DC/DC Converter
2. Unscrew and remove the two fastening nuts -2- and remove the DC/DC converter -1- .
Fig 3: Removing Fastening Screws

PANAMERA GTS) > INSTALLING DC/DC CONVERTER
1. Position DC/DC converter -1- on the holder and secure it with the two fastening screws -2- .
→ Tightening torque: 6 Nm (4.5 ftlb.)+10 %-20 %
Fig 1: Securing Control Unit
2. Plug in electric connector on the DC/DC converter and lock it -a- .

Fig 2: Plugging Electric Connector On DC/DC Converter
WM 270419 REMOVING AND INSTALLING DC/DC CONVERTER (EXCEPT PANAMERA

PANAMERA GTS) > SUBSEQUENT WORK > SUBSEQUENT WORK FOR DC/DC
CONVERTER
1. Fit tool kit tray.
2. Close the luggage compartment floor.
WM 270519 REMOVING AND INSTALLING BATTERY SENSOR (EXCEPT PANAMERA S


WM 270519 REMOVING AND INSTALLING BATTERY SENSOR (EXCEPT PANAMERA
PANAMERA GTS) > PRELIMINARY WORK > PRELIMINARY WORK FOR BATTERY
SENSOR
3. Partly remove left side trim panel for rear luggage compartment. → 700319 REMOVING AND
INSTALLING SIDE TRIM PANEL FOR REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
4. Remove left storage tray floor. → 700619 REMOVING AND INSTALLING TRIM PANEL FOR
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT (LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT COVER) .

PANAMERA GTS) > REMOVING BATTERY SENSOR
2. Disconnect the negative cable -1- on the battery.

3. Release and unplug electric connector on the battery sensor.
4. Screw off fastening nut -2- on the body and remove ground strap and battery sensor.
Fig 3: Removing Ground Strap

PANAMERA GTS) > INSTALLING BATTERY SENSOR
1. Connect ground strap to the ground point and secure with the fastening nut -2- . Tightening
torque 9.7 Nm (7.5 ftlb.)
Fig 1: Fitting Ground Strap
2. Fit and secure battery sensor -1- with terminal clamp on the battery. Tightening torque 6 Nm
(4.5 ftlb.) +/-0.5 Nm (+/-0.5 ftlb.)
Fig 2: Securing Battery Sensor With Terminal Clamp On Battery
3. Connect electric plug connection for battery sensor.
WM 270519 REMOVING AND INSTALLING BATTERY SENSOR (EXCEPT PANAMERA

PANAMERA GTS) > SUBSEQUENT WORK > SUBSEQUENT WORK FOR BATTERY
SENSOR
1. Install left storage tray floor. → Installing Trim Panel For Luggage Compartment (Luggage
Compartment Cover) At The Sides .
2. Re-fit left side trim panel for rear luggage compartment. → Installing Side Trim Panel For Rear
Luggage Compartment
WM 27055 REPLACING BATTERY SENSOR (EXCEPT PANAMERA S EXECUTIVE,

PRELIMINARY WORK > PRELIMINARY WORK FOR BATTERY SENSOR
3. Partly remove left side trim panel for rear luggage compartment. → 700319 REMOVING AND

REMOVING BATTERY SENSOR
2. Disconnect the negative cable -1- on the battery.

3. Release and unplug electric connector on the battery sensor.

4. Screw off fastening nut -2- on the body and remove ground strap and battery sensor.
Fig 3: Removing Ground Strap

INSTALLING BATTERY SENSOR
1. Connect ground strap to the ground point and secure with the fastening nut -2- .
Fig 1: Fitting Ground Strap
2. Fit and secure battery sensor -1- with terminal clamp on the battery.
3. Connect electric plug connection for battery sensor.

SUBSEQUENT WORK > SUBSEQUENT WORK FOR BATTERY SENSOR
1. Re-fit left side trim panel for rear luggage compartment. → Installing Side Trim Panel For Rear
Luggage Compartment
4. The battery sensor is detected and documented automatically by the gateway control unit.
WM 270619 REMOVING AND INSTALLING BATTERY (EXCEPT PANAMERA S



retaining bar to
battery rail

retaining bar to
battery box

PANAMERA GTS) > PRELIMINARY WORK > PRELIMINARY WORK FOR BATTERY
3. Remove control unit for voltage transformer for Start/Stop, if used.

PANAMERA GTS) > REMOVING BATTERY
Information
The battery is located in the luggage compartment under the luggage compartment cover/toolbox tray.
1. Pull the vent hose -A- away from the battery.

Fig 1: Identifying Central Venting
2. Risk of short circuit! First disconnect the negative cable -1- , then the positive -2- .
3. Unscrew and remove the two fastening screws -3- on the retaining bar -4- and the two
fastening screws -5- for the rail -6- .
Fig 3: Removing Fastening Screws On Retaining Bar
4. Remove the rail and retaining bar.
5. Lift the battery up and out.

PANAMERA GTS) > INSTALLING BATTERY
1. Insert and position the battery.
2. Position the rail -6- under the battery and fit the retaining bar -4- .
Fig 1: Positioning Battery And Retaining Bar
3. Fit the four fastening screws -3 and 5- and screw in by hand.
4. Tighten fastening screws -3- . Tightening torque 10 Nm (7.5 ftlb.)
5. Tighten fastening screws -5- . Tightening torque 23 Nm (17 ftlb.)
6. Risk of short circuit! First connect the positive cable -2- , then the negative cable -1- .
7. Tighten the terminal clamps. Tightening torque 6 Nm (4.5 ftlb.) +/-0.5 Nm (+/-0.5 ftlb.)

PANAMERA GTS) > SUBSEQUENT WORK > SUBSEQUENT WORK FOR BATTERY
1. Install control unit for voltage transformer for Start/Stop, if used.

2. Carry out work instruction after disconnecting the battery. → 2X00IN WORK INSTRUCTIONS
AFTER DISCONNECTING THE BATTERY .

Fastening -1- Tightening 10 Nm (7.5

retaining bar to
battery rail
Terminal clamp -1-, -2- Tightening 6 Nm (4.5 ftlb.)
to battery torque

Open cover on rear left side trim panel.

PANAMERA GTS) > REMOVING BATTERY
Fig 1: Identifying Battery Installation Position
Information
1. Unscrew the two fastening screws -1- on the battery holder.

Fig 2: Removing Battery Mount
2. Remove the battery holder.
Information
Before removing or installing the battery, place clean covers (e.g. cloths, paper, etc.) on the
luggage compartment floor.
A defective or old battery can damage the carpet on the luggage compartment floor when
pulling out the battery.
3. Pull off the vent hose on the battery.
5. Pull the battery out towards the luggage compartment side and remove it from the vehicle.

PANAMERA GTS) > INSTALLING BATTERY
Information
Before removing or installing the battery, place clean covers (e.g. cloths, paper, etc.) on the luggage
compartment floor.
A defective or old battery can damage the carpet on the luggage compartment floor when pulling out the
battery.
2. Position the battery holder and secure it with the two fastening screws -1- .

Fig 1: Securing Battery
Fig 2: Connecting Terminal Clamps
4. Tighten the terminal clamps. → Tightening torque: 6 Nm (4.5 ftlb.)

1. Carry out work instructions after disconnecting the battery. → 2X00IN WORK INSTRUCTIONS
2. Install cover on side trim panel in the luggage compartment.
WM 270655 REPLACING BATTERY (EXCEPT PANAMERA S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA

4 S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > TOOLS


4 S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > TECHNICAL
VALUES

retaining bar to
battery rail
retaining bar to
battery box

4 S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > PRELIMINARY
WORK > PRELIMINARY WORK FOR BATTERY
Information
The AGM (A bsorbent G lass M at) battery is a maintenance-free , sealed battery.
This battery must not be opened. If the battery is opened, it must be replaced.
There is a serial number -A- and a part number -B- on the top right-hand side of the battery.
Fig 1: Identifying Serial Number And Part Number On Battery
After replacing the battery, the serial number and part number as well as the battery size and
manufacturer must be entered using the PIWIS Tester under:
Gateway/Maintenance/repairs /Change battery .
The battery size and battery manufacturer must also be entered when changing the battery.
3. Remove control unit for voltage transformer for Start/Stop, if used.

4 S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > REMOVING
BATTERY
Information

The battery is located in the luggage compartment under the luggage compartment cover/toolbox tray.
1. Pull the vent hose -A- away from the battery.

3. Unscrew and remove the two fastening screws -3- on the retaining bar -4- and the two
fastening screws -5- for the rail -6- .
Fig 3: Removing Fastening Screws On Retaining Bar
4. Remove the rail and retaining bar.
5. Lift the battery up and out.

4 S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > INSTALLING
BATTERY
2. Position the rail -6- under the battery and fit the retaining bar -4- .
Fig 1: Positioning Battery And Retaining Bar
3. Fit the four fastening screws -3 and 5- and screw in by hand.
4. Tighten fastening screws -3- . Tightening torque 10 Nm (7.5 ftlb.)
5. Tighten fastening screws -5- . Tightening torque 23 Nm (17 ftlb.)
Fig 2: Connecting Terminal Clamps
7. Tighten the terminal clamps. Tightening torque 6 Nm (4.5 ftlb.) +/-0.5 Nm (+/-0.5 ftlb.)

4 S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > SUBSEQUENT
WORK > SUBSEQUENT WORK FOR BATTERY
1. Install control unit for voltage transformer for Start/Stop, if used.

Information
1. This battery must not be opened. If the battery is opened, it must be replaced.
2. There is a serial number -A- and a part number -B- on the top right-hand side of the
battery.
3. After replacing the battery, the serial number and part number as well as the battery size
and manufacturer must be entered using the PIWIS Tester under:
Gateway/Maintenance /repairs/Change battery .
4. The battery size and battery manufacturer must also be entered when changing the
battery.
2. If a new battery was installed, the new battery must be documented in the gateway control unit
using PIWIS Tester II 9818 .
3. Carry out work instruction after disconnecting the battery. → 2X00IN WORK INSTRUCTIONS

WM 2706IN EXTERNAL POWER CONNECTION, JUMP LEAD STARTING (EXCEPT
EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > INFORMATION >
EXTERNAL POWER CONNECTION, JUMP-LEAD STARTING
WARNING: Live jump leads
Risk of electric shock
Risk of short circuit
→ Route the jump leads so that they do not become entangled in moving parts in the engine
compartment.
→ There must be no contact between the vehicles.
NOTE: Using charging cables/jump leads directly on the vehicle battery. Risk of
damage to battery sensors.
→ Always connect charging cables/jump leads to the external power supply for jump-lead starting.
Information
If the battery is flat, jump leads can be used together with the battery of another vehicle to start the
car or to supply external power to the vehicle.
Both batteries must be 12 V batteries.
The capacity (Ah) of the battery supplying the power must not be significantly lower than that of the flat
battery.
The flat battery must be properly connected to the vehicle electrical system.
2. Connect the positive cable to the positive terminal for jump-lead starting -+- , then to the
positive terminal of the donor battery.
3. First, connect the negative cable to the negative terminal of the donor battery, then to the
ground point for jump-lead starting - .
4. Have the engine of the vehicle supplying the power run at a higher speed.
5. Start engine. Do not spend longer than 15 seconds trying to start the vehicle with the jump
leads - after 15 seconds have elapsed, wait for at least one minute.
6. Disconnect the two jump leads in reverse sequence when the engine is running.
7. Close protective cover.
WM 2706IN GENERAL INFORMATION ON AGM VEHICLE BATTERY (EXCEPT

EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS, PANAMERA 4
EXECUTIVE) > TOOLS

EXECUTIVE) > TECHNICAL VALUES
Battery terminal Torque 6 Nm (4.5 ftlb.) +/-0.5 Nm (+/-0.5

ftlb.)
Battery terminal Torque 5 Nm (3.5 ftlb.)

EXECUTIVE) > INFORMATION
NOTE: A battery charger for providing an external power supply or for jump-lead starting is
connected directly to the battery in the vehicle.
Risk of damage to the battery sensor.
Battery sensor sends incorrect battery values to the vehicle electrical system.
→ Always connect a battery charger for providing an external power supply or for jump-lead starting to
the defined connections in the engine compartment. → 2X00IN BATTERY TRICKLE CHARGING
Information
This battery must not be opened. If the battery is opened, it must be replaced.
There is a serial number -A- and a part number -B- on the top right-hand side of the battery.
After replacing the battery, the serial number and part number as well as the battery size and
manufacturer must be entered using the PIWIS Tester under: Gateway/Maintenance/repairs
/Change battery .
The battery size and battery manufacturer must also be entered when changing the battery.
Information
To prevent contact corrosion, only approved bolts, nuts, washers, etc. should be used. These
elements have a special surface coating and must be stored separately.
The battery is one of the most important electrical components in the vehicle. Fault-free functioning of
the battery contributes greatly to customer satisfaction. To guarantee long and efficient operation, the
battery must be checked and maintained according to the description in this service information.
Besides the start function, the battery also has the tasks of buffer and supplier of electrical power for the
entire vehicle electrical system.
An AGM (A bsorbent G lass M at) battery is used as standard on the Panamera (G1). The AGM
battery offers the following advantages, for example:
Sealed, valve-regulated battery
High-cycle battery
High cold-start performance
Cannot leak or tilt
Totally maintenance-free
Shake-resistant
No acid leakage if the housing is damaged
Flexible installation and safe to handle High
load capacity and longer service life Ideal
for Start/Stop function

EXECUTIVE) > BATTERY HANDLING INSTRUCTIONS
Information
The tightening torque for the battery terminals is → Torque: 6 Nm (4.5 ftlb.)+/-0.5 Nm (+/-0.5 ftlb.)
If the battery is reconnected, proceed according to → 2X00IN WORK INSTRUCTIONS AFTER

Information
Battery terminals do not need to be greased.
The battery terminal clamps should only be attached by hand - without excessive force - to prevent
damage to the battery.
The tightening torque for the battery terminals is → Torque: 5 Nm (3.5 ftlb.) .
If the battery is reconnected, proceed according to → 2X00IN WORK INSTRUCTIONS AFTER


EXECUTIVE) > BATTERY HANDLING INSTRUCTIONS > WARNING NOTES AND
SAFETY REGULATIONS FOR BATTERIES
1. -1- No fire, sparks, naked flames or smoking:
1. Avoid sparking when using cables and electrical devices.
2. Avoid short circuits.
3. In batteries with central venting, there is an increased concentration of detonating gas at

the hose opening. The venting hose must not be bent or blocked by dirt.
Fig 1: Identifying Battery Symbols
2. -2- Wear eye protection.

3. -3- Keep children away from acids and batteries.
4. -4- Risk of acid burns:
1. Battery acid is highly caustic, therefore wear protective gloves.
2. Do not tip battery; acid can emerge from the vent opening.
Information
1. First aid: Rinse acid splashes in the eyes immediately with clean water for a few minutes.
Consult a doctor immediately. Neutralize acid splashes on the skin or clothing
immediately with soap suds and rinse again with plenty of water. If acid has been drunk
unintentionally, consult a doctor immediately.
5. -5- Follow the instructions on the battery, in the service information and in the Driver's Manual.
6. -6- Risk of explosion:
1. A highly explosive detonating gas mixture occurs when charging batteries.
7. -7- Disposal:
1. Hand in old batteries at a collection point.
8. -8- Never dispose of old batteries in domestic rubbish!

EXECUTIVE) > BATTERY HANDLING INSTRUCTIONS > NOTES ON REMOVING AND
INSTALLING THE BATTERY
Information
The battery is located in the luggage compartment under the loadspace floor.
In order to avoid triggering the siren in vehicles with an additional alarm siren, the battery must be
disconnected while the ignition is on!
All loads must be switched off beforehand! Remove ignition key!
Never disconnect battery with engine running!

Never start engine without a securely connected battery!
To prevent damage to the battery, the battery terminal clamps should only be attached by hand -
without excessive force.
Check that the battery is seated correctly after installation. A loose battery presents other dangers,
such as: - Reduced service life due to vibration damage. - Noises. - Damage to the battery housing
from mounting parts. - Inadequate crash safety.

EXECUTIVE) > BATTERY HANDLING INSTRUCTIONS > HOW CENTRAL VENTING
WORKS
Information
State-of-the-art batteries have central venting -A- .
In certain battery states, the gas produced during charging can emerge centrally through an
opening on the upper cover side. Backfire protection is integrated at the same position and
prevents the combustible gas in the battery from igniting.
On batteries with a vent hose -A- , check that the vent hose is not disconnected or pinched. Only
then can the battery be freely vented.

EXECUTIVE) > BATTERY HANDLING INSTRUCTIONS > VISUAL INSPECTION
A visual inspection of the battery must be performed before taking measurements, e.g. measuring the
open-circuit voltage, or before carrying out the battery load test.
This inspection can be used to determine:
Whether the housing of the battery is damaged. The leak-free operation and function of the battery
cannot be guaranteed if the housing is damaged.
Whether the battery terminals (battery line connections) are damaged. Contact of the line
connections cannot be guaranteed if the battery terminals are damaged. This can cause a line fire
and malfunctions in the electrical system.

EXECUTIVE) > BATTERY HANDLING INSTRUCTIONS > CHECKING BATTERY VENT
HOSE
Information
Make sure that the vent hose -A- is not kinked or damaged. If in doubt, replace it.
The vent hose -A- must be inserted in the battery and in the battery box.
Fig 1: Identifying Vent Hose

EXECUTIVE) > BATTERY HANDLING INSTRUCTIONS > OPEN-CIRCUIT VOLTAGE
MEASUREMENT
Information
Compared with the value from PIWIS Tester II 9818 , the battery voltage can be measured using
a hand-held multimeter.
Proceed as follows:
Information
The open-circuit voltage measurement should be read out using PIWIS Tester II 9818 in the Gateway
control unit by selecting Energy management , Quick closed-circuit current measurement in the
menu.
2. Disconnect ground strap on the battery.
Information
1. After charging and waiting for at least 2 hours, during which time the battery should
neither be loaded nor charged:
3. Measure the battery voltage with a hand-held multimeter.
1. The battery open-circuit voltage should not fall below 12.5V.
2. If the hand-held multimeter shows 12.5V or more, the battery voltage is OK.
3. If the hand-held multimeter shows a battery voltage below 12.5V: Charge battery.

EXECUTIVE) > BATTERY HANDLING INSTRUCTIONS > CHARGING BATTERY
Information
A battery charger is required.
Read operating instructions for the charger.
The battery must have a minimum temperature of 0 °C.
If possible, do not rapid-charge batteries as this can damage them.
If exhaustively discharged batteries are charged quickly, they will not take up a charge current or
they will be identified too early as full due to the so-called "surface charge".
1. Switch off battery charging device.
3. Connect wires from the charger to the external power supply points.
4. Set the charge current on the battery charging device according to the battery capacity.
5. Switch on battery charging device.
Procedure for charging exhaustively discharged batteries:
Batteries which are not in operation for a long period of time discharge.
A battery is exhaustively discharged if the open-circuit voltage has sunk below 11.6 V.see
open-circuit voltage measurement
In exhaustively discharged batteries, the battery acid (sulfuric acid and water mixture) consists
of virtually only water, as the sulfuric acid proportion is considerably reduced.
Exhaustively discharged batteries sulfates, i.e. the entire plate surfaces of the batteries
harden.
If exhaustively discharged batteries are immediately recharged after an exhaustive discharge,

the sulphatisation recedes again.
If these batteries are not recharged, the plates continue to harden and charge take-up ability is
limited. A reduction in the battery performance is the result.
Exhaustively discharged batteries must be charged with a low charge current as follows:
1. Set charge current to maximum 10% of battery capacity, i.e. with a 95 Ah battery the
charge current is max. 9.5 A.
6. Charge battery.

EXECUTIVE) > BATTERY HANDLING INSTRUCTIONS > BATTERY TRICKLE CHARGE
Information
When working or carrying out tests on the vehicle or when the vehicle is in the workshop, a battery
charger with a rated current of at least 40 A must be connected.
As soon as the vehicle is unlocked, e.g. the vehicle is in the workshop or salesroom, it must be
trickle charged with a battery charging device.
1. Switch off battery charging device.
3. Switch off all loads (e.g. lights).
5. Connect the positive cable to the positive terminal for jump-lead starting -+- , then to the
positive terminal of the donor battery.
6. Connect the negative cable to the negative terminal of the donor battery first, then to the
ground point for jump-lead starting - .
7. Set the charge current on the battery charger according to the battery capacity.
8. Switch on battery charger.

EXECUTIVE) > BATTERY HANDLING INSTRUCTIONS > CONNECTING THE BATTERY
FOR TRICKLE CHARGING
Information
A charger with a current rating of at least 40 A must be connected to the external power supply
points/jump-lead starting points.
Set the charger to maximum A (amps).
Switch off all unnecessary loads (e.g. lights).
When working on the vehicle for more than 15 minutes
When running a diagnosis using the Porsche System Tester
When adjusting the headlights
When working on or with the Infotainment system
If the doors, bonnet and rear lid are open for a long period of time or if these components are actuated
frequently
WM 270819 REMOVING AND INSTALLING E-BOX (PANAMERA S E-HYBRID,

PANAMERA S HYBRID) > TOOLS
Voltage tester Workshop WE 1380

equipment
cordon equipment
Insulated tool Workshop WE 1593
set equipment
Assembly aid Special tool 9874
PANAMERA S HYBRID) > TECHNICAL VALUES
E-box to Tightening 10.1 Nm (7.5

high-voltage torque ftlb.)
battery
Fastening Tightening 10.1 Nm (7.5
screws (M6 x 12) torque ftlb.)
securing side
cover plate to
high-voltage
battery
securing top
cover plate to
high-voltage
battery
securing top
cover plate to
high-voltage
battery
securing top
cover plate to
high-voltage
battery
Fastening nuts Tightening 5.9 Nm (4.5
securing torque ftlb.)
high-voltage
battery control
unit to E-box
Fastening nuts Tightening 5.9 Nm (4.5
securing cover torque ftlb.)
for high-voltage
battery control
unit to E-box
fuse to
high-voltage
battery
fuse carrier cover
to high-voltage
battery

PANAMERA S HYBRID) > PRELIMINARY WORK
1. Observe warning notes. → 2X00IN GENERAL WARNING NOTES FOR WORKING ON THE
2. Remove high-voltage battery. → Removing High-Voltage Battery
3. Remove battery cross member. → WM 271119 REMOVING AND INSTALLING BATTERY

CROSS MEMBER
4. Set up a high-voltage cordon High-voltage cordon WE 1589 around the high-voltage

workstation.
Fig 1: Identifying Restricted Area For Battery

PANAMERA S HYBRID) > REMOVING E-BOX
WARNING: High voltage
→ Work on the high-voltage battery may only be carried out by a high-voltage technician.
→ Always use insulated tools Insulated tool set WE 1593 when working on the high-voltage battery. →
Observe general warning notes for working on the high-voltage vehicle electrical system.

SYSTEM
NOTE: Incorrect removal or fitting of safety-related screws for the high-voltage battery. Risk of
damage to rivet nuts
Risk of damage to screw heads
Risk of damage to high-voltage battery
→ Loosen and tighten fastening screws without using electric tools.
→ Only loosen and tighten fastening screws using special tool VAS 6883 Insulated tool set.
→ Be extremely careful when loosening fastening screws. See Note: ==> "Procedure for loosening
micro-self-locking screws".
→ Clean the threaded bores before fitting the fastening screws. See Note: ==> "Procedure for
cleaning threaded bores on the high-voltage battery".
→ Always use new fastening screws.
Information
Always use insulated tools Insulated tool set WE 1593 when working on the high-voltage battery and a
high-voltage cordon High-voltage cordon WE 1589 when working on a HV work bay.
Fig 1: Identifying Restricted Area For High-Voltage Battery
Information
If the E-box for the high-voltage system cannot be removed because the screw heads or rivet nuts are
damaged, for example, proceed as follows:
Stop working on the high-voltage battery immediately .
To find out what to do next, get in touch with your contact person at your importer's Technical
Competence Centre (TCC).
Information
If the cover on the fuse carrier for the high-voltage battery cannot be removed because the screw heads or
rivet nuts are damaged, for example, proceed as follows:
Stop working on the high-voltage battery immediately .
To find out what to do next, get in touch with your contact person at your importer's Technical
Competence Centre (TCC).
1. Remove cover on fuse carrier.

Fig 2: Identifying Fuse Carrier Cover Mounting Screws
1. 1.1. Loosen fastening screws -1- as described above.
2. 1.2. Push fuse carrier cover down and remove it.
Information
Perform function test on voltage tester at the vehicle jump-start terminals using a reference
voltage.
2. Verify isolation from the power supply at the high-voltage battery fuse using a voltage tester
Voltage tester WE 1380 .
Fig 3: Checking Absence Of Electric Charge
1. 2.1. Contact point -A- to housing.
2. 2.2. Contact point -B- to housing.
The measurement also prevents voltages due to the build-up of static charge.
Information
Further steps may only be carried out if the measured voltage is less than 1 V. If this is not the
case, stop working on the system and contact Technical Support.
Information
Once absence of electric charge has been verified using the voltage tester, the fuse must be
replaced without any interruption to work.
3. Remove high-voltage battery fuse.

Fig 4: Removing High-Voltage Battery Fuse
1. 3.1. Press cap -1- together -arrows- , unscrew it -A- and pull it down and out -B- .
2. 3.2. Assembly aid 9874 -1- must now be fitted on the high-voltage battery fuse.
Then loosen fastening screws -2- .
Fig 5: Removing Fuse
3. 3.3. Carefully remove assembly aid together with fastening screws -1- and
high-voltage battery fuse -2- .
4. 3.4. Re-insert cap -1- on the high-voltage battery to protect exposed high-voltage
contacts.
Fig 6: Identifying Cap
4. Remove high-voltage battery control unit.

Fig 7: Identifying Cover For High-Voltage Battery Control Unit With Mounting Screws
1. 4.1. Loosen fastening nuts -1, 2- on the cover of the high-voltage battery control unit
and remove cover -3- .
2. 4.2. Remove spacers under the fastening nuts -1- .
3. 4.3. Remove ground line -1- from the fastening bolt.

Fig 8: Removing Ground Line From Fastening Bolt
4. 4.4. Loosen fastening nuts -1- on the high-voltage battery control unit and pull off
high-voltage battery control unit -2- .
Fig 9: Identifying High-Voltage Battery Control Unit With Mounting Nuts
5. 4.5. Release electric plug connection -1- at the high-voltage battery control unit
completely -arrows a- and disconnect it -arrow A- .
Fig 10: Removing Electric Plug Connections
6. 4.6. Release electric plug connection -2- completely -arrow b- and disconnect it
-arrow B- .
7. 4.7. Remove high-voltage battery control unit.
Information
Procedure for loosening micro-self-locking screws.
The covers on the high-voltage batteries are secured using fastening screws with high-strength
screw locking agent. However, these can be difficult to loosen as a result of certain
environmental conditions and depending on the service life of the vehicle.
To avoid breaking off or damaging fastening screws, always loosen the fastening screws as
follows:
1. Mark the fastening screw using a felt-tip pen and carefully loosen it by half (1/2) a
turn -arrow a- .
2. Screw the fastening screw in again by half (1/2) a turn -arrow b- .
3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 at least five times (5x) until the loosening torque of the
fastening screw is reduced significantly. The fastening screw can then be turned
easily.
4. After Step 3, the torque should be much lower so that the fastening screw can be
loosened completely -arrow c- .
Fig 11: Loosening Fastening Screws
Information
If the cover plate for the high-voltage battery cannot be removed because the screw heads or
1. Stop working on the high-voltage battery immediately .
2. To find out what to do next, get in touch with your contact person at your
importer's Technical Competence Centre (TCC).
5. Remove top cover plate on the high-voltage battery

Fig 12: Identifying Top Cover Plate On High-Voltage Battery
2. 5.2. Loosen fastening screws -1, 2- as described above.
Do not remove top cover plate on the high-voltage battery.

Fig 13: Identifying Top Cover Plate On High-Voltage Battery With Mounting Screws
Information
Procedure for cleaning threaded bores (blind hole bore) on the high-voltage battery.
After loosening micro-self-locking fastening screws, it is important to remove the particles of

screw locking agent from the threaded bores.
1. All tasks that are necessary for cleaning the threaded bores must be carried out by hand
and the required personal protective gear must always be used.
2. Never use lubricant for cleaning the threaded bores.
3. When cleaning the threaded bores, always make sure that no remaining pieces of the
micro-encapsulated coating/metal chips get into the battery housing. Use a vacuum
cleaner to do this.
Fig 14: Identifying Taps
When cleaning the threaded bores (M6) on the high-voltage battery, always proceed as
follows:
Fig 15: Cleaning Threaded Bore
1. Insert tap -1- (with spiral grooves) into the threaded bore.
2. Hold a vacuum cleaner with a plastic nozzle -3- at the threaded bore in such a way
that the remaining pieces of adhesive/metal chips will be removed.
3. Turn the tap back and forth by a quarter (1/4) to a half (1/2) a turn several times
-arrow- to extract the remaining adhesive/metal chips that are dislodged -2- .
4. Repeat Step 3 several times until the threaded bore is completely cleaned.
Information
Procedure for cleaning threaded bores (through-bore) on the side bar of the high-voltage
battery.

microencapsulated coating/metal chips get into the battery housing. Use a vacuum
cleaner to do this.
When cleaning the threaded bores (M6 and M8) on the high-voltage battery, always proceed
as follows:
1. Stick two strips (50 x 80 mm) of fabric adhesive tape -4- on the inside of the bar on
the high-voltage battery using a plastic wedge. The bores must be completely
sealed.
2. Insert tap (with spiral grooves) -1- into the threaded bore.
that the remaining pieces of adhesive/metal chips -2- will be removed.
-arrow- to extract the remaining adhesive/metal chips that are dislodged.
5. Repeat Step 3 several times until the threaded bore is completely cleaned. Make
sure not to puncture the fabric adhesive tape.
6. Carefully remove fabric adhesive tape and always use a vacuum cleaner to remove
any loose particles at the same time.
6. Clean the threaded bores -1- for the fastening points for the top cover plate as described
above using an M6 x 1.0 tap with spiral grooves .
Fig 18: Cleaning Threaded Bores
Information
Carefully remove the top cover plate to prevent damage to the E-box wiring harness.
1. 6.1. Carefully lift up the top cover plate on the high-voltage battery and remove it.
Information
If the cover plate for the high-voltage battery cannot be removed because the screw heads or

7. Check seal on front cover plate and if it is damaged, replace the front cover plate.
Fig 19: Identifying Front Cover Plate Mounting Bolts
1. 7.1. Loosen fastening screws (M6 x 12) -1- as described above.
2. 7.2. Carefully remove front cover plate on the high-voltage battery by pulling it to the
side.
3. 7.3. Clean the threaded bores -1- for the fastening points for the side cover plate as
described above using an M6 x 1.0 tap with spiral grooves .
Fig 20: Cleaning Threaded Bores
8. Remove E-box.
Fig 21: Disconnecting HV Line
1. 8.1. Loosen tie-wrap -1- on HV line.
2. 8.2. Remove wiring harness -1- by pulling it up out of the guide -arrows- .
Fig 22: Disconnecting Wiring Harness
3. 8.3. Loosen fastening screws -1- for the E-box as described above.
Fig 23: Identifying E-Box Guide Pin
4. 8.4. Carefully pull the E-box straight off the high-voltage battery and make sure not to
tilt the E-box when pulling it off the guide pins -1- .
Fig 24: Removing E-box
5. 8.5. Cover exposed terminals on the high-voltage battery -arrows- with adhesive
tape immediately after removing the E-box.
Fig 25: Covering Battery Terminals
Information
battery.

cleaner to do this.
as follows:
sealed.
9. Clean the threaded bores on the upper bar of the high-voltage battery as described above.
1. M8 through-bore
2. M8 blind hole bore
3. M6 through-bore
4. Fabric adhesive tape
1. 9.1. Clean the threaded bores for the fastening points of the top cover plate -1, 2-
using an M8 x 1.25 tap with spiral grooves .
2. 9.2. Clean the threaded bore for the upper fastening points of the E-box -3- using an
M6 x 1.0 tap with spiral grooves .
10. Clean the threaded bores for the fastening points -1- of the E-box as described above.

PANAMERA S HYBRID) > INSTALLING E-BOX
→ Always use insulated tools Insulated tool set WE 1593 when working on the high-voltage battery.
→ Observe general warning notes for working on the high-voltage vehicle electrical system. → 2X00IN
Information
Information
When fitting the cover, check that the E-box wiring harness is positioned correctly and is not squashed.
Information
Fastening screws and fastening nuts must not be re-used and must be replaced with new ones.
1. Install E-box.
Fig 2: Exposing Battery Terminals
1. 1.1. Remove adhesive tape from the battery terminals -arrows- .
2. 1.2. Push E-box onto the guide pins -1- , making sure not to tilt the E-box and
position it flat on the high-voltage battery.
Fig 3: Identifying E-Box Guide Pins
3. 1.3. Screw in and tighten fastening screws -1- on the E-box. → Tightening torque:
10.1 Nm (7.5 ftlb.)
Fig 4: Identifying E-box Fastening Screws
4. 1.4. Position the wiring harness -1- at the top of the guide -arrows- and make sure
that the seal -2- is fitted correctly.
Fig 5: Positioning Wiring Harness
5. 1.5. Connect electric plug connection -1- on the E-box -A- until it engages securely.
Check that the wiring harness is routed behind the plug connection -1- as shown.
6. 1.6. Fasten tie-wrap -1- on HV line.

Fig 7: Securing HV Line
Information
When fitting the cover, check that the E-box wiring harness is positioned correctly and is not
squashed.
Information
The high-voltage battery cover must not be re-used and must be replaced by a new cover. The
new cover is supplied without warning signs. These must be ordered separately and affixed on
the cover.
2. Install cover plates on the high-voltage battery.

Fig 8: Identifying Side Cover Plate Mounting Bolts
1. 2.1. Position side cover plate carefully on the high-voltage battery.
2. 2.2. Tighten fastening screws (M6 x 12) -1- . → Tightening torque: 10.1 Nm (7.5
ftlb.)
3. 2.3. Carefully position top cover plate on the high-voltage battery.

Fig 9: Installing Top Cover Plate
4. 2.4. Tighten fastening screws (M6 x 16) -1- . → Tightening torque: 10.1 Nm (7.5
ftlb.)
Tighten fastening screws (M6 x 12) -2- . → Tightening torque: 10.1 Nm (7.5 ftlb.)
5. 2.5. Tighten fastening screws (M8 x 16) -1- . → Tightening torque: 13 Nm (9.5
ftlb.)
Fig 10: Identifying Top Cover Plate Fastening Screws
3. Install high-voltage battery control unit.

1. 3.1. Connect electric plug connection -2- on the high-voltage battery control unit -b-
and lock it -B- .
2. 3.2. Connect electric plug connection -1- (-a- ) and lock it -A- .
3. 3.3. Position control unit -2- on the E-box and tighten fastening nuts -1- . →
Tightening torque: 5.9 Nm (4.5 ftlb.)
Fig 12: Installing High-Voltage Battery Control Unit
4. 3.4. Push ground line -1- onto the fastening bolts.

Fig 13: Identifying Ground Line Fastening Bolts
5. 3.5. Position spacers on the bolts under fastening nuts -2- .

Fig 14: Identifying Cover For High-Voltage Battery Control Unit Fastening Nuts
6. 3.6. Position cover on high-voltage battery control unit -3- and tighten fastening nuts
-1, 2- . → Tightening torque: 5.9 Nm (4.5 ftlb.)
4. Remove cap -1- .

5. Verify absence of electric charge at the exposed high-voltage contacts of the high-voltage
battery using a suitable voltage tester at contact points -A, B- .
Fig 16: Checking Electric Charge Absence
The measurement also prevents voltages due to the build-up of static charge.
Information
Insert fuse without causing any interruption to work in order to prevent an electrostatic charge.
6. Install high-voltage battery fuse.

Fig 17: Installing High-Voltage Battery Fuse
1. 6.1. Fit assembly aid -1- on the high-voltage battery fuse and on the high-voltage
battery using fastening screws.
2. 6.2. Tighten fastening screws. → Tightening torque: 10 Nm (7.5 ftlb.)
3. 6.3. Pull assembly aid off the high-voltage battery fuse.
4. 6.4. Fit cap -1- until it engages securely.

7. Position fuse carrier cover and tighten fastening screws -1- . → Tightening torque: 10.1 Nm
(7.5 ftlb.)
Fig 19: Identifying Fuse Carrier Cover Fastening Screws
Information
Stickers (warning of dangerous electrical voltage)
The cover and possibly the front cover plate for the high-voltage battery must be replaced
while carrying out the work required for replacing the E-box.
The identification and warning stickers affixed to the cover and cover plate cannot be re-used.
Before re-installing the high-voltage battery, new stickers must be affixed to the new cover and
possibly to the new front cover plate at the same position and with the same text alignment as
on the removed cover plates.
The required safety marking warning sign 8R0.010.539.x must be selected according to the
relevant language and country version.
8. Affix warning signs to the high-voltage battery.
1. Warning sign pictograms
2. Indication sticker for lithium-ion high-voltage battery
3. Safety marking warning sign

Fig 20: Arrangement Of Stickers

PANAMERA S HYBRID) > SUBSEQUENT WORK
1. Install battery cross member. → Installing Battery Cross Member
2. Install high-voltage battery. → Installing E-Box
WM 270819 REMOVING AND INSTALLING FUSE FOR E-BOX (PANAMERA S E-


High-voltage cordon Workshop WE 1589
equipment
Insulated tool set Workshop WE 1593

equipment

HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) > PRELIMINARY WORK

workstation.

HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) > REMOVING FUSE FOR E-BOX

Information
1. Open retaining clip -A- and carefully pull the fuse up and out -B- .

HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) > INSTALLING FUSE FOR E-BOX

Information
Before installing the fuse, the seal must be checked for damage. If the seal is damaged, the fuse must
be replaced.
1. Carefully insert fuse -A- and lock it with the retaining clip -B- . Check that the retaining clip
locks correctly.
2. Check that the fuse is positioned correctly and fitted securely.

Fig 1: Installing Fuse

HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) > SUBSEQUENT WORK
1. Install high-voltage battery. → Installing High-Voltage Battery
WM 270819 REMOVING AND INSTALLING HIGH-VOLTAGE BATTERY (PANAMERA S E-


crane VAS 6100 equipment

HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) > TECHNICAL VALUES
Fastening screw -2- Tightening 10 Nm (7.5

for 12 V battery torque ftlb.)
bracket
Fastening screw -1- Tightening 23 Nm (17

for 12 V battery torque ftlb.)
bracket

for high-voltage torque ftlb.)
battery
Fastening screw -1- Tightening 15 Nm (11 +/-1 Nm (+/-0.5

securing torque ftlb.) ftlb.)
equipotential
bonding line to
body
HV lines Tightening 7 Nm (5 ftlb.) +/-0.5 Nm

torque (+/-0.5 ftlb.)

for battery torque ftlb.)
mounting

2. Carry out classification of high-voltage battery. → 2X00IN CLASSIFICATION OF

HIGH-VOLTAGE BATTERY
4. Remove subwoofer. → 913619 REMOVING AND INSTALLING SUBWOOFER
5. Remove luggage compartment cover. → 700619 REMOVING AND INSTALLING TRIM PANEL
FOR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT (LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT COVER)
6. Remove C-pillar trim panel. → 706819 REMOVING AND INSTALLING C-PILLAR TRIM
PANEL
7. Remove side trim panel for rear luggage compartment. → 700319 REMOVING AND
8. Remove cover for rear lock support. → 703919 REMOVING AND INSTALLING COVER FOR
REAR LOCK SUPPORT
9. Remove the battery. → 270619 REMOVING AND INSTALLING BATTERY
10. Remove KESSY antenna in luggage compartment. → Removing Luggage Compartment

Antenna
11. Remove high-voltage charger. → Removing High-Voltage Charger

HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) > REMOVING HIGH-VOLTAGE BATTERY
1. Unscrew and remove the fastening screws -1- on the battery mounting.
Fig 2: Removing Battery Mounting
2. Remove battery mounting.
3. Unscrew and remove fastening screws -1- and -2- .

Fig 3: Removing Bracket For 12-Volt Battery
4. Remove bracket for 12-volt battery.
5. Loosen fastening screws -2- and remove reinforcement plate -1- .

Fig 4: Identifying Reinforcement Plate And Fastening Screws
6. Cut tie-wrap -1- and unclip cable duct -2- for high-voltage lines at the high-voltage battery -A-
Fig 5: Identifying HV Lines
7. Cut tie-wrap on high-voltage line for charging socket.
8. Remove loadspace floor support.
1. 8.1. Loosen and remove fastening screws.
2. 8.2. Unclip loadspace floor support.
1. 9.1. Release and disconnect electric plug connections -1- .
2. 9.2. Release and pull off HV line for high-voltage charger -2- .
3. 9.3. Screw off and disconnect HV lines for the power electronics -3- .
Fig 6: Identifying Electric Plug Connections
10. Carefully release front left vent line -1- at the high-voltage battery using pointed-nose pliers
-a- and pull it off -A- . Do not damage the vent lines.
Fig 7: Disconnecting Vent Line
11. Unscrew the fastening screw for the equipotential bonding line at the body.
1. 11.1. Unscrew the fastening nut -1- .
2. 11.2. Remove the equipotential bonding line.

Fig 8: Removing Equipotential Bonding Line
12. Loosen fastening screws -2- for retaining bracket for cover for rear lock support -1- and
remove retaining bracket.
Fig 9: Removing Retaining Bracket For Cover For Rear Lock Support
13. Unscrew and remove the four fastening screws -3- for the high-voltage battery.
Fig 10: Removing Fastening Screws For High-Voltage Battery
14. Position adapter plates -1- Adapter plate 9860 and use fastening screws -2- to fit them on
the battery cross member -3- . Check different screw diameters.
Fig 11: Fitting Adapter Plates
15. Fit lifting tackle -1- Lifting tackle 3033 on the adapter plates -inset- .
Information
Depending on the workshop crane used, lifting tackle may have to be attached first and then
secured to the adapter plates.
Fig 12: Fitting Lifting Tackle
16. Secure HV line for electric HV battery heater to the lifting tackle with a tie-wrap -1- to prevent
damage to the HV line.
17. Screw caps back onto the adapter plates Adapter plate 9860 to prevent damage to the roof
lining.
Information
Before removing the high-voltage battery, have a table or trolley and two plastic or rubber
blocks ready for lowering the high-voltage battery. The high-voltage battery must not be
lowered onto the floor to prevent damage to the water drains on the underside of the
18. Workshop crane VAS 6100 WE 1188 must be engaged in the lifting tackle Lifting tackle
3033. Then lift it carefully at the center.
Fig 13: Lifting High-Voltage Battery Out Of Vehicle
19. Lift up the high-voltage battery and get another person to pull it towards the rear and lift it
carefully out of the luggage compartment pan.
20. Lift the high-voltage battery up further, push the workshop crane forward slightly and turn it 90
degrees as soon as possible and guide the high-voltage battery out of the vehicle.
Fig 14: Lifting Out High-Voltage Battery
21. Lower the high-voltage battery onto the blocks on the prepared table or trolley.
WARNING: Danger of fire, explosion
1. Insulation fault as a result of coolant leaking into high-voltage battery
→ Always drain the high-voltage battery cooling lines completely before transporting/handling
the high-voltage battery.
Information
Close off/mask high-voltage connections on the high-voltage battery using suitable stoppers or
adhesive tape to prevent dirt and fluids from getting in.
22. Empty the cooling system completely using compressed air set to max. 2.5 bar .
Fig 15: Identifying Cooling System
1. 22.1. Hold coolant hose -2- in a suitable container or canister.
2. 22.2. Flush the coolant hose -1- using compressed air set to max. 2.5 bar until no
more coolant emerges at the coolant hose -2- .

HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) > INSTALLING HIGH-VOLTAGE BATTERY
Information
The contact surfaces of the equipotential bonding line must be checked prior to installation.
Information
When connecting or screwing the high-voltage lines to the high-voltage battery connections, carefully
check the plug contacts and make sure that they are connected properly.
The connector pins on conventional plug connections must be checked before connecting them and the
plug connections must be inserted carefully.
Information
When inserting the high-voltage battery into the vehicle, make sure that no lines or connectors are
trapped by the battery.
1. Position adapter plates -1- Adapter plate 9860 and use fastening screws -2- to fit them on
the battery cross member -3- .
Fig 1: Fitting Adapter Plates
2. Fit lifting tackle -1- Lifting tackle 3033 on the adapter plates -inset- .
Fig 2: Fitting Lifting Tackle
3. Secure HV line for electric HV battery heater to the lifting tackle with a tie-wrap -1- to prevent
damage to the HV line.
4. Screw caps back onto the adapter plates Adapter plate 9860 to prevent damage to the roof
lining.
5. Workshop crane VAS 6100 WE 1188 must be engaged in the lifting tackle Lifting tackle
3033 . Then lift it carefully at the center.
6. Carefully lift the high-voltage battery into the vehicle only with the help of another person.
Fig 3: Positioning High-Voltage Battery
7. Guide the high-voltage battery completely into the luggage compartment, turn it 90 degrees as
soon as possible and position the high-voltage battery over the luggage compartment pan.
8. Move the workshop crane slightly towards the rear and get another person to pull the
high-voltage battery towards the rear and lower it carefully into the luggage compartment pan
and position it over the fastening threads.
9. Connect front left vent line -1- to the high-voltage battery -A- .
Fig 4: Connecting Vent Line
10. Loosely screw in fastening screws -3- for the high-voltage battery.
Fig 5: Securing High-Voltage Battery
11. Position the bracket for the 12-volt battery.

Fig 6: Installing Bracket For 12-Volt Battery
12. First fit fastening screws -2- and screw them in loosely.
13. Then fit fastening screws -1- and screw them in loosely.
14. Tighten fastening screws to the specified torque in the following sequence:
1. 14.1. Fastening screws -2- . → Tightening torque: 10 Nm (7.5 ftlb.)
2. 14.2. Fastening screws -1- . → Tightening torque: 23 Nm (17 ftlb.)
3. 14.3. Fastening screws -3- . → Tightening torque: 85 Nm (63 ftlb.)
15. Connect equipotential bonding line to the body and secure on the body with the fastening nut
-1- . → Tightening torque: 15 Nm (11 ftlb.)+/-1 Nm (+/-0.5 ftlb.).
Fig 7: Securing Equipotential Bonding Line At Body
16. Position retaining bracket for cover for rear lock support -2- and tighten fastening screws -1- .
Fig 8: Identifying Retaining Bracket For Cover For Rear Lock Support
Information
Remove stoppers or adhesive tape from the high-voltage connection for the high-voltage
battery and check for dirt and fluid leaking in.
Information
Check seal on connector for high-voltage lines for the power electronics unit -3- before
installation and replace it if necessary
1. 17.1. Plug in electric plug connections -1- until they engage securely.
1. 17.1.1. Engage electric connectors on the high-voltage battery mounting.
2. 17.2. Connect and lock HV line for high-voltage charger -2- .
3. 17.3. Connect HV lines to the power electronics -3- and tighten to → Tightening
torque: 7 Nm (5 ftlb.)+/-0.5 Nm (+/-0.5 ftlb.) . Observe color coding.
Fig 9: Identifying Electric Plug Connections
18. Guide new tie-wraps -1- into the clips, secure the HV lines to the battery cross member with
tie-wraps and clip in cable duct -2- with high-voltage lines at the high-voltage battery.
Fig 10: Clipping In HV Lines
19. Position reinforcement plate -1- and tighten fastening screws -2- .
Fig 11: Identifying Reinforcement Plate With Fastening Screws
20. Position the battery mounting and secure with the fastening screws -1- . → Tightening
torque: 23 Nm (17 ftlb.)
Fig 12: Installing Battery Mounting

1. Install high-voltage charger. → Installing High-Voltage Charger
2. Install the battery. → 270619 REMOVING AND INSTALLING BATTERY
3. Install KESSY antenna in luggage compartment. → Installing Luggage Compartment Antenna
4. Install C-pillar trim panel. → Installing Front Part Of C-Pillar Trim Panel
5. Install side trim panel for rear luggage compartment. → Installing Side Trim Panel For Rear
Luggage Compartment
6. Install cover for rear lock support. → 703919 REMOVING AND INSTALLING COVER FOR
REAR LOCK SUPPORT
7. Install luggage compartment cover. → 700619 REMOVING AND INSTALLING TRIM PANEL
8. Install subwoofer. → 913619 REMOVING AND INSTALLING SUBWOOFER

WM 270819 REMOVING AND INSTALLING HIGH-VOLTAGE BATTERY FUSE

(PANAMERA S E-HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) > TOOLS
Voltage tester Workshop WE 1380

equipment
cordon equipment
set equipment
Assembly aid Special tool 9874

(PANAMERA S E-HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) > TECHNICAL VALUES
Fuse Tightening 10 Nm (7.5

torque ftlb.)
Fuse carrier Tightening 10.1 Nm (7.5
cover torque ftlb.)

(PANAMERA S E-HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) > PRELIMINARY WORK

workstation.

(PANAMERA S E-HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) > REMOVING HIGH-VOLTAGE
BATTERY FUSE
NOTE: Incorrect removal or fitting of safety-related screws for the high-voltage battery.
Risk of damage to rivet nuts
Risk of damage to screw heads
Risk of damage to high-voltage battery
→ Loosen and tighten fastening screws without using electric tools.
→ Only loosen and tighten fastening screws using special tool VAS 6883 Insulated tool set.
→ Be extremely careful when loosening fastening screws. See Note: ==> "Procedure for loosening
micro-self-locking screws".
→ Clean the threaded bores before fitting the fastening screws. See Note: ==> "Procedure for
cleaning threaded bores on the high-voltage battery".
→ Always use new fastening screws.
Information
Information
Procedure for loosening micro-self-locking screws.
The covers on the high-voltage batteries are secured using fastening screws with high-strength screw
locking agent. However, these can be difficult to loosen as a result of certain environmental conditions
and depending on the service life of the vehicle.
To avoid breaking off or damaging fastening screws, always loosen the fastening screws as follows:
1. Mark the fastening screw using a felt-tip pen and carefully loosen it by half (1/2) a turn -arrow
a- .
2. Screw the fastening screw in again by half (1/2) a turn -arrow b- .
3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 at least five times (5x) until the loosening torque of the fastening screw
is reduced significantly. The fastening screw can then be turned easily.
4. After Step 3, the torque should be much lower so that the fastening screw can be loosened
completely -arrow c- .
Fig 1: Loosening Fastening Screws
1. Remove cover on fuse carrier.
2. 1.2. Push fuse carrier cover down and remove it.

Fig 2: Identifying Fuse Carrier Cover Fastening Screws
Information
If the cover on the fuse carrier for the high-voltage system cannot be removed because the
screw heads or rivet nuts are damaged, for example, proceed as follows:
Information
Perform function test on voltage tester at the vehicle jump-start terminals using a reference
voltage.
2. Verify isolation from the power supply at the fuse for the high-voltage battery using voltage
tester Voltage tester WE 1380 .
1. 2.1. Contact point -A- to contact point -B- .
4. 2.4. Check contact point -A- to contact point -B- again to prevent static charge.
Information
Further steps may only be carried out if the measured voltage is less than 1 V. If this is not the
case, stop working on the system and contact Technical Support.
Information
Once absence of electric charge has been verified using the voltage tester, the fuse must be
replaced without any interruption to work.
3. Press cap -1- together -arrow- , unscrew it -A- and pull it down and out -B- .
Fig 4: Removing Cap
4. Fit assembly aid -1- Assembly aid 9874 for removing the fuse for the high-voltage battery
and loosen fastening screws -2- .
5. Carefully remove fastening screws -1- for the high-voltage battery fuse and the high-voltage
battery fuse -2- using assembly aid Assembly aid 9874 .
Fig 6: Identifying Fuse And Fastening Screws
Information
battery.

cleaner to do this.
as follows:
sealed.
6. Clean the screw threads of the fastening points as described above using an M6 x 1.0 tap
with spiral grooves .
7. Re-insert cap -1- to protect exposed high-voltage contacts.


(PANAMERA S E-HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) > INSTALLING HIGH-VOLTAGE
BATTERY FUSE

→ Always use insulated tools Insulated tool set WE 1593 when working on the high-voltage battery. →
Observe general warning notes for working on the high-voltage vehicle electrical system.

SYSTEM
Information
Fastening screws for the fuse and fuse carrier cover must not be re-used and must be replaced with new
fastening screws.
1. Remove cap.
2. Verify absence of electric charge at the open terminals of the high-voltage battery fuse using a
suitable voltage tester at contact points -A, B- .

Information
Insert fuse without causing any interruption to work in order to prevent an electrostatic charge.
3. Insert high-voltage battery fuse.
4. Fit assembly aid -1- Assembly aid 9874 on the high-voltage battery fuse and on the
high-voltage battery using fastening screws.
Fig 2: Installing High-Voltage Battery Fuse
5. Tighten fastening screws to → Tightening torque: 10 Nm (7.5 ftlb.) until secure.
6. Pull assembly aid Assembly aid 9874 off the high-voltage battery fuse. 7.
Fit cap until it engages securely.
Information
Check seal on fuse carrier cover for damage. The cover must not be re-used if damaged and
must be replaced.
8. Position fuse carrier cover and tighten fastening screws -1- to → Tightening torque: 10.1 Nm
(7.5 ftlb.).
Fig 3: Identifying Cover Fastening Screws

(PANAMERA S E-HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) > SUBSEQUENT WORK
WM 270819 REMOVING AND INSTALLING HIGH-VOLTAGE BATTERY VENT LINE

High-voltage cordon Workshop WE 1589

equipment
Insulated tool set Workshop WE 1593
equipment

Cooling system Tightening 10.1 Nm (7.5

torque ftlb.)
Front cover for Tightening 10.1 Nm (7.5
HV battery torque ftlb.)

2. Remove E-box. → Removing E-Box

BATTERY COOLING LINE > REMOVING VENT LINE FOR HIGH-VOLTAGE BATTERY
Information
Information
Place fastening screws aside separate from each other to avoid confusion.
1. Remove front cover on HV battery

Fig 2: Identifying Front Cover Fastening Screws
1. 1.1. Loosen fastening screws -1- .
2. 1.2. Carefully remove front cover.
2. Clean screw thread at the fastening points carefully with a vacuum cleaner. Make sure that no
dirt gets into the battery housing. Only use a vacuum cleaner with a plastic nozzle.
Information
The cooling system must be drained fully before working on the cooling and vent lines. It is
important to ensure that no coolant gets onto the high-voltage battery.
3. Drain the cooling system.

1. 3.1. Slide flexible rubber hoses -2- over both openings on the cooling system -1- .
Check that the hoses on the connections are seated securely and are not leaking.
2. 3.2. Empty the cooling system completely using compressed air set to max. 2.5 bar.
Information
Close off the cooling line connections with protection caps to prevent dirt from getting in.
Information
In order to remove and install the cooling and vent lines, all connections for both systems must
be released and disconnected.
Fig 4: Identifying Releasing And Pulling Off Connections
4. Release the white connections -1- for the vent line -a- and pull them off -A- .
5. Release the black connections -2- for the cooling line by pulling -a- and turning them -b- and
pull them off -c- .
Information
Do not bend or crush cooling and vent lines or connections.
Information
Close off all open connections with caps to protect against soiling.
Information
Check that there is no fluid leaking from the cooling system. Have a collection container and
cloth ready.
Information
To remove the cooling and vent lines, both systems must always be removed.
Fig 7: Identifying Cooling And Vent Lines
6. Loosen fastening screws -1- .
7. Remove the two systems in the specified sequence. -1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14,
15, 16, 17- . The red numbers indicate the vent system and the yellow numbers indicate the
cooling system.
8. Remove the two temperature sensors -2- .
9. Remove aluminum block -3- .

Fig 8: Removing Aluminum Block

BATTERY COOLING LINE > INSTALLING VENT LINE
Information
To install the cooling and vent lines, both systems must always be fitted.
1. Remove caps from the connections.

Fig 1: Identifying Cooling And Vent Lines
Information
All connections must be opened and released before installation.
2. Install temperature sensors -2- .
3. Fit the two systems in the specified sequence. -1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15,
16, 17- The red numbers indicate the vent system and the yellow numbers indicate the cooling
system.
4. Tighten fastening screws -1- to → Tightening torque: 10.1 Nm (7.5 ftlb.).
5. Fit aluminum block -3- .

Fig 2: Fitting Aluminum Block
Information
Check seals on the front high-voltage battery cover and replace front high-voltage battery
cover if it is damaged.
6. Install front cover on HV battery

Fig 3: Identifying Front Cover Fastening Screws
Information
Fastening screws and fastening nuts must not be re-used and must be replaced with new
ones.
1. 6.1. Carefully position front cover.
2. 6.2. Tighten fastening screws -1- to → Tightening torque: 10.1 Nm (7.5 ftlb.).

1. Install E-box. → Installing E-Box
WM 270855 REPLACING HIGH-VOLTAGE BATTERY (PANAMERA S E-HYBRID,

PANAMERA S HYBRID) > TOOLS

WM 270855 REPLACING HIGH-VOLTAGE BATTERY (PANAMERA S E-HYBRID,

PANAMERA S HYBRID) > REPLACING HIGH-VOLTAGE BATTERY
If the high-voltage battery or electric HV battery heater has to be replaced, the battery cross member must be
removed.
2. Remove lifting tackle Lifting tackle 3033 and adapter plates Adapter plate 9860 from the

CROSS MEMBER
5. Remove the two coolant lines -19- for the high-voltage battery -3- and fit them on the new
high-voltage battery. Check that the lines are fitted and sealed correctly.
Fig 2: Identifying Cooling Line From Battery
6. Fit cooling system stoppers on cooling system connections on the old high-voltage battery -1-
and secure with adhesive tape.
Fig 3: Identifying Fitting Stoppers For Cooling System
Information
Stickers (warning of dangerous electrical voltage)
The cover and possibly the front cover plate for the high-voltage battery must be replaced
while carrying out the work required for replacing the E-box.
The identification and warning stickers affixed to the cover and cover plate cannot be re-used.
Before re-installing the high-voltage battery, new stickers must be affixed to the new cover and
possibly to the new front cover plate at the same position and with the same text alignment as
on the removed cover plates.
The required safety marking warning sign 8R0.010.539.x must be selected according to the
relevant language and country version.
7. Affix warning signs to the new high-voltage battery.
1. Warning sign pictograms
2. Indication sticker for lithium-ion high-voltage battery
3. Safety marking warning sign

Fig 4: Identifying Warning Labels
8. Fit battery cross member on new high-voltage battery. → Installing Battery Cross Member
9. If a vent line is fitted in the vehicle: Cut off vent line -1- at the point where it passes through
the luggage compartment pan to the outer area and seal this point at the outside with a cover
-2- .
Fig 5: Cutting Off Vent Line
10. Fit lifting tackle Lifting tackle 3033 and adapter plates Adapter plate 9860 on the
WM 2708IN PACKAGING INSTRUCTIONS FOR HIGH-VOLTAGE BATTERY


crane equipment


CROSS MEMBER

(PANAMERA S E-HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) > PACKING HIGH-VOLTAGE
BATTERY IN TRANSPORT BOX
WARNING: Danger of objects or loads falling down Risk
of squashing or crushing
→ Secure components to prevent them from falling down.
Information
Always wear safety gloves when packing the high-voltage battery.
Fig 1: Identifying Delivered Condition Of Transport Box
1. Prepare the transport box -1- .
1. 1.1. Prepare cut pieces from honeycomb board. Set consists of two cover and floor
elements and six side elements
1. 1.1.1. Remove cover element -2- .
2. 1.1.2. Remove side elements -3- .
3. 1.1.3. Leave floor element -4- fitted.

2. 1.2. Remove large plastic bag from the upright box.
3. 1.3. Remove desiccant -2- from the upright box.
4. 1.4. Remove Vermiculite bag -1- from the upright box.

Fig 2: Identifying Vermiculite And Desiccant
Fig 3: Identifying Cooling System Hoses
Information
Cooling line connections must be closed off to prevent fluid from leaking out during transport.
Coolant leaks and the resulting damage to the high-voltage battery can mean that repairs to
the high-voltage battery can no longer be carried out in certain cases.
3. Fit supplied cooling system caps on cooling system connections -1- and secure with adhesive
tape.
Fig 4: Identifying Cooling System Caps
4. Position adapter plates -1- Adapter plate 9860 on the high-voltage battery and use fastening
screws -2- to fit them on the high-voltage battery.
Fig 5: Identifying Adapter Plates
5. Fit lifting tackle -1- Lifting tackle 3033 on the adapter plates -2- .
Fig 6: Fitting Lifting Tackle 3033 On Adapter Plates
Information
Set the workshop crane Workshop crane WE 1188 to the fourth detent (500 kg).
6. Workshop crane WE 1188 must be engaged in the lifting tackle Lifting tackle 3033 . Then
lift it carefully at the center.
7. Centre transport box lengthways with respect to the workshop crane.
8. Place two honeycomb boards at the short side of the box -x1- .
Information
Make sure not to damage the honeycomb boards when positioning the high-voltage battery.
9. Wrap a large plastic bag around the high-voltage battery and lower it so that it is flush with the
two positioned honeycomb boards so that four honeycomb boards -x2- can be positioned at
the opposite side of the box.
Fig 7: Placing High-Voltage Battery In Transport Box
10. Remove workshop crane Workshop crane WE 1188 with lifting tackle Lifting tackle 3033
from the high-voltage battery.
11. Loosen and remove adapter plates Adapter plate 9860 from the high-voltage battery.
12. Insert the remaining four honeycomb boards -2- at the opposite side of the box for the
high-voltage battery E-box.
Information
If the remaining honeycomb boards cannot be inserted without damaging them, the
high-voltage battery must be lifted up again and re-aligned.
Fig 8: Identifying Honeycomb Boards
13. Centre the desiccant in the large plastic bag on the long sides of the box.
14. Fold over the large plastic bag and seal with commercially available adhesive tape.
Information
A large plastic bag must be wrapped around the sides. The fold of the bag must be centered
on the long side of the box.
15. Place Vermiculite bag diagonally in the corners of the box.
16. Fit honeycomb board cover element -1- on the high-voltage battery.
Fig 9: Fitting Honeycomb Board Cover Element
17. Put a copy of the test log for classification of lithium-ion high-voltage batteries in the box.
18. Fit cover on the box and seal with the supplied clips.
1. 18.1. Push in clips -A- and check that they engage correctly -B- .
Fig 10: Sealing Cover On Box
19. Affix labels -1, 2, 3, 4- to the transport box.
1. 19.1. Affix "Hazardous goods class 9" label -1- to one long side of the box.
2. 19.2. Affix "UN 3480, lithium ion batteries" label -2- to one long side of the box to the
right of label -1- .
3. 19.3. Affix document bag -3- to one long side of the box to the right of label -2- .
4. 19.4. Affix "Item number" label -4- to one long side of the box to the right of label -3-
Fig 11: Identifying Labels On Transport Box
20. Complete accompanying documentation and place it in the document bag together with
another copy of the test log for classification of lithium-ion high-voltage batteries.
Information
The original test log for classification of lithium-ion high-voltage batteries must be kept in the
Porsche Centre.
21. Affix "Item number" label -2- to one short side of the box.
Fig 12: Identifying Label On Transport Box
WM 271119 REMOVING AND INSTALLING BATTERY CROSS MEMBER (PANAMERA S E-

Fastening screw Tightening 23 Nm (17

torque ftlb.)

HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) > INFORMATION > INSTALLATION POSITION OF HIGH-
VOLTAGE BATTERY

Information
Before setting down the high-voltage battery, position two rubber blocks under the high-voltage battery to
prevent damage to the two water drains.

HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) > REMOVING BATTERY CROSS MEMBER
1. Pull off the two quick connectors -1- on the cooling lines and close off/mask the connections
with stoppers or adhesive tape to prevent dirt from getting into the cooling lines.
2. Disconnect potential equalization line for the electric high-voltage battery heater.
3. Unscrew fastening screws -2- . Check different screw lengths.
4. Remove battery cross member.

Fig 1: Identifying High-Voltage Battery With Battery Cross Member Fitted

HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) > INSTALLING BATTERY CROSS MEMBER
1. Carefully position the battery cross member on the high-voltage battery and electric HV battery
heater.
2. Secure the battery cross member by tightening fastening screws M8 x 20 -1- and fastening
screws M8 x 30 -2- to → Tightening torque: 23 Nm (17 ftlb.) until secure.
Fig 1: Securing Battery Cross Member On High-Voltage Battery
Information
If the seal on the high-voltage battery cover was replaced, re-tighten fastening screws after
about 10 minutes to compensate for settling behavior.
3. Remove stoppers or adhesive tape from the cooling system connections -3- and push on
cooling lines.

WM 272219 REMOVING AND INSTALLING GENERATOR (EXCEPT PANAMERA S,

PANAMERA S E-HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID, PANAMERA S EXECUTIVE,
PANAMERA 4S, PANAMERA GTS, PANAMERA TURBO S, PANAMERA 4 S
EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA PLATINUM ED., PANAMERA 4 PLATINUM ED.) >
PRELIMINARY WORK

BATTERY .
2. Remove right front wheel. → 440519 REMOVING AND INSTALLING WHEEL .
3. Remove front wheel housing liner at the right. → 505619 REMOVING AND INSTALLING
FRONT WHEEL HOUSING LINER .
4. Remove cover for underbody protection. → 519219 REMOVING AND INSTALLING COVER
FOR FRONT UNDERBODY .
5. Remove right air cowl on air cleaner housing. → 242719 REMOVING AND INSTALLING AIR
BOX FOR AIR CLEANER .
6. Loosen drive belt. → 137819 REMOVING AND INSTALLING DRIVE BELT .
7. Unscrew fastening screw -1- on the cable duct -2- on the cylinder head at the right. Unclip
vacuum line -3- . 1 2
Fig 1: Identifying Fastening Screw On Cable Duct On Right Cylinder Head
8. Release electric plug connection -2- on oil pressure control valve -1- and disconnect it. Unclip
fixing clip -3- .
Fig 2: Identifying Electric Plug Connection On Oil Pressure Control Valve
9. Remove pressure and suction hoses close to cylinders 1-3 → 214119 REMOVING AND
INSTALLING PRESSURE PIPE .
1. 9.1. Remove pressure pipes at the top in front of the throttle valves.
2. 9.2. Remove lower right pressure pipe between the charge-air cooler and
turbocharger.
3. 9.3. Remove lower right intake pipe in front of the turbocharger (pull off positive
crankcase ventilation hose on the intake pipe first).

REMOVING GENERATOR
Fig 1: Identifying Installation Position Of Generator
1. Pull insulating cap -1- on the B+ connection forward -arrow- . Loosen fastening nut -2- for
B+ line on the generator.
Fig 2: Loosening Connection
2. Loosen fastening screws -1- on the generator.
1. 2.1. Unscrew and remove fastening screws -1- .
2. 2.2. Set down ground strap -2- .

Fig 3: Identifying Fastening Screws On Generator
3. Remove the generator and then pull it forward.
4. Unscrew fastening screw for B+ line on the generator.
1. 4.1. Remove B+ line from the generator.
5. Release and disconnect electric plug connection on the generator.
6. Remove the generator from the vehicle.
1. 6.1. Protect the radiator and cylinder head from damage by covering them with
a suitable cover.
2. 6.2. Move the generator forward and lift it up out of the vehicle.

INSTALLING GENERATOR
The generator is installed in reverse order to removal.
1. Fit the retaining bracket:

1. 1.1. Fit the generator.
2. 1.2. Fit retaining bracket and secure with the fastening screw.
3. 1.3. The generator is screwed to the engine.
4. 1.4. Insert B+ line into the retaining clip and screw it to the generator.
5. 1.5. Only now should you lift the retaining bracket against its stop and tighten
the fastening screw.
The specified tightening torques must always be observed → 1001IN TIGHTENING TORQUES,
TIGHTENING SEQUENCES AND ASSEMBLY OVERVIEWS .

SUBSEQUENT WORK
Additional scope for turbo engines:
1. Install pressure and suction hoses close to cylinder 1-4 → Installing Pressure Pipes .
1. 1.1. Install the right intake pipe (direction of travel) at the bottom in front of the
turbocharger.
2. 1.2. Install the lower right pressure pipe (direction of travel) between the charge-air
cooler and turbocharger.
3. 1.3. Install pressure pipes at the top in front of the throttle valves.
All vehicles:
2. Install drive-belt deflection roller.
3. Install drive belt → Installing Drive Belt .
4. Install air boxes for the air cleaner housing → Installing Air Box For Air Cleaner .
5. Fill in coolant → Filling Coolant .
Additional scope - V8:
6. Install radiator frame → Installing Cooling Fan Housing . On vehicles with PDCC , clip in the
lines on the front-axle carrier.
All vehicles:
7. Install cover for underbody protection. → Installing Cover For Front Underbody
8. Install front wheel housing liner at the right. → Installing Front Part Of Front Wheel Housing
Liner .
9. Fit right front wheel → 440519 REMOVING AND INSTALLING WHEEL .

10. Connect the battery → 2X00IN WORK INSTRUCTIONS AFTER DISCONNECTING THE
BATTERY .

PRELIMINARY WORK

BATTERY .
vacuum line -3- .
fixing clip -3- .
turbocharger.

REMOVING GENERATOR
1. Pull insulating cap -1- on the B+ connection forward -arrow- . Loosen fastening nut -2- for B+
line on the generator.
Fig 2: Loosening B+ Connection

a suitable cover.

INSTALLING GENERATOR


SUBSEQUENT WORK
turbocharger.
All vehicles:
All vehicles:
8. Install front wheel housing liner at the right. → 505619 REMOVING AND INSTALLING FRONT
WHEEL HOUSING LINER .

BATTERY .
WM 272219 REMOVING AND INSTALLING GENERATOR (LP) (PANAMERA,

PANAMERA EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA 4, PANAMERA 4S SPORT EDITION,
PANAMERA 4 EXECUTIVE) > PRELIMINARY WORK

BATTERY .
vacuum line -3- .
fixing clip -3- .
turbocharger.

PANAMERA 4 EXECUTIVE) > REMOVING GENERATOR
1. Pull insulating cap -1- on the B+ connection forward -arrow- . Loosen fastening nut -2- for B+
line on the generator.
Fig 2: Loosening B+ Connection

a suitable cover.

PANAMERA 4 EXECUTIVE) > INSTALLING GENERATOR

PANAMERA 4 EXECUTIVE) > SUBSEQUENT WORK
turbocharger.
All vehicles:
All vehicles:
8. Install front wheel housing liner at the right. → 505619 REMOVING AND INSTALLING FRONT
WHEEL HOUSING LINER .

BATTERY .
WM 275819 REMOVING AND INSTALLING CLUTCH SWITCH INTERLOCK (EXCEPT

PANAMERA S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA 4 S EXECUTIVE,
PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO S, PANAMERA TURBO S
EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS, PANAMERA 4S SPORT EDITION, PANAMERA 4
EXECUTIVE) > PRELIMINARY WORK
1. Remove left front wheel.
→ 440519 REMOVING AND INSTALLING WHEEL
2. Remove rear section of left front wheel housing liner.
→ 505619 REMOVING AND INSTALLING FRONT WHEEL HOUSING LINER .

EXECUTIVE) > REMOVING CLUTCH SWITCH INTERLOCK
Information
Installation position:
The clutch switch interlock is located under the wheel housing liner in the driver's side front wheel
housing.
It is connected to the clutch master cylinder by a locking mechanism.

Fig 1: Overview Of Clutch Switch Interlock Component
1. Clutch master cylinder
2. Electric plug connection with clutch switch interlock
3. Pressure hose connection
4. Supply hose connection
5. Push rod
6. Retaining clip for push rod
1. Release and pull off electric push-on connector -3- .

2. Release the locking mechanism of the clutch switch interlock by pressing to the rear with a
screwdriver -a- and pull it down and off -B- .
Fig 3: Releasing And Removing Clutch Switch Interlock

EXECUTIVE) > INSTALLING CLUTCH SWITCH INTERLOCK
1. Insert the clutch switch interlock upwards -arrow- and make sure that the locking mechanism
engages securely.
Fig 1: Installing Clutch Switch Interlock
2. Plug in electric push-on connector -3- and make sure that the locking mechanism engages
securely.
Fig 2: Plugging In Plug Connection

EXECUTIVE) > SUBSEQUENT WORK
1. Install rear section of left front wheel housing liner.
→ 505619 REMOVING AND INSTALLING FRONT WHEEL HOUSING LINER .
2. Install left front wheel.
→ 440519 REMOVING AND INSTALLING WHEEL
WM 276019 REMOVING AND INSTALLING STARTER (PANAMERA, PANAMERA 4,

PANAMERA TURBO, PANAMERA TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO S,
PANAMERA TURBO S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS, PANAMERA 4S SPORT
EDITION) > PRELIMINARY WORK
1. Disconnect the battery → 9X00IN WORK INSTRUCTIONS AFTER DISCONNECTING THE

BATTERY .
2. Remove fuel distribution pipe → 243019 REMOVING AND INSTALLING FUEL DISTRIBUTOR
PIPE .

EDITION) > REMOVING STARTER
Fig 1: Identifying Installation Position Of Starter
1. Remove protection cap -3- from over the electric connections for the starter.
Fig 2: Removing Protection Cap From Over Electric Connections For Starter

Fig 3: Removing Fastening Nuts On Starter
4. Unscrew fastening screws -1- on the cable duct.

Fig 4: Pulling Off Connectors At Injectors
5. Pull off connectors for injectors -2- on both cylinder banks -arrow- .
6. Release connectors on the rear knock sensors on both cylinder banks -a- and pull them off
-arrow- .
Fig 5: Removing Cable Plugs
7. Carefully hold the cable duct to one side.
8. Unscrew fastening screws -1- on the starter.

Fig 6: Identifying Fastening Screws For Starter
9. Remove wastegate cycle valve -1- from the bracket -arrow- .

Fig 7: Removing Cycle Valve
10. Remove the starter.

EDITION) > INSTALLING STARTER
The starter is installed in reverse order to removal.
The tightening torques must always be checked: → 1001IN TIGHTENING TORQUES,


EDITION) > SUBSEQUENT WORK
1. Install vacuum reservoir. → Installing Vacuum Reservoir
2. Install intake-air distributor. → Installing Intake-Air Distributor

BATTERY .
WM 276019 REMOVING AND INSTALLING STARTER (EXCEPT PANAMERA S

PANAMERA TURBO S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > TECHNICAL VALUES
Fastening screw Tightening 45 Nm (33 +8 Nm (+6 ftlb.)

for starter torque ftlb.)
Fastening nut Tightening 18 Nm (13
securing B+ line torque ftlb.)
to starter

securing torque ftlb.)
terminal 50 line
to starter

PANAMERA TURBO S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > PRELIMINARY WORK
1. Disconnect the battery → 9X00IN WORK INSTRUCTIONS AFTER DISCONNECTING THE

BATTERY .
2. Remove intake-air distributor. → 244619 REMOVING AND INSTALLING INTAKE-AIR

DISTRIBUTOR
3. Remove vacuum reservoir. → 245419 REMOVING AND INSTALLING VACUUM RESERVOIR

PANAMERA TURBO S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > REMOVING STARTER
1. Loosen screws on the rear cable guide. → Rear cable guide

Fig 2: Locating Rear Cable Guide Screws

Fig 3: Removing Electric Connections From Starter
4. Unscrew and remove fastening screws -2- on the cable duct.

Fig 4: Identifying Cable Duct And Connectors For Injectors
5. Disconnect connectors for injectors -1- on cylinder bank 1.
6. Release connector on the rear knock sensor for cylinder bank 1 -1- and disconnect it.
Fig 5: Identifying Cable Plugs For Knock Sensors
7. Carefully hold the cable duct to one side.
8. Unscrew and remove fastening screws -1- on the starter.

Fig 6: Identifying Fastening Screws For Starter
9. Remove starter.
Fig 7: Identifying Starter

PANAMERA TURBO S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > INSTALLING STARTER
Information
Tightening torques, tightening sequence and assembly overviews for the engine and transmission:
Group 1: (Engine) → Technical Values
Group 2: (Petrol, Exhaust, Engine-Electric) → 2X00IN TECHNICAL VALUES
Group 3: (Power Transmission) → 3X00IN TECHNICAL VALUES

1. The starter is installed in reverse order to removal.
1. 1.1. Fastening nut securing terminal 50 to starter Tightening torque 10 Nm (7.5

ftlb.)
2. 1.2. Fastening screws for starter Tightening torque 45 Nm (33 ftlb.) +8 Nm (+6
ftlb.)
3. 1.3. Fastening nut securing B+ line to starter Tightening torque 18 Nm (13 ftlb.)

PANAMERA TURBO S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS) > SUBSEQUENT WORK
1. Install vacuum reservoir. → Installing Vacuum Reservoir
2. Install intake-air distributor. → Installing Intake-Air Distributor

BATTERY .
WM 278515 ADJUSTMENT CONTROL UNIT FOR DISTANCE MEASURING SENSOR

TOOLS

wheel Workshop WE 1272
alignment equipment
system ML
5000 Porsche
axle alignment Workshop WE 1328

system with equipment
DSP508XF
sensors
adjustment Workshop WE 1362

device with equipment
reflector VAS
6430/1
mirror for Workshop WE 1363
adjustment equipment
device VAS
6430/3
T-socket Workshop WE 1364

wrench for equipment
ACC sensor
VAS 6190/2
disassembly Commercially Nr.21

tool available tool

PRELIMINARY WORK
The distance measuring sensor must be readjusted as part of the following tasks.
1. Suspension was aligned and adjusted.

2. The distance measuring sensor (ACC sensor) control unit and/or the control unit holder was
removed, replaced and re-installed.
3. The lock support was loosened.
4. The front end is damaged.
5. Fault memory entry: ACC sensor incorrectly adjusted (D00004).
1. 5.1. The misalignment angle is outside of the range -1.5° to +1.5°.

PRELIMINARY WORK > TEST PREREQUISITES
1. The tread depth on one axle must not differ by more than 2 mm.
2. Tyre pressure of tires in accordance with regulations (regardless of "Comfort" or "Normal" air
pressure).
3. As with complete suspension alignment, make sure that there is no sliding base or turnplate at
the end stop during alignment.
1. 3.1. Take the toe width and wheel base into consideration.
4. Check that vehicle weight corresponds to empty weight. Weight of the vehicle ready for driving
(completely full fuel tank and water tank for the windscreen washer/headlight cleaning system,
spare wheel, tool kit, jack) without driver.
5. Spare wheel, tool kit, jack must be located in the positions specified by the vehicle
manufacturer.
6. Vehicle aligned correctly, having been bounced and allowed to settle multiple times.
7. Check wheel suspension, steering and steering linkage for play and damage.
1. 7.1. Carry out repairs if necessary.
8. Adjust vehicles with levelling system (air spring) to normal level*.
1. 8.1. *Information: Engine/ignition off, doors closed, lock the vehicle
2. 8.2. Wait for 15 seconds (air spring corrects vehicle)
3. 8.3. Unlock vehicle, open door and leave open during the measurement, switch on
ignition

PRELIMINARY WORK > DESIGN OF MEASURING SYSTEM
Information
Check that there is sufficient floor space between the vehicle and the adjustment device - the gap
between the adjustment device and vehicle must be approx. 120 cm.
The vehicle can be reversed onto the axle alignment platform if there is not enough floor space in front
of the measuring platform.
The vehicle must be positioned so that the front and rear axles are centered on turnplates/sliding plates.
Information
The procedure described here is for the wheel alignment system ML 5000 Porsche WE 1272 and the axle
alignment system with DSP508XF sensors WE 1328 .
Deviations can occur with other alignment systems.
1. Fit instrument holders onto the wheels on the rear axle.
2. Fit the rear sensors onto the rear axle using the spoiler adapter (Beissbarth only, this sets the
sensors to a lower position).
3. Align the rear sensors on the rear axle using the spirit level and clamp the instrument holders
using the wing screws.
Information
Once the vehicle and adjustment tool are aligned, the vehicle and adjustment tool must no
longer be moved.
1. The vehicle is standing on turnplates/sliding plates that are released on one side ,
allowing the vehicle to be moved slightly.
2. If the vehicle is moved while taking measurements on the turnplates, the measurement
process must be repeated.
3. If the adjustment tool is moved following alignment, the measurement process must be
repeated.
4. Attach the front sensors to the measuring mirror, align using the spirit level and clamp.
1. 4.1. Centre the adjustment tool.
2. 4.2. The distance between the adjustment tool and the vehicle should be approx. 120
cm, the distance between the adjustment tool and the distance measuring sensor
should be approx. 130 cm.
3. 4.3. The distance between the left sensor and the vehicle -Bl- should be identical to
the distance between the right sensor and the vehicle -Br- .
Fig 1: Adjusting Device Setup
5. Switch on (initialize) the sensors.

(EXCEPT PANAMERA S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA 4 S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS)
> PRELIMINARY WORK > PREPARATION FOR ADJUSTING DISTANCE MEASURING
SENSOR
1. Connect a battery charger with a current rating of at least 40 A to the external power feed
points.
2. Read out the fault memory using PIWIS Tester II 9818 , create a VAL if necessary → 0X03IN
CREATING VEHICLE ANALYSIS LOG (VAL) and correct any faults.
Fig 1: Identifying Diagnostic Socket
3. Adjust vehicles with levelling system (air spring) to normal level*.
1. 3.1. *Information: Engine/ignition off, doors closed, lock the vehicle.
2. 3.2. Wait for 15 seconds (air spring corrects vehicle).
3. 3.3. Unlock vehicle, open door and leave open during the measurement, switch on
ignition.
4. Remove cover on sensor.
Fig 2: Removing Sensor Cover
1. 4.1. Release upper cover at two points -arrow- using disassembly tool Nr.21 or
alternatively, using door panel release lever (Hazet 799-3).
2. 4.2. Fold cover forward and detach at the bottom holder -arrow- .
5. Clean sensor and cover using a commercially available cleaning agent.

6. Fit the front sensors onto the adjustment device, align using the spirit levels and clamp using
the wing screws, and switch them on (initialize).
7. The gap between the ACC adjustment device adjustment device with reflector VAS 6430/1
WE 1362 and the vehicle must be approx. 120 cm.
1. 7.1. Position the ACC adjustment device adjustment device with reflector VAS
6430/1 WE 1362 at a distance of 130 +/- 10 cm between the sensor lens and
mirror face mirror for adjustment device VAS 6430/3 WE 1363 .
2. 7.2. The distance between the left sensor and the vehicle -BI- should be identical to
the distance between the right spirit level and the vehicle -Br- .
Fig 3: Adjusting Device Setup
8. On the adjustment device, move the mirror to position -2- in alignment with the marking (-A-
the number 2 on the rotary knob must point towards the vehicle).
Fig 4: Positioning Adjustment Device
Information
Once the vehicle and adjustment tool are aligned, the vehicle and adjustment tool must no
longer be moved.
1. The vehicle is standing on turnplates/sliding plates that are released on one side ,
allowing the vehicle to be moved.
2. If the vehicle is moved while taking measurements on the turnplates, the measurement
process must be repeated.
3. If the adjustment tool is moved following alignment, the measurement process must be
repeated.
9. Release turnplates/sliding plates on one side of the vehicle .
10. Open the corresponding menu (use operating instructions for measuring platform) in
order to adjust the distance measuring sensor.
11. Before starting the adjustment process, use the laser beam -3- at the mirror on the adjustment
device (for switching on the laser beam >> see operating instructions for adjustment device) to
check that the laser beam strikes the sensor lens. Info:
1. 11.1. The adjustment device is aligned (positioned) correctly if the laser beam still
strikes the sensor lens even after the identical individual toe values have been set.
2. 11.2. If the laser beam does not strike the sensor lens, the alignment of the
adjustment device must be repeated.
Fig 5: Identifying Laser Beam At Mirror
12. Align adjustment device at the side:
1. 12.1. The laser beam of the adjustment device must strike the center of the sensor
lens.
Fig 6: Aligning Adjustment Device
13. Use the adjusting screws -1, 2, 3, 4, 5- on the adjustment device to level the mirror's spirit
levels -A, B- .
Fig 7: Aligning Mirror's Spirit Levels
14. Use the crank -arrow- on the adjustment device to adjust the mirror so that the laser beam
(for switching on the laser beam >> see operating instructions for adjustment device) strikes
the center of the sensor lens on the vertical line.
15. Turn the adjustment bar on the adjustment device to the side using the adjusting screw -5-
until the green indicator on the adjustment bar is displayed on the measuring platform screen.
Fig 8: Example Of Adjustment Bar Display
Fig 9: Example Of Hunter Display

ADJUSTING CONTROL UNIT FOR DISTANCE MEASURING SENSOR
1. A battery charger with a current rating of at least 40 A must be connected to the external
power feed points.
2. Connect PIWIS Tester II 9818 to the vehicle and start it up.
3. Switch on ignition.
4. Select the vehicle and adaptive cruise control control unit and press [>>] to continue.
5. In the Adaptive cruise control menu select the Maintenance, repairs submenu and press
[>>] to continue.
6. Follow the instructions on the Tester and, if necessary, adjust the sensor -1- using the
adjusting tool T-socket wrench for ACC sensor VAS 6190/2 WE 1364 in line with the Tester
specifications.
Fig 1: Adjusting Screws For Distance Measuring Sensor
7. The process must be repeated until the message Adjustment successful is displayed on the
Tester.

SUBSEQUENT WORK
2. PIWIS Tester II 9818 can now be disconnected from the vehicle.
3. Disconnect battery charger.
4. Remove sensors and instrument holders.
Information
Before and after fitting the trim cover for the distance measuring sensor control unit, check the
following points:
1. The holder for the distance measuring sensor control unit must not show any signs of
deformation, which may have been caused, for example, by removing or installing the
trim cover for the distance measuring sensor control unit. If the holder for the distance
measuring sensor control unit is deformed, carefully push it back into shape.
2. If the trim cover is damaged or cracked, replace the trim cover.
3. After fitting the trim cover, check that it is seated correctly and securely.
5. Fit cover on the distance measuring sensor control unit.

Fig 1: Identifying Cover For ACC Sensor
6. Perform a test drive and check operation of distance measuring sensor control unit.
7. Read out the fault memory for the distance measuring sensor (ACC) control unit.
WM 278519 REMOVING AND INSTALLING CONTROL UNIT FOR DISTANCE

MEASURING SENSOR (EXCEPT PANAMERA S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA 4 S
PANAMERA GTS) > REMOVING CONTROL UNIT FOR DISTANCE MEASURING
SENSOR
Fig 1: Identifying Installation Position Of Control Unit For Distance Measuring Sensor
2. Remove cover on sensor.

Fig 2: Removing Sensor Cover
1. 2.1. Release cover at the top.
2. 2.2. Fold cover forwards and detach at the bottom holder.
3. 2.3. Unclip and remove upper cover.
3. Release electric plug connection -a- and disconnect connector from control unit for distance
measuring sensor.
4. Unscrew and remove fastening screws -1- from holder for control unit for distance measuring
sensor.
Fig 4: Removing Fastening Screws
5. Remove holder together with control unit for distance measuring sensor.

PANAMERA GTS) > INSTALLING CONTROL UNIT FOR DISTANCE MEASURING
SENSOR
1. Position holder together with control unit for distance measuring sensor.
2. Position holder on the bumper and secure using the two fastening screws -1- .
Fig 1: Securing Holder
3. Press in the electric plug until it clicks into place.
4. Position covers for distance measuring sensor and clip them in.
Fig 2: Fitting Cover For Distance Measuring Sensor

PANAMERA GTS) > SUBSEQUENT WORK > SUBSEQUENT WORK AFTER
REMOVING AND INSTALLING CONTROL UNIT FOR DISTANCE MEASURING
SENSOR
If the control unit for the distance measuring sensor was removed and installed or replaced, the control
unit for the distance measuring sensor will need to be readjusted on a measuring platform using
adjustment tool VAS 6430 .
→ WM 278515 ADJUSTMENT CONTROL UNIT FOR DISTANCE MEASURING SENSOR .
WM 278555 REPLACING CONTROL UNIT FOR DISTANCE MEASURING SENSOR

TOOLS

TECHNICAL VALUES

READING AND WRITING VALUES
NOTE: Voltage drop
battery.
Information
Tester releases.
1. Connect the Porsche System Tester to the vehicle and start the System Tester. Switch on
ignition and press [F12] to continue.
2. Select the vehicle type. The diagnostic application starts.
3. Select the Adaptive cruise control control unit in the overview .
9. Switch off ignition and replace control unit. → 278519 REMOVING AND INSTALLING
CONTROL UNIT FOR DISTANCE MEASURING SENSOR
12. Read out fault memory and erase it if necessary.

SUBSEQUENT WORK
If the control unit for the distance measuring sensor was removed and installed or replaced, the control
unit for the distance measuring sensor will need to be readjusted on a measuring platform using
adjustment tool VAS 6430. → WM 278515 ADJUSTMENT CONTROL UNIT FOR DISTANCE
MEASURING SENSOR .
WM 2785IN DIMENSIONS FOR DISTANCE MEASURING SENSOR ADJUSTMENT

(EXCEPT PANAMERA S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA 4 S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA
TURBO EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA TURBO S EXECUTIVE, PANAMERA GTS,
PANAMERA 4 EXECUTIVE) > DIMENSIONS FOR DISTANCE MEASURING SENSOR
ADJUSTMENT
Information
Check that there is sufficient floor space between the vehicle and the adjustment device - the gap
between the adjustment device and vehicle must be approx. 120 cm.
The vehicle can be reversed onto the axle alignment platform if there is not enough floor space in front
of the measuring platform.
The vehicle must be positioned so that the front and rear axles are centered on turnplates/sliding plates.
Fig 1: Identifying Dimensions For Distance Measuring Sensor Adjustment
A. Vehicle overhang at the front of the Panamera: 98 cm .
B. Distance between adjustment tool and vehicle: 120 +/- 20 cm .

C. Width of adjustment tool: 62 cm .
D. Recommended minimum distance from center of front wheel (or center of turnplate) to wall in
front of vehicle:280 cm .
E. Wheelbase or distance from turnplate to center of rotary sliding plate: 292 cm .
WM 279019 REMOVING AND INSTALLING ELECTRIC MOTOR WITH DECOUPLER

(HYBRID MODULE) (PANAMERA S E-HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) >
PRELIMINARY WORK
HIGH-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM .
2. Isolate the high-voltage electrical system from the power supply and complete the relevant
POWER SUPPLY/STARTING HIGH-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM .
3. Remove the engine. → 100119 REMOVING AND INSTALLING ENGINE .
4. Unscrew the transmission from the engine. → 343519 REMOVING AND INSTALLING
TRANSMISSION .

(HYBRID MODULE) (PANAMERA S E-HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) > REMOVING
ELECTRIC MOTOR WITH DECOUPLER (HYBRID MODULE)
The procedure is described in the document → 100127 REMOVING ENGINE FROM TRANSMISSION
AND MOUNTING ENGINE ON TRANSMISSION .

(HYBRID MODULE) (PANAMERA S E-HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) > INSTALLING
ELECTRIC MOTOR WITH DECOUPLER (HYBRID MODULE)
The procedure is described in the document → 100127 REMOVING ENGINE FROM TRANSMISSION
AND MOUNTING ENGINE ON TRANSMISSION .

(HYBRID MODULE) (PANAMERA S E-HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) >
SUBSEQUENT WORK
1. Install transmission on engine. → Installing Transmission .
2. Start the high-voltage electrical system and complete the relevant documentation. → 2X00IN
3. Read about how to calibrate the electric motor in "Guided Fault Finding and the latest
Technical Information releases for special tasks to be performed after servicing and repairing
the Panamera Hybrid".
WM 279119 REMOVING AND INSTALLING FUSE FOR POWER ELECTRONICS FOR

HIGH-VOLTAGE SYSTEM (PANAMERA S E-HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) > TOOLS


HIGH-VOLTAGE SYSTEM (PANAMERA S E-HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) >
TECHNICAL VALUES
Fuse Tightening 2 Nm (1.5 ftlb.) -0.2 Nm (-0.1

torque ftlb.)
HV cover Tightening 7 Nm (5 ftlb.)
torque
Protective plate Tightening 9 Nm (6.5 ftlb.)
torque

PRELIMINARY WORK
3. Remove left front wheel. → 440519 REMOVING AND INSTALLING WHEEL .
4. Remove front section of front wheel housing liner at the left. → 505619 REMOVING AND
INSTALLING FRONT WHEEL HOUSING LINER .

REMOVING FUSE FOR POWER ELECTRONICS FOR HIGH-VOLTAGE SYSTEM
Fig 1: Identifying Installation Position Of Power Electronics For High-Voltage System
1. Verify absence of electric charge at the power electronics unit.

Fig 2: Checking Absence Of Electric Charge At Power Electronics
1. 1.1. Release electric plug connection for high-voltage line to the HV distributor -1-
(-a- ), pull it off until you feel a certain amount of resistance -A- , release it -b- and
pull it off completely -B- .
Fig 3: Removing High-Voltage Connector
2. 1.2. Connect high-voltage test adapter High-voltage test adapter HVA 280 WE
1585 and lock it.
3. 1.3. Verify absence of electric charge at all inputs on the test adapter in accordance
with test log specifications using a suitable voltage tester.
Information
Further steps may only be carried out if the voltage measured at the power electronics is < 5 V.
If this is not the case, stop working on the system and contact Technical Support.
2. Remove protective plate -1- .

Fig 4: Removing Protective Plate
1. 2.1. Loosen fastening screws -2- on protective plate.
2. 2.2. Loosen fixing clips -3- at the top and bottom of the protective plate.
3. 2.3. Remove protective plate.
3. Loosen fastening screws on HV cover for power electronics -1- and remove HV cover.
Fig 5: Removing HV Cover On Power Electronics
4. Loosen fastening screws -1- on fuse for power electronics for the high-voltage system -2- and
remove fuse.
Fig 6: Identifying Fuse For Power Electronics Unit

INSTALLING FUSE FOR POWER ELECTRONICS FOR HIGH-VOLTAGE SYSTEM
1. Position fuse for power electronics for high-voltage system -2- and tighten fastening screws
-1- to → Tightening torque: 2 Nm (1.5 ftlb.)-0.2 Nm (-0.1 ftlb.) .
Fig 1: Identifying Fuse For Power Electronics Unit
2. Position HV cover on power electronics and tighten fastening screws to → Tightening torque:
7 Nm (5 ftlb.) .
3. Clip HV lines into the holders -2- .

Fig 2: Securing HV Cover On Power Electronics
4. Install protective plate -1- .
1. 4.1. Position protective plate.
2. 4.2. Tighten fastening screws -2- for protective plate to → Tightening torque: 9 Nm
(6.5 ftlb.).
3. 4.3. Route electric lines behind the holders and clip them onto the protective plate at
the top and bottom using the fixing clips -3- .
Fig 3: Identifying Protective Plate Mounting Bolts
5. Connect electric plug connection for HV line for HV distributor -A- and lock it.
Information
Check that the HV connector is locked correctly. The hook (red) must be locked after
connecting the HV connector.
Fig 4: Connecting HV Line For HV Distributor

SUBSEQUENT WORK
1. Install front section of front wheel housing liner at the left. → 505619 REMOVING AND
2. Install front wheel. → 440519 REMOVING AND INSTALLING WHEEL .
3. Connect the battery. → WM 2X00IN WORK INSTRUCTIONS AFTER DISCONNECTING THE

BATTERY .
WM 279119 REMOVING AND INSTALLING POWER ELECTRONICS FOR

HIGH-VOLTAGE SYSTEM (PANAMERA S E-HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) > TOOLS

HVA 280

TECHNICAL VALUES
Equipotential Tightening 7 Nm (5 ftlb.)

bonding line torque
Ground straps Tightening 15 Nm (11
torque ftlb.)
HV lines Tightening 20 Nm (15
torque ftlb.)
torque
Protective plate Tightening 9 Nm (6.5
torque ftlb.)

PRELIMINARY WORK


REMOVING POWER ELECTRONICS FOR HIGH-VOLTAGE SYSTEM
Fig 1: Identifying Installation Position Of Power Electronics For High-Voltage System
1. Verify absence of electric charge at the power electronics unit.

Fig 2: Checking Absence Of Electric Charge At Power Electronics
1. 1.1. Release electric plug connection for high-voltage line to HV distributor -a- , pull
it off until you feel a certain amount of resistance -A- , release it -b- and pull it off
completely -B- .
2. 1.2. Connect high-voltage test adapter High-voltage test adapter HVA 280 WE
1585 and lock it.
3. 1.3. Verify absence of electric charge at all inputs on the test adapter in accordance
with test log specifications using a suitable voltage tester.
Information
Further steps may only be carried out if the voltage measured at the power electronics is < 5 V.
If this is not the case, stop working on the system and contact Technical Support.

Fig 4: Identifying Protective Plate Mounting Bolts
4. Release and open holders for HV lines -2- .

5. Loosen fastening screws -2- on the HV lines for the electric motor
6. Loosen fastening screws -1- on the HV lines for the HV battery

Fig 6: Disconnecting HV Lines Fastening Screws
7. Loosen fastening screws for HV lines -1- in the power electronics unit and pull HV lines out of
the power electronics unit -A- .
Fig 7: Loosening HV Lines In Power Electronics
8. Release electric plug connection at the bottom of the power electronics unit -a- and
disconnect it -A- .
9. Unclip cover on 12 V connection and remove it.
10. Screw off and remove fastening nuts -1- for the B+ and B- lines.
Fig 9: Removing B+ And B- Line
11. Unscrew fastening screw -1- securing equipotential bonding line to the top of the power
electronics unit and remove line.
Fig 10: Disconnecting Equipotential Bonding Line
12. Release and open holders for coolant lines.
13. Remove coolant lines from the holders.
Information
Collect escaping coolant in a suitable container.
14. Close off coolant lines using hose clamps.

Fig 11: Pulling Off Coolant Lines At Power Electronics
15. Open the locks on the two quick connectors and pull off the coolant lines -arrow- .
16. Unscrew the fastening screws -1- at the top and bottom of the holder and hold the power
electronics unit securely with one hand until you remove it.
Fig 12: Removing Power Electronics Unit From Holder
17. Turn the top of the power electronics unit in front of the holder, tilt it forward and remove power
electronics unit in a downward direction.

INSTALLING POWER ELECTRONICS FOR HIGH-VOLTAGE SYSTEM
Information
The contact surfaces of the potential equalization line must be checked prior to installation.
1. Position power electronics unit in the installation space and hold it in position using a universal
lifter.
2. Secure the power electronics unit to the holder using fastening screws -1- .
Fig 1: Identifying Power Electronics Unit To Holder Fastening Screws
3. Fit and lock coolant lines at the quick connectors on the power electronics unit -arrow- .
1. 3.1. Loosen and remove hose clamps.

Fig 2: Securing Coolant Lines
4. Secure equipotential bonding line to the top of the power electronics unit with a fastening
screw -1- and tighten to → Tightening torque: 7 Nm (5 ftlb.) until secure.
Fig 3: Identifying Equipotential Bonding Line And Screw
5. Fit B+ and B- lines on the bolts and tighten fastening nuts -1- to → Tightening torque: 15 Nm
(11 ftlb.) until secure. The connections have a mechanical coding and must not be
interchanged.
Fig 4: Securing B+ And B- Lines
6. Fit cover for 12 V connection and clip it in.
7. Plug in electric plug connection -A- and lock it -a- .

Fig 5: Plugging In And Locking Electric Plug Connection
Information
Check seal on connector for high-voltage lines (traction line and 3-phase line) before
Information
Observe screw-on sequence for fastening screws 2 for the 3-pin connector for high-voltage
lines. First tighten the center fastening screw, then the two outer screws.
8. Slide high-voltage lines into the power electronics unit and tighten fastening screws securing
high-voltage lines -1, 2- to the outside of the power electronics unit to → Tightening torque: 7
Nm (5 ftlb.)+/-0.5 Nm (+/-0.5 ftlb.) until secure. Check that the lines are fitted and sealed
correctly.
Fig 6: Securing HV Lines Using Fastening Screws
9. Position cable shoe -1- and tighten to → Tightening torque: 20 Nm (15 ftlb.) until secure.
Fig 7: Securing HV Lines In Power Electronics Using Fastening Screws
10. Position HV cover for power electronics unit and tighten fastening screws to → Tightening
torque: 7 Nm (5 ftlb.) until secure.

2. 12.2. Tighten fastening screws -2- on protective plate to → Tightening torque: 9

Nm (6.5 ftlb.) until secure.
3. 12.3. Route electric lines behind the holders and clip them onto the protective plate
at the top and bottom using the fixing clips -3- .
Fig 9: Identifying Protective Plate Fastening Screws
13. Connect high-voltage line for high-voltage distributor -A- and lock it.
Information

SUBSEQUENT WORK
3. Bleed the low-temperature cooling system. → 193817 DRAINING AND FILLING COOLANT
(INCLUDES BLEEDING) .
4. Visually inspect the components for leaks.
6. If the power electronics unit was replaced, PIWIS Tester II 9818 must be used to perform the
on-line teaching function, write the values and erase the fault memory. → WM 279155
REPLACING POWER ELECTRONICS FOR HIGH-VOLTAGE SYSTEM .
WM 279155 REPLACING POWER ELECTRONICS FOR HIGH-VOLTAGE SYSTEM


(PANAMERA S E-HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) > TEACHING POWER
ELECTRONICS
NOTE: Voltage drop
battery.
Information
Tester releases.
Information
All remote controls (keys) are required for teaching a DME, front-end electronics (front BCM), rear-end
electronics (rear BCM), electronic steering lock (ELV) control unit or remote controls (keys) for example.
Remote controls (keys) that are not taught during this teaching procedure will no longer be recognized
by the vehicle.
1. Switch off ignition and replace power electronics unit. → 279119 REMOVING AND
INSTALLING POWER ELECTRONICS FOR HIGH-VOLTAGE SYSTEM
2. Connect the PIWIS Tester to the vehicle and start the diagnostic application. Switch on ignition.
3. To activate the control units, switch on the hazard warning lights.
4. Check the VIN in the Actual values/input signals menu and enter it if it is not already
entered.
5. Maintenance/repairs must be selected, then select Write values. Press [F12] to continue.
6. Select the Codings/adaptations menu and carry out the Automatic coding function in
accordance with the instructions on the Tester.
7. Select the On-line teaching function menu on the Start page.
8. Vehicle must now be selected. Then press [F12] to continue. Vehicle data will be read out.
9. The vehicle identification number (VIN) is displayed. Change the vehicle identification number
if necessary.
10. Enter the repair order number and press [F12] to continue.
11. Enter the PPN user name and password and press [F12] to continue.
12. Login is performed.
13. The Tester displays the message Login successful. Press [F12] to continue.
14. Follow the instructions on the Tester and perform the teaching process.
15. Once the teaching process is completed successfully, the Tester shows the components that
were taught and the overall status of the vehicle, for example: taught . Press [F12] to
continue.
16. Press [EXIT] to end the On-line teaching function and select the vehicle type on the Start
page.
17. Select the High-voltage power electronics control unit in the overview .
18. Press [F7] Read all fault memories and erase if required and delete all faults.
19. Function test: Lock, open and start the vehicle using all remote controls (hand-held
transmitters).
WM 279319 REMOVING AND INSTALLING HIGH-VOLTAGE LINE BETWEEN
HIGH-VOLTAGE CHARGER AND HIGH-VOLTAGE BATTERY (PANAMERA S E-
5. Remove C-pillar trim panel at the right. → 706819 REMOVING AND INSTALLING C-PILLAR
TRIM PANEL
6. Remove side trim panel for rear luggage compartment at the right. → 700319 REMOVING
AND INSTALLING SIDE TRIM PANEL FOR REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT

HIGH-VOLTAGE CHARGER AND HIGH-VOLTAGE BATTERY (PANAMERA S
E-HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) > REMOVING HIGH-VOLTAGE LINE BETWEEN
HIGH-VOLTAGE CHARGER AND HIGH-VOLTAGE BATTERY
Fig 1: Identifying Installation Position Of High-Voltage Line Between High-Voltage Charger And
High-Voltage Battery
1. Release high-voltage line at the high-voltage charger -a- , pull it off until you feel a certain
amount of resistance -A- , release it -b- and pull it off completely -B- .
Fig 2: Pulling Off High-Voltage Line
2. Release and pull off high-voltage line -1- at the high-voltage battery.
Fig 3: Identifying High-Voltage Line
3. Loosen tie-wrap -1- , unclip cable duct -2- and remove high-voltage line from the vehicle.
Fig 4: Disconnecting High-Voltage Line

HIGH-VOLTAGE CHARGER AND HIGH-VOLTAGE BATTERY (PANAMERA S
E-HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) > INSTALLING HIGH-VOLTAGE LINE BETWEEN
HIGH-VOLTAGE CHARGER AND HIGH-VOLTAGE BATTERY
1. Loosely route high-voltage line in the luggage compartment.
2. Connect high-voltage line -1- to the high-voltage battery and lock it.
Fig 1: Identifying High-Voltage Line To High-Voltage Battery And Lock
3. Connect high-voltage line to the high-voltage charger until it engages securely.
4. Clip high-voltage line into the cable duct -2- and fit tie-wrap -1- .
Fig 2: Securing High-Voltage Line

HIGH-VOLTAGE CHARGER AND HIGH-VOLTAGE BATTERY (PANAMERA S E-
1. Install C-pillar trim panel at the right. → 706819 REMOVING AND INSTALLING C-PILLAR
TRIM PANEL
WM 279319 REMOVING AND INSTALLING HIGH-VOLTAGE LINE FROM BATTERY TO

POWER ELECTRONICS (PANAMERA S E-HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) >
TECHNICAL VALUES
Fastening nuts -1- Tightening 2 Nm

securing HV torque
cable holder to
body
Ground straps Tightening 20 Nm (15
torque ftlb.)
torque ftlb.)
torque
Protective plate Tightening 9 Nm (6.5 ftlb.)
torque

PRELIMINARY WORK
1. Read and comply with warning notes. → 2X00IN GENERAL WARNING NOTES FOR
WORKING ON THE HIGH-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM .
3. Disconnect the battery (vehicle electrical system). → WM 2X00IN WORK INSTRUCTIONS

8. Remove cover for left underbody. → Removing And Installing Left Cover .
9. Empty the fuel tank. → WM 2010EN DRAINING AND FILLING THE FUEL TANK (DRAINING
AND FILLING IN FUEL)
10. Remove fuel tank. → Removing Fuel Tank

REMOVING HIGH-VOLTAGE LINE FROM BATTERY TO POWER ELECTRONICS
Fig 1: Identifying Installation Position Of High-Voltage Line From Battery To Power Electronics
1 - High-voltage line from battery to power electronics
3 - High-voltage lines from power electronics to electric machine
1. Release electric plug connection for high-voltage line to the HV distributor -a- , pull it off until
you feel resistance -A- , release it -b- and pull it off completely -B- .

4. Release and open brackets for HV lines -2- .

Fig 5: Disconnecting HV Lines
5. Loosening fastening screws -1- on the HV lines for the HV battery.
6. Loosen fastening screw for HV lines to the HV battery -1- in the power electronics and pull HV
lines out of the power electronics -A- .
7. Unclip cover on 12 V connection and remove it.
8. Screw off and remove fastening nut -1- for the B+ line.
Fig 7: Identifying B+ Line Fastening Nut
9. Unclip the holder for the high-voltage lines at the crash box of the HV battery (2x) -A- .
Fig 8: Identifying Holder For HV Lines
10. Remove B+ line from the high-voltage line assembly at the external power connection.
11. Unclip the high-voltage lines behind the spring strut from the spring strut dome (2x) and from
the bodyshell (2x).
1. 11.1. Pull the high-voltage lines behind the spring strut forward.
Fig 9: Removing High-Voltage Line In Body Front Section
12. Unclip high-voltage lines (3x) from the bodyshell.

Fig 10: Removing High-Voltage Line In Underbody Front Section
13. Unclip cable duct (2x) from the bore and from the tucker stud (8x).
Fig 11: Removing High-Voltage Line On Underbody
14. Unscrew the two fastening nuts -1- and detach the high-voltage line holder.
Fig 12: Removing High-Voltage Line In Underbody Rear Section
15. Pull off high-voltage line and cable duct (5x) from the tucker stud and unclip from holder (1x).
Fig 13: Removing High-Voltage Line In Body Rear Section
16. Remove B+ line from the HV line assembly at the power distributor.
17. Remove high-voltage line in luggage compartment area.
1. 17.1. Guide the rubber sleeve -1- for the cable bushing for the high-voltage lines on
the body floor (luggage compartment area) down through the body floor.
2. 17.2. Pull out the high-voltage lines in a downward direction.

Fig 14: Removing High-Voltage Line In Luggage Compartment

INSTALLING HIGH-VOLTAGE LINE FROM BATTERY TO POWER ELECTRONICS
Information
The plug connection and connector holder must be checked for wear and damage before connecting the
high-voltage lines.
The high-voltage lines can only be connected at one position. Check the connection position before
connecting the lines.
1. Install high-voltage line in luggage compartment area.
1. 1.1. Slide the high-voltage lines down through the opening in the luggage
compartment floor -1- .
2. 1.2. Coat the rubber sleeve with sliding compound and press it onto the body -2-
until the rubber sleeve is positioned correctly.
Fig 1: Installing High-Voltage Line In Luggage Compartment
2. Fit B+ line from the HV line assembly at the power distributor.
3. Lay the high-voltage line in the body rear section and press onto the tucker studs -A- (5x) and
clip onto the holder (1x) -B- .
Fig 2: Installing High-Voltage Line In Body Rear Section
4. Lay the high-voltage line in the underbody rear end and secure using the two fastening nuts
-1- . → Tightening torque: 2 Nm
Fig 3: Installing High-Voltage Line In Underbody Rear Section
5. Lay the high-voltage line in the underbody, clip the cable duct into the bore (2x) -A- and attach
to the tucker studs (8x) -B- .
Fig 4: Installing High-Voltage Line In Underbody
6. Lay the high-voltage line in the underbody front section, clip the cable duct into onto the
bodyshell (3x).
Fig 5: Installing High-Voltage Line In Underbody Front Section
7. Lay the high-voltage line in the underbody front section behind the spring strut and clip onto
the body (4x).
Fig 6: Installing High-Voltage Line In Body Front Section
8. Fit B+ line from the high-voltage line assembly at the external power connection.
9. Fit B+ line on the bolt and tighten fastening nut -1- to → Tightening torque: 20 Nm (15 ftlb.)
Fig 7: Securing B+ Line
10. Fit cover for 12 V connection and clip it in.
Information
Information
high-voltage lines -1, 2- to the outside of the power electronics unit to → Tightening torque: 7 Nm
(5 ftlb.)+/-0.5 Nm (+/-0.5 ftlb.). Check that the lines are fitted and sealed correctly.
Fig 8: Securing HV Lines
Fig 9: Securing HV Lines In Power Electronics
7 Nm (5 ftlb.) .

2. 15.2. Tighten fastening screws -2- for protective plate to → Tightening torque: 9
Nm (6.5 ftlb.) .
3. 15.3. Route electric lines behind the holders and clip them onto the protective plate
at the top and bottom using the fixing clips -3- .
16. Connect electric plug connection for HV line for HV distributor -A- and lock it.
Information
17. Fit the ground straps at the two ground pins and secure with the fastening nuts -1- .

SUBSEQUENT WORK
1. Install fuel tank. → Installing Fuel Tank
2. Fill the fuel tank. → WM 2010EN DRAINING AND FILLING THE FUEL TANK
3. Install cover for left underbody. → Removing And Installing Left Cover
4. Install wheel housing liner. → 505619 REMOVING AND INSTALLING FRONT WHEEL
HOUSING LINER .

BATTERY .
WM 279319 REMOVING AND INSTALLING HIGH-VOLTAGE LINE FROM POWER

ELECTRONICS TO ELECTRIC MOTOR (PANAMERA S E-HYBRID, PANAMERA S
HYBRID) > TECHNICAL VALUES
Line bracket for Fastening screws Tightening 8 Nm (6 ftlb.)

high-voltage line -3- torque
to electric motor
High-voltage line Fastening nut -2- Tightening 20 Nm (15
to electric motor torque ftlb.)
Connection box Fastening screws Tightening 7 Nm (5 ftlb.)
cover on electric -1- torque
motor
torque ftlb.)
torque
Protective plate Tightening 9 Nm (6.5
torque ftlb.)

HYBRID) > PRELIMINARY WORK
2. Isolate the high-voltage electrical system from the power supply and complete the relevant
3. Remove engine. → 100119 REMOVING AND INSTALLING ENGINE .

HYBRID) > REMOVING HIGH-VOLTAGE LINE FROM POWER ELECTRONICS TO
ELECTRIC MOTOR
Information
Always replace all three high-voltage lines if necessary.
Use new seals.
Use new screws.
Check contacts on the line connections for corrosion and clean them if necessary.

2. Loosening fastening screws -2- on the high-voltage lines for the electric motor.
Fig 2: Identifying HV Lines Fastening Screws
4. Loosen fastening screw for HV lines -1- in the power electronics for the electric motor and pull
HV lines out of the power electronics -A- .
5. Unscrew and remove the four fastening screws -1- for the cover. Then lift up the cover and
swivel it to one side.
Fig 5: Removing Cover
6. Unscrew and remove the three fastening nuts -2- for the high-voltage line contacts.
7. Unscrew and remove the fastening screws -3- for the high-voltage lines on the electric motor.
Fig 6: Identifying High-Voltage Contacts Screws
8. Lift up high-voltage line -4- , turn it approx. 75 ° to the left and carefully pull it out of the electric
motor.
1. 8.1. Lift up high-voltage line -5- , turn it approx. 75 ° to the right and carefully pull it
out of the electric motor.
2. 8.2. Lift up high-voltage line -6- , turn it approx. 75 ° to the right and carefully pull it
out of the electric motor.
Fig 7: Removing High-Voltage Lines

HYBRID) > INSTALLING HIGH-VOLTAGE LINE FROM POWER ELECTRONICS TO
ELECTRIC MOTOR
Information
Always replace all three high-voltage lines if necessary.
Use new seals.
Use new screws.
Check contacts on the line connections for corrosion and clean them if necessary.
Information
The three high-voltage lines are coded differently.

Fig 1: Identifying Coding For High-Voltage Line And Electric Motor
Make sure that the coding for the electric motor matches the coding for the line.
Information
Always replace the connection box cover seal for the electric motor after opening it.
1. Push the three high-voltage lines -6, 5, 4- one after the other into the electric motor, attach
them to the contacts and secure with the fastening screws -3- . → Tightening torque: 8 Nm
(6 ftlb.) .
Fig 2: Installing High-Voltage Line
2. Secure the contacts of the three high-voltage lines with the fastening nuts -2- . → Tightening
torque: 20 Nm (15 ftlb.)
Fig 3: Identifying High-Voltage Line Contacts
3. Fit the cover for the electric motor and secure with the four fastening screws -1- . →
Tightening torque: 7 Nm (5 ftlb.)
Fig 4: Fitting Cover For Electric Motor
Information
Information
high-voltage lines -1, 2- to the outside of the power electronics unit to → Tightening torque: 7 Nm
(5 ftlb.)+/-0.5 Nm (+/-0.5 ftlb.) . Check that the lines are fitted and sealed correctly.
Fig 5: Identifying HV Lines Fastening Screws
Fig 6: Securing HV Lines In Power Electronics
7 Nm (5 ftlb.).

Fig 7: Identifying HV Cover On Power Electronics Fastening Screws
2. 8.2. Tighten fastening screws -2- for protective plate to → Tightening torque: 9 Nm
(6.5 ftlb.).
3. 8.3. Route electric lines behind the holders and clip them onto the protective plate at
the top and bottom using the fixing clips -3- .
9. Connect high-voltage line for high-voltage distributor -A- and lock it.
Information

HYBRID) > SUBSEQUENT WORK
3. Install engine. → Installing Engine .
WM 279419 REMOVING AND INSTALLING CONTROL UNIT FOR HV BATTERY


cordon equipment

set equipment

HV battery Tightening 5.9 Nm (4.5

control unit torque ftlb.)
Cover for HV Tightening 5.9 Nm (4.5
battery control torque ftlb.)
unit

1. If a new control unit has to be installed, the values must be read out using PIWIS Tester II
9818 prior to removing the "old" control unit. → 279455 REPLACING CONTROL UNIT FOR
HV BATTERY
4. Remove high-voltage battery fuse. → Removing High-Voltage Battery Fuse

(PANAMERA S E-HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) > REMOVING CONTROL UNIT
FOR HV BATTERY

Information
1. Loosen fastening nuts -1, 2- on the cover of the HV battery control unit and remove cover -3-
Fig 1: Identifying Fastening Nuts On Cover Of HV Battery Control Unit
2. Remove spacers under the fastening nuts -1- .
3. Remove ground strap.

Fig 2: Identifying Ground Strap
4. Loosen fastening nuts -1- on the HV battery control unit and pull off HV battery control unit -2-
Fig 3: Identifying Control Unit For HV Battery Fastening Nuts
5. Release electric plug connection -1- at the HV battery control unit completely -a- and
disconnect it -A- .
6. Release electric plug connection -2- completely -b- and disconnect it -B- .
7. Remove control unit for HV battery.
8. Clean screw thread at the fastening points carefully with a vacuum cleaner. Make sure that no
dirt gets into the battery housing. Only use a vacuum cleaner with a plastic nozzle.

(PANAMERA S E-HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) > INSTALLING CONTROL UNIT
FOR HV BATTERY
→ Observe general warning notes for working on the high-voltage vehicle electrical system.

SYSTEM
Information
Information
Fastening screws and fastening nuts must not be re-used and must be replaced with new ones.
1. Connect electric plug connection -2- on the HV battery control unit -b- and lock it -B- .
2. Connect electric plug connection -2- (-a- ) and lock it -A- .

3. Push control unit -2- onto the E-box and tighten fastening nuts -1- to → Tightening torque:
5.9 Nm (4.5 ftlb.) .
4. Position spacers on the bolts under fastening nuts -2- .

Fig 2: Identifying Control Unit For HV Battery Fastening Nuts
5. Position cover for HV battery control unit -3- and tighten fastening nuts -1, 2- to →
Tightening torque: 5.9 Nm (4.5 ftlb.).
Fig 3: Identifying Cover For HV Battery Control Unit Fastening Nuts

1. Install high-voltage battery fuse. → Installing High-Voltage Battery Fuse
3. If the control unit was replaced, the "new" control unit must be adapted to suit the vehicle using
PIWIS Tester II 9818. → 279455 REPLACING CONTROL UNIT FOR HV BATTERY
WM 279455 REPLACING CONTROL UNIT FOR HV BATTERY (PANAMERA S E-


WM 279455 REPLACING CONTROL UNIT FOR HV BATTERY (PANAMERA S E-

WM 279455 REPLACING CONTROL UNIT FOR HV BATTERY (PANAMERA S

E-HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) > REPLACING CONTROL UNIT FOR HV BATTERY
NOTE: Voltage drop
battery.
Information
Tester releases.
1. Connect the PIWIS Tester to the vehicle and start it. Switch on ignition.
3. Select the High-voltage battery control unit in the overview .
4. Maintenance/repairs must then be selected.
5. Control unit replacement must now be selected. Then press [F12].
6. Read data must now be selected. Then press [F12].
9. Switch off ignition and replace the HV battery control unit. → 279419 REMOVING AND
INSTALLING CONTROL UNIT FOR HV BATTERY .
12. Select the Automatic coding function and follow the instructions on the Tester.
14. Function test: Perform a test drive.
15. Read out the fault memory.
WM 279555 REPLACING SERVICE DISCONNECTOR (PANAMERA S E-HYBRID,

PANAMERA S HYBRID) > REMOVING SERVICE DISCONNECTOR
1. Unclip service disconnector.
2. Detach cover -1- using a small screwdriver -2- and remove it from the green housing -3- .
Fig 1: Detaching Cover
3. Loosen fabric adhesive tape on the cable at the end of the connector and cut it off.
4. Release secondary lock using a small screwdriver.

Fig 2: Releasing Secondary Lock
Information
CAUTION: Risk of damage to locking lugs
5. Release pins -1- using press-out tool VAS 1978/35-2 -2- and pull them out carefully at the
cable -3- .
Fig 3: Pressing Out Pins
6. Release and pull off clips -1- on the old connector -2- using a thin screwdriver -3- .
Fig 4: Removing Clips
WM 279555 REPLACING SERVICE DISCONNECTOR (PANAMERA S E-HYBRID,

PANAMERA S HYBRID) > INSTALLING NEW SERVICE DISCONNECTOR
1. Prepare new service disconnector for installation.
1. 1.1. Release and pull off cover -1- on the new service disconnector -3- using a small
screwdriver -2- .
Fig 1: Detaching Cover
2. 1.2. Secure clips -1- on the new service disconnector -2- .

Fig 2: Securing Clips
3. 1.3. Release secondary lock on the new service disconnector using a small
screwdriver.
Fig 3: Releasing Secondary Lock
Information
Check that the pins (upper locking lugs) are aligned correctly
If the locking lugs do not lock with an audible click, bend up the locking lugs at the pin first
using press-out tool
2. Press in pins in the following sequence until they engage securely.
1. 2.1. Red cable in pin 1
2. 2.2. Red/white cable in pin 2
3. 2.3. Grey/red cable in pin 3
4. 2.4. Yellow cable in pin 4
3. Close secondary lock.
4. Fit black cap on the green connector until it engages securely on both sides.
5. Wrap new fabric tape around the cable.
6. Clip in service disconnector at the same position as before.
WM 279619 REMOVING AND INSTALLING CHARGING SOCKET (PANAMERA S

E-HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) > TECHNICAL VALUES
Charging socket Tightening 9.7 Nm (7.5

torque ftlb.)
Ground strap Tightening 9.7 Nm (7.5
torque ftlb.)
WM 279619 REMOVING AND INSTALLING CHARGING SOCKET (PANAMERA S E-

3. Remove left rear wheel. → 440519 REMOVING AND INSTALLING WHEEL
4. Remove rear wheel housing liner at the left. → 536919 REMOVING AND INSTALLING REAR
WHEEL HOUSING LINER
5. Remove luggage compartment cover at the rear left and right side. → 700619 REMOVING
AND INSTALLING TRIM PANEL FOR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT (LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT COVER)

HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) > REMOVING CHARGING SOCKET
1. Carefully lever off switch -1- using a small screwdriver and unclip it -A- .
Fig 1: Removing Switch For Charging Socket
2. Release electric plug connection for the switch -1- and disconnect it. Remove switch from the
charging socket.
3. Loosen fastening nuts -1- on the charging socket and pull charging socket inwards and off.
1. 3.1. Release and disconnect electric plug connection at the actuator, if fitted.
Fig 2: Identifying Charging Socket Fastening Nuts
4. Carefully press the charging tray -1- outwards and release and pull off electric plug connection
-2- .
Fig 3: Identifying Charging Tray And Electric Plug Connection
5. Disconnect ground strap -1- in the wheel housing.

6. Loosen fixing clips -1- on the charging socket wire harness in the wheel housing.
Fig 5: Identifying Wire Harness In Wheel Housing
7. Disconnect and expose wire harness -1- in the luggage compartment.

Fig 6: Identifying Wire Harness In Luggage Compartment
8. Disconnect high-voltage connector -1- at the high-voltage charger.
1. 8.1. Pry up and release locking lug on the high-voltage connector -1- using a small
screwdriver.
2. 8.2. Disconnect high-voltage connector -1- .

Fig 7: Identifying Connector On High-Voltage Charger
9. Release electric plug connection -2- at the high-voltage charger and disconnect it.
10. Pull wire harness through the rubber sleeve -1- into the wheel housing and remove charging
socket from the vehicle.
Fig 8: Identifying Rubber Sleeve In Wheel Housing

HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) > INSTALLING CHARGING SOCKET
1. Push wire harness through the rubber sleeve into the luggage compartment and route wire
harness loosely.
2. Plug high-voltage connector -1- and 12-volt connector -2- into the high-voltage charger and
lock them.
Fig 1: Identifying Plugging In Connector On High-Voltage Charger
3. Route wire harness -1- in the luggage compartment, clip it into the cable duct and secure with
tie-wraps.
Fig 2: Securing Wire Harness In Luggage Compartment
Information
Installation position of the rubber sleeve through the bodyshell must always be observed. The
arrow shown on the rubber sleeve must be pointing straight up.
4. Press rubber sleeve into the wheel housing. Check that it is positioned, fitted and sealed
correctly.
5. Plug in electric plug connection -2- until it engages securely and position and clip in charging
tray -1- .
Fig 3: Identifying Charging Tray And Electric Plug Connection
6. Plug in electric plug connection on the switch -1- until it engages securely. Clip switch into the
charging tray -A- .
Fig 4: Installing Switch For Charging Socket
7. Position charging socket and tighten fastening nuts -1- to → Tightening torque: 9.7 Nm (7.5
ftlb.) .
1. 7.1. If fitted, plug in electric plug connection at the actuator until it engages securely.
Fig 5: Identifying Charging Socket Fastening Nuts
8. Tighten ground strap -1- to → Tightening torque: 9.7 Nm (7.5 ftlb.) .

9. Clip wire harness -1- into the wheel housing.

Fig 7: Identifying Wire Harness Clip In Wheel Housing

1. Install luggage compartment cover at the rear left and right side. → 700619 REMOVING AND
INSTALLING TRIM PANEL FOR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT (LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
COVER)
2. Install rear wheel housing liner at the left. → 536919 REMOVING AND INSTALLING REAR
WHEEL HOUSING LINER
3. Install left rear wheel. → 440519 REMOVING AND INSTALLING WHEEL
WM 279719 REMOVING AND INSTALLING HIGH-VOLTAGE CHARGER (PANAMERA S E-


High-pressure Tightening 9.7 Nm (7.5
charger torque ftlb.)
Holder for Tightening 9.7 Nm (7.5

high-voltage torque ftlb.)
charger

5. Remove C-pillar trim panel at the right. → 706819 REMOVING AND INSTALLING C-PILLAR
TRIM PANEL
6. Remove side trim panel for rear luggage compartment at the right. → 700319 REMOVING
AND INSTALLING SIDE TRIM PANEL FOR REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT

HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) > REMOVING HIGH-VOLTAGE CHARGER
Fig 1: Identifying Installation Position Of High-Voltage Charger
1. Loosen tie-wraps -1- and unclip high-voltage lines from the cable duct -2- .
Fig 2: Identifying High-Voltage Lines
2. Unscrew and remove fastening screws securing holder for high-voltage charger -1- to the
battery cross member -2- and body.
Fig 3: Identifying Holder Fastening Screws For High-Voltage Charger
Fig 4: Identifying Holder For High-Voltage Charger
3. Raise the vehicle, open coolant lines -1- at the underside of the vehicle at the rear left and
drain coolant.
Fig 5: Identifying Coolant Lines
Information
Collect escaping coolant in a suitable container.
4. Open hose clamps on coolant lines -1- at the high-voltage charger using suitable pliers and
pull off coolant lines.
Fig 6: Pulling Coolant Lines Off High-Voltage Charger
Information
Before disconnecting the coolant lines, place absorbent material (paper, cloths) underneath to
absorb any emerging coolant. Coolant must never get onto electric contacts or onto the
5. Close off coolant connections at the high-voltage charger and coolant hoses using a suitable
stopper or cap -arrow- .
Fig 7: Covering Coolant Connections
6. Release and unplug electric plug connection -2- .
7. Carefully pull out high-voltage charger until the plug-in contacts are accessible.
8. Disconnecting electric plug connections
1. 8.1. Release and disconnect electric plug connection -1- .
2. 8.2. Release high-voltage lines -2- (-a- ), pull them off until you feel a certain
amount of resistance -A- , release them -b- and pull them off completely -B- .
Fig 8: Identifying Electric Plug Connections For High-Voltage Charger
Fig 9: Pulling Off High-Voltage Lines
9. Take high-voltage charger and holder out of the vehicle and loosen fastening screws -2- on
the holder -1- .
Fig 10: Identifying High-Voltage Charger Fastening Screws

HYBRID, PANAMERA S HYBRID) > INSTALLING HIGH-VOLTAGE CHARGER
1. Use fastening screws -2- to secure the high-voltage charger to the holder -1- . → Tightening
torque: 9.7 Nm (7.5 ftlb.)
Fig 1: Identifying High-Voltage Charger Fastening Screws
2. Position high-voltage charger and holder in the luggage compartment at the right.
1. 3.1. Connect and lock electric plug connection -1- .
2. 3.2. Connect and lock high-voltage lines -2- .

Fig 2: Identifying Electric Plug Connections For High-Voltage Charger
4. Place high-voltage charger in installation position.
5. Remove covers on coolant lines and coolant connections -arrow- , connect coolant lines to
the high-voltage charger and secure with hose clamps. Check that the lines are fitted and
sealed correctly.
Fig 3: Connecting Coolant Connections
6. Plug in electric plug connection -2- until it engages securely.

Fig 4: Plugging Electric Plug Connection
7. Raise the vehicle, connect coolant lines -1- at the underside of the vehicle at the rear left and
close the hose clamps.
Fig 5: Connecting Coolant Lines
8. Tighten fastening screws securing holder for high-voltage charger -1- to the battery cross
member and -2- to the body to → Tightening torque: 9.7 Nm (7.5 ftlb.) .
Fig 6: Identifying Holder Fastening Screws For High-Voltage Charger
Fig 7: Identifying Holder For High-Voltage Charger
9. Fit tie-wraps -1- and clip high-voltage lines into the cable duct -2- .
Fig 8: Identifying High-Voltage Lines Clip

1. Fill and bleed the low-temperature cooling system. → 193817 DRAINING AND FILLING
COOLANT (INCLUDES BLEEDING) .
2. Visually inspect the components for leaks.
3. Install C-pillar trim panel at the right. → 706819 REMOVING AND INSTALLING C-PILLAR
TRIM PANEL
WM 279819 REMOVING AND INSTALLING HIGH-VOLTAGE DISTRIBUTOR
2. The high-voltage system must be isolated from the power supply. Isolate the high-voltage
system from the power supply and complete the relevant documentation. → 2X00IN
3. Disconnect the battery (vehicle electrical system). → WM 2X00IN WORK INSTRUCTIONS

6. Remove front-axle support. → 400819 REMOVING AND INSTALLING FRONT-AXLE

SUPPORT

DISTRIBUTOR
Information
Further steps may only be carried out if the voltage measured at the power electronics is < 5 V. If this is
not the case, stop working on the system and contact Technical Support.
Fig 1: Identifying Installation Position Of High-Voltage Distributor
1. Disconnect high-voltage line -2- at the electric passenger compartment heater -1- .
Fig 2: Disconnecting High-Voltage Line At Electric Passenger Compartment Heater
1. 1.1. Release high-voltage connector -a- , pull it off until you feel a certain amount of
resistance -A- , release it -b- and pull it off completely -B- .
2. Release high-voltage line at the air-conditioning compressor -a- and pull it off -A- .
Fig 4: Pulling Off High-Voltage Line On Air-Conditioning Compressor
3. Pull high-voltage line for the air-conditioning compressor down through the engine
compartment.
4. Disconnect high-voltage line -1- at the power electronics high-voltage system -A- .
Fig 5: Disconnecting High-Voltage Line At Power Electronics High-Voltage System
1. 4.1. Release high-voltage connector -a- , pull it off until you feel a certain amount of
resistance -A- , release it -b- and pull it off completely -B- .
5. Unclip clip -1- on the protective plate, loosen tie-wrap -2- and pull high-voltage line through by
guiding it forward.
Fig 7: Identifying High-Voltage Line Clip On Protective Plate
6. Remove high-voltage distributor -1- and all high-voltage lines by pulling them down out of the
vehicle.
7. If the high-voltage distributor -1- will be replaced, unscrew and remove fastening screw for the
ground cable -2- at the front-axle support.
Fig 8: Identifying High-Voltage Distributor

DISTRIBUTOR

1. Install front-axle support. → Installing Front-Axle Support

BATTERY .

Porsche Panamera Electrical

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Porsche Panamera Electrical

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Service Manual: 97 - CABLES -- PANAMERA(970)

WM 970909 LOOSENING AND SECURING MAIN WIRE HARNESS IN ENGINE

The main wire harness is manufactured individually depending on equipment.

Fastening elements may be different from the parts described.

The number of plug connections can vary, depending on equipment.

WM 970909 LOOSENING AND SECURING MAIN WIRE HARNESS IN ENGINE

1. Disconnect the battery. → 2X00IN WORK INSTRUCTIONS AFTER DISCONNECTING THE

2. Remove plenum panel cover. → REMOVING PLENUM PANEL COVER

3. Remove cross panel. → REMOVING CROSS PANEL

WM 970909 LOOSENING AND SECURING MAIN WIRE HARNESS IN ENGINE

1. Drain refrigerant. → 870317 DRAINING AND FILLING IN REFRIGERANT

3. Disconnect refrigerant hoses at the expansion valve. → REMOVING EXPANSION VALVE

4. Remove DME control unit. → REMOVING DME CONTROL UNIT

5. Remove directional-control valve. → REMOVING DIRECTIONAL-CONTROL VALVE

WM 970909 LOOSENING AND SECURING MAIN WIRE HARNESS IN ENGINE

1. Remove main headlight at the left. → REMOVING MAIN HEADLIGHTS

2. Remove front left wheel.→ REMOVING WHEEL

1. Remove main headlight at the right. → REMOVING MAIN HEADLIGHTS

2. Remove right front wheel.→ REMOVING WHEEL

WM 970909 LOOSENING AND SECURING MAIN WIRE HARNESS IN ENGINE

NOTE: Incorrect handling of main wire harness Risk

WM 970909 LOOSENING AND SECURING MAIN WIRE HARNESS IN ENGINE

→ REMOVING IGNITION MODULE FOR LID

1. 49 - Vehicle/engine connection point

2. 50 - Vehicle/engine connection point

WM 970909 LOOSENING AND SECURING MAIN WIRE HARNESS IN ENGINE

9. Loosen fastening nut for ground point -1- .

19. Disconnect wire harness in engine compartment at the front left.

→ Loosening Main Wire Harness Under Dashboard

WM 970909 LOOSENING AND SECURING MAIN WIRE HARNESS IN ENGINE

19. Loosen wire harness in engine compartment at the front right.

→ WM 970909 LOOSENING AND SECURING MAIN WIRE HARNESS UNDER

WM 970909 LOOSENING AND SECURING MAIN WIRE HARNESS IN ENGINE

1. Installation is performed in reverse order.

4. Secure main wire harness and wires coming from it.

6. Connect ground points.

WM 970909 LOOSENING AND SECURING MAIN WIRE HARNESS IN ENGINE

2. Install directional-control valve. → INSTALLING DIRECTIONAL-CONTROL VALVE

4. Fit refrigerant hoses at the expansion valve. → INSTALLING EXPANSION VALVE

6. Fill in refrigerant. → WM 870317 DRAINING AND FILLING REFRIGERANT

WM 970909 LOOSENING AND SECURING MAIN WIRE HARNESS IN ENGINE

2. Fit front left wheel.→ INSTALLING WHEEL

3. Install main headlight at the left. → INSTALLING MAIN HEADLIGHTS

WM 970909 LOOSENING AND SECURING MAIN WIRE HARNESS IN ENGINE

2. Fit right front wheel. → INSTALLING WHEEL

3. Install main headlight at the right. → INSTALLING MAIN HEADLIGHTS

1. Install cross panel. → INSTALLING CROSS PANEL

2. Install plenum panel cover. → REMOVING PLENUM PANEL COVER

3. Connect the battery. → 2X00IN WORK INSTRUCTIONS AFTER DISCONNECTING THE

WM 970909 LOOSENING AND SECURING MAIN WIRE HARNESS IN PASSENGER

WARNING: Toxic substances

Danger of poisoning or suffocation

Danger of burns to the eyes and skin

→ Ventilate the work area well.

→ Never ingest or inhale.

→ Read specific information on the Hazard Sheet.

→ Do not smoke, eat or drink in the work area.

WARNING: Highly inflammable or explosive materials

Danger of fire or explosion

→ Avoid contact with hot parts or sources of ignition.

→ Use suction to remove ignitable vapors.

→ Attach warning sign in a clearly visible position.

Absorb any escaping fuel using a suitable binding material or a cloth.